Hurlbut's Story of the Bible

Table of Contents

1. Story One
2. Story Two
3. Story Three
4. Story Four
5. Story Five
6. Story Six
7. Story Seven
8. Story Eight
9. Story Nine
10. Story Ten
11. Story Eleven
12. Story Twelve
13. Story Thirteen
14. Story Fourteen
15. Story Fifteen
16. Story Sixteen
17. Story Seventeen
18. Story Eighteen
19. Story Nineteen
20. Story Twenty
21. Story Twenty-One
22. Story Twenty-Two
23. Story Twenty-Three
24. Story Twenty-Four
25. Story Twenty-Five
26. Story Twenty-Six
27. Story Twenty-Seven
28. Story Twenty-Eight
29. Story Twenty-Nine
30. Story Thirty
31. Story Thirty-One
32. Story Thirty-Two
33. Story Thirty-Three
34. Story Thirty-Four
35. Story Thirty-Five
36. Part Second
37. Story One
38. Story Two
39. Story Three
40. Story Four
41. Story Five
42. Story Six
43. Story Seven
44. Story Eight
45. Story Nine
46. Story Ten
47. Story Eleven
48. Story Twelve
49. Story Thirteen
50. Story Fourteen
51. Story Fifteen
52. Story Sixteen
53. Story Seventeen
54. Story Eighteen
55. Part Third
56. Story One
57. Story Two
58. Story Three
59. Story Four
60. Story Five
61. Story Six
62. Story Seven
63. Story Eight
64. Story Nine
65. Story Ten
66. Story Eleven
67. Story Twelve
68. Story Thirteen
69. Story Fourteen
70. Story Fifteen
71. Story Sixteen
72. Story Seventeen
73. Story Eighteen
74. Story Nineteen
75. Story Twenty
76. Part Fourth
77. Story One
78. Story Two
79. Lesson 2. the Two Kingdoms.
80. Story Three
81. Story Four
82. Story Five
83. Story Six
84. Story Seven
85. Story Eight
86. Story Nine
87. Story Ten
88. Story Eleven
89. Story Twelve
90. Story Thirteen
91. Story Fourteen
92. Story Fifteen
93. Story Sixteen
94. Story Seventeen
95. Story Eighteen
96. Part Fifth
97. Story One
98. Story Two
99. Story Three
100. Part Fifth. - the Kingdom and People of Judah
101. Story Four
102. Story Five
103. Story Six
104. Story Seven
105. Story Eight
106. Story Nine
107. Story Ten
108. Story Eleven
109. Story Twelve
110. Story Thirteen
111. Story Fourteen
112. Story Fifteen
113. Story Sixteen
114. Story Seventeen
115. Story Eighteen
116. Part Sixth
117. Story One
118. Story Two
119. Story Three
120. Story Four
121. Story Five
122. Story Six
123. Story Seven
124. Story Eight
125. Story Nine
126. Story Ten
127. Story Eleven
128. Story Twelve
129. Story Thirteen
130. Story Fourteen
131. Story Fifteen
132. Story Sixteen
133. Story Seventeen
134. Story Eighteen
135. Story Nineteen
136. Story Twenty
137. Story Twenty-One
138. Story Twenty-Two
139. Story Twenty-Three
140. Story Twenty-Four
141. Story Twenty-Five
142. Story Twenty-Six
143. Story Twenty-Seven
144. Story Twenty-Eight
145. Story Twenty-Nine
146. Story Thirty
147. Story Thirty-One
148. Story Thirty-Two
149. Story Thirty-Three
150. Story Thirty-Four
151. Story Thirty-Five
152. Story Thirty-Six
153. Story Thirty-Seven
154. Story Thirty-Eight
155. Part Seventh
156. Story One
157. Story Two
158. Story Three
159. Story Four
160. Story Five
161. Story Six
162. Story Seven
163. Story Eight
164. Story Nine
165. Story Ten
166. Story Eleven
167. Story Twelve
168. Story Thirteen
169. Story Fourteen
170. Story Fifteen
171. Story Sixteen
172. Story Seventeen
173. Story Eighteen
174. Story Nineteen
175. Story Twenty
176. Story Twenty-One

Story One

THE STORY OF A BEAUTIFUL GARDEN
THIS great round world, on which we live, is very old; so old that no one knows when it was made. But long before there was any earth, or sun, or stars, God was living, for God never began to be. He always was. And long, long ago, God spoke, and the earth and the heavens came. But the earth was not beautiful as it is now, with mountains and valleys, rivers and seas, with trees and flowers. It was a great smoking ball, with land and water mingled in one mass. And all the earth was blacker than midnight, for there was no light upon it. No man could have breathed its air, no animals could walk upon it, and no fish could swim in its black oceans. There was no life upon the earth.
While all was dark upon earth, God said, "Let there be light," and then the light began to come upon the world. Part of the time it was light, and part of the time it was dark, just as it is now. And God called the dark time Night, and the light time Day. And that was the first day upon this earth after a long night.
Then at God's word, the dark clouds all around the earth began to break, and the sky came in sight, and the water that was in the clouds began to be separate from the water that was on the earth. And the arch of the sky which was over the earth God called Heaven. Thus the night and the morning made a second day.
Then God said, "Let the water on the earth come together in one place, and let the dry land rise up." And so it was. The water that had been all over the world came together, and formed a great ocean, and the dry land rose up from it. And the great water God called Sea, and the dry land he named Earth: and God saw that the Earth and the Sea were both good. Then God said, "Let grass and trees, and flowers, and fruits, grow on the earth." And at once the earth began to be green and bright with grass, and flowers, and trees bearing fruit. This made the third day upon the earth.
Then God said, "Let the sun, and moon, and stars come into sight from the earth." So the sun began to shine by day, and the moon and the stars began to shine in the night. And this was done on the fourth day.
And God said, "Let there be fishes in the sea, and let there be birds to fly in the air." So the fishes, great ones and small, began to swim in the sea; and the birds began to fly in the air over the earth, just as they do now. And this was the fifth day.
Then God said, "Let the animals come upon the earth, great animals and small ones; those that walk and those that creep and crawl on the earth." And the woods and the fields began to be alive with animals of all kinds. And now the earth began to be more beautiful, with its green fields and bright flowers, and singing birds in the trees, and animals of every kind walking in the forests.
But there were no people in the world-no cities nor houses, and no children playing under the trees. The world was all ready for men and women to enjoy it: and so God said, "I will make man, to be different from all other animals. He shall stand up and shall have a soul, and shall be like God; and he shall be the master of the earth and all that is upon it.”
So God took some of the dust that was on the ground, and out of it he made man; and God breathed into him the breath of life, and man became alive, and stood up on the earth.
And so that the man whom God had made might have a home, God planted a beautiful garden on the earth, at a place where four rivers met. Perhaps we might rather call it a park, for it was much larger than any garden that you have ever seen, for it was miles and miles in every direction. In this garden, or park, God planted trees, and caused grass to grow, and made flowers to bloom. This was called "The Garden of É dĕn," and as in one of the languages of the Bible the word that means "garden," or "park," is a word quite like the word "Paradise," this Garden of É dĕn has often been called "Paradise." This garden God gave to the man that he had made; and told him to care for it, and to gather the fruits upon the trees and the plants, and to live upon them. And God gave to the first man the name Ad́ ăm: and God brought to Ăd́ ăm the animals that he had made, and let Ăd́ am give to each one its name.
But Ăd́ ăm was all alone in this beautiful garden. And God said, "It is not good for man to be alone. I will make someone to be with Ăd́ ăm, and to help him." So when Ăd́ ăm was asleep, God took a rib from Ăd́ ăm's side, and from it God made a woman; and he brought her to Ăd́ ăm, and Ăd́ ăm called her Ēve. And Ăd́ ăm and Ēve loved one another; and they were happy in the beautiful garden which God had given them for a home.
Thus in six days the Lord God made the heavens and the earth and the sea, and all that is in them. And on the seventh day God rested from his work.
For a time, we do not know how long, Ăd́ ăm and Ēve were at peace in their beautiful garden. They did just as God told them to do, and talked with God as a man would talk with his friend; and they did not know of anything evil or wicked. It was needful for Ăd́ ăm and Ēve to understand that they must always obey God's commands, So God said to Ăd́ ăm and Ēve:
"You may eat the fruit of all the trees in the garden except one. In the middle of the garden grows a tree, with fruit upon it that you must not eat and you must not touch. If you eat of the fruit upon that tree, you shall die.”
Now among the animals in the garden there was a snake: and this snake said to Eve, "Has God told you that there is any kind of fruit in the garden, of which you are forbidden to eat?”
And Ēve answered the snake, "We can eat the fruit of all the trees except the one that stands in the middle of the garden. If we eat the fruit of that tree, God says that we must die.”
Then the snake said, "No, you will not surely die. God knows that if you eat of the fruit of that tree, you will become as wise as God himself, for you will know what is good and what is evil.”
Ēve listened to the snake, and then she looked at the tree and its fruit. As she saw it, she thought that it would taste good; and if it would really make one wise, she would like to eat it, even though God had told her not to do so.
She took the fruit, and ate it; and then she gave some to Ăd́ ăm, and he too ate it.
Ăd́ ăm and Ēve knew that they had done wrong in not obeying God's words: and now for the first time they were afraid to meet God. They tried to hide themselves from God's sight among the trees of the garden. But the Lord God called and said, "Ăd́ ăm, where are you?" And Ăd́ ăm said, "Lord, I heard thy voice in the garden, and I was afraid, and I hid myself.”
And God said, "Why were you afraid to meet me? Have you eaten the fruit of the tree of which I told you that you must not touch it?" And Ăd́ ăm said, "The woman whom thou gavest to be with me, she gave me some of the fruit, and I ate it.”
Then God said to the woman, "What is this that you have done?" And Ēve said, "The snake told me that it would do me no harm if I should eat the fruit, and so I took some of it and ate it.”
Then the Lord God said to the snake, "Because you have led Ăd́ ăm and Eve to do wrong, you shall no more walk as do other animals; you shall crawl in the dust and the dirt forever. You shall hate the woman, and the woman shall hate you. You shall try to kill her and her children, and her children's children forever, and they shall try to kill you.”
And the Lord God said to the woman, "Because you led your husband to disobey me, you shall suffer and have pain and trouble all the days of your life.”
And God said to Ăd́ ăm, "Because you listened to your wife when she told you to do what was wrong, you too must suffer. You must work for everything that you get from the ground. You will find thorns and thistles and weeds growing on the earth. If you want food, you must dig and plant and reap and work, as long as you live. You came out from the ground, for you were made of dust, and back again into the dust shall your body go when you die.”
And because Ăd́ ăm and Ēve had disobeyed the word of the Lord, they were driven out of the beautiful Garden of É dĕn, which God had made to be their home. They were sent out into the world; and to keep them from going back into the garden, God placed his angels before its gate, with swords which flashed like are.
So Ăd́ ăm and his wife lost their garden, and no man has ever been able to go into it from that day.
OLD TESTAMENT LESSONS.
PART FIRST—FROM ADAM TO MOSES.
Lesson 1. The Beautiful Garden.
(Tell Story 1 in "Hurlbut's Story of the Bible.")
Questions and Answers
1. What is the first verse in the Bible? "In the beginning God created the heavens and the earth.”
2. What does this mean? That God made all things.
3. In how many days does the Bible tell us that God made the world? In six days.
4. On what day did God rest from his work? On the seventh day.
5. Whom did God make as the first man? Adam.
6. Who was the first woman? Eve.
7. What place did God give to Adam and Eve as their home? The Garden of Eden.
8. How long did Adam and Eve live in the beautiful garden? As long as they did what God told them to
do.
9. What became of them when they did not obey God's word? They were driven out of the garden.

Story Two

THE FIRST BABY IN THE WORLD, AND HIS BROTHER
O Ăd́ ăm and his wife went out into the world to live and to work. For a time they were all alone, but after a while God gave them a little child of their own, the first baby that ever came into the world. Ēve named him Cāin; and after a time another baby came, whom she named Ā́ bĕl. When the two boys grew up, they worked, as their father worked before them. Cāin chose to work in the fields, and to raise grain and fruits. Ā́ bĕl had a flock of sheep and became a shepherd.
While Ăd́ ăm and Eve were living in the Garden of Ḗ dĕn, they could talk with God, and hear God's voice speaking to them. But now that they were out in the world, they could no longer talk with God freely, as before. So when they came to God, they built an altar of stones heaped up, and upon it they laid something as a gift to God, and burned it, to show that it was not their own, but was given to God, whom they could not see. Then before the altar they made their prayer to God, and asked God to forgive their sins, all that they had done that was wrong; and prayed God to bless them and do good to them.
Each of these brothers, Cain and Ā́ bĕl, offered upon the altar to God his own gift. Cāin brought the fruits and the grain which he had grown; and Ā́ bĕl brought a sheep from his flock, and killed it and burned it upon the altar. For some reason God was pleased with Ā́ bĕl and his offering, but was not pleased with Cāin and his offering. Perhaps God wished Cāin to offer something that had life, as Ā́ bĕl offered; perhaps Cāin's heart was not right when he came before God.
And God shown that He was not pleased with Cāin, and Cāin, instead of being sorry for his sin, and asking God to forgive him, was very angry with God, and angry also toward his brother when they were out in the field together, Cāin struck his brother Ā́bĕl and killed him. So the first baby in the world grew up to be the murderer of his own brother.
And the Lord said to Cain, "Where is Ā́ bĕl your brother?"
And Cāin answered, "I do not know; why should I take care of my brother?"
Then the Lord said to Cāin, "What is this that you have done?
Your brother's blood is like a voice crying to me from the ground.
Do you see how the ground has opened, like a mouth, to drink your brother's blood? As long, as you live, you shall be under God's curse for the murder of your brother. You shall wander over the earth, and shall never find a home, because you have done this wicked deed."
And Cāin said to the Lord, "My punishment is greater than I can bear. Thou hast driven me out from among men; and thou hast hid thy face from me. If any man finds me he will kill me, because I shall be alone, and no one will be my friend."
And God said to Cāin, "If any one harms Cāin, he shall be punished for it." And the Lord God placed a mark on Cāin, so that whoever met him should know him, and should know also that God had forbidden any man to harm him. Then Cāin and his wife went away from Ăd́ ăm’s home, to live in a place by themselves, and there they had children. And Cāin's family built a city in that land; and Cāin named the city after his first child, whom he had called Ḗ nŏch.

Story Three

THE GREAT SHIP THAT SAVED EIGHT PEOPLE
Gen. 5:1, to 9:17
AFTER Ā́ bĕl was slain, and his brother Cāin had gone into another land, again God gave a child to Ad́ ăm and Ēve. This child they named Sĕth; and other sons and daughters were given to them, for Ad́ ăm and Ēve lived many years. But at last they died, as God had said that they must die, because they had eaten of the tree that God had forbidden them to eat.
By the time that Ad́ ăm died, there were many people on the earth; for the children of Ăd́ ăm and Ēve had many other children; and when these grew up, they also had children; and these too had children. And in those early times people lived much longer than they do now. Very few people now live to be a hundred years old; but in those days, when the earth was new, men often lived to be eight hundred or even nine hundred years old. So after a time that part of the earth where Ad́ăm's sons lived began to be full of people.
It is sad to tell that as time went on more and more of these people became wicked, and fewer and fewer of them grew up to become good men and women. ‘All the people lived near together, and few went away to other lands; so it came to pass that even the children of good men and women learned to be bad, like the people around them.
And as God looked down on the world that he had made, he saw how wicked the men in it had become, and that every thought and every act of man was evil and only evil continually.
But while most of the people in the world were very wicked, there were some good people also, though they were very few. The best of all the men who lived at that time was a man whose name was Ḗ nŏch. He was not the son of Cain, but another Ḗ nŏch, who came from the family of Sĕth, the son of Ăd́ ăm who was born after' the death of Ā́ bĕl. While so many around Ḗ nŏch were doing evil, this man did only what was right. He walked with God, and God walked with him and talked with him. And at last, when Ḗ nŏch was three hundred and sixty-five years old, God took him away from the earth to heaven. He did not die, as all the people have died since Ad́ ăm disobeyed God, but "he was not, for God took him."; This means that Ḗ nŏch was taken up from earth without dying.
Ḗ nŏch left a son whose name was Mē-thṳ́ se-lah. We do not know anything about Mē-thṳ́ se-lah, except that he lived to be nine hundred and sixty-nine years old, which was longer than the life of any other man who ever lived. But at last, Mē-thṳ-se-lah died like all his people, except his father Ḗ nŏch. By the time that Mē-thṳ-se-lah died, the world was very wicked. And God looked down on the earth, and said:
"I will take away all men from the earth that I have made; because the men of the world are evil, and evil continually.”
But even in those bad times, God saw one good man. His, name was Nṓ ah. Nṓ ah tried to do right in the sight of God. As Ḗ nŏch had walked with God, so Nṓ ah walked with God, and talked with him. And Nṓ ah, had three sons: their names were Shĕm and Hăm and Jā́ pheth.
God said to Nṓ ah, "The time has come when all the men and women on the earth are to be destroyed. Everyone must die, because they are all wicked. But you and your family shall be saved, because you alone are trying to do right.”
Then God told Nṓ ah how he might save his life and the lives of his sons. He was to build a very large boat, as large as the largest ships that are made in our time; very long and very wide and very deep; with a roof over it; and made like a long wide house in three stories but so built that it would float on the water. Such a ship as this was called "an ark." God told Nṓ ah to build this ark, and to have it ready for the time when he would need it.
"For," said God to Nṓ ah, "I am going to bring a great flood of water on the earth, to cover all the land and to drown all the people on the earth. And as the animals on the earth will be drowned with the people, you must make the ark large enough to hold a pair of each kind of animals, and several pairs of some animals that are needed by men, like sheep and goats and oxen; so that there will be animals as well as men to live upon the earth after the flood has passed away. And you must take in the ark food for yourself and your family, and for all the animals with you, enough food to last for a year, while the flood shall stay on the earth,”
And Nṓ ah did what God told him to do, although it must have seemed very strange to all the people around, to build this great ark where there was no water for it to sail upon. And it was a long time, even a hundred and twenty years, that Nṓ ah and his sons were at work building the ark, while the wicked people around wondered, and no doubt laughed at Nṓ ah for building a great ship where there was no sea. At last the ark was finished, and stood like a great house on the land. There was a door on one side, and a window on the roof, to let in the light. Then God said to Nṓ ah, "Come into the ark, you and your wife, and your three sons, and their wives with them; for the flood of waters will come very soon. And take with you animals of all kinds, and birds, and things that creep; seven pairs of those that will be needed by men, and one pair of all the rest; so that all kinds of animals may be kept alive upon the earth."
So Nṓ ah and, his wife, and his three sons, Shĕm, Hăm, and Jā́ pheth, with their wives, went into the ark. And God brought to the door of the ark the animals, and the birds, and the creeping things of all kinds; and they went into the ark, and Nṓ ah and his sons put them in their places, and brought in food for them all. And then the door of the ark was shut, so that no more people and no more animals could come in.
In a few days the rain began to fall, as it had never rained before. It seemed as though the heavens were opened to pour great floods upon the earth. The streams filled, and the rivers rose, higher and higher, and the ark began to float on the water. The people left their houses and ran up to the hills, but soon the hills were covered, and all the people on them were drowned.
Some had climbed up to the tops of higher mountains, but the water rose higher and higher, until even the mountains were covered and all the people, wicked as they had been, were drowned in the great sea that now rolled over all the earth where men had lived. And all the animals, the tame animals—cattle and sheep and oxen—were drowned; and the wild animals—lions and tigers and all the rest-were drowned also. Even the birds were drowned, for their nests in the trees were swept away, and there was no place where they could fly from the terrible storm. For forty days and nights the rain kept on, until there was no breath of life remaining outside of the ark.
After forty days the rain stopped, but the water stayed upon the earth for more than six months; the ark, with all that were in it, floated over the great sea that covered the land. Then God sent a wind to blow over the waters and to dry them up: so by degrees the waters grew less and less. First the mountains rose above the waters then the hills rose up; and finally the ark ceased to float, and lay aground on a mountain which is called Mount Âŕ a-răt. But Nṓ ah could not see what had happened on the earth, because the door was shut, and the window may have been in the roof. But he felt that the ark was no longer moving, and he knew that the water must have gone down So, after waiting for a time Nṓ ah opened a window and let loose a bird called a raven. Now the raven has strong wings; and this raven flew round and round until the waters had gone down, and it could find a place to rest, and it did not come back to the ark.
After Nṓ ah had waited for it a while, he sent out a dove; but the dove could not find any place to rest, so it flew back to the ark, and Nṓ ah took it into the ark again. Then Nṓ ah waited a week longer, and afterward he sent out the dove again. And at the evening, the dove came back to the ark, which was its home; and in its bill was a fresh leaf which it had picked off from an olive tree.
So Nṓ ah knew that the water had gone down enough to let the trees grow once more. He waited another week, and sent out the dove again; but this time the dove flew away and never came back. And Nṓ ah knew that the earth was becoming dry again. So he took off a part of the roof and looked out, and saw that there was dry land all around the ark. Nṓ ah had now lived in the ark a little more than a year, and he was glad to see the green land and the trees once more. And God said to Nṓ ah "Come out of the ark, with your wife, and your sons, and their wives, and all the living things that are with you in the ark.”
So Nṓ ah opened the door of the ark, and with his family came out, and stood once more on the ground. All the animals and birds and creeping things in the ark came out also, and began again to bring life to the earth.
The first that Nṓ ah did, when he came out of the ark, was to give thanks to God for saving all his family when the rest of the people on the earth were destroyed. He built an altar, and laid upon it an offering to the Lord, and gave himself and his family to God, and promised to do God's will.
And God was pleased with Nṓ ah's offering, and God said:
"I will not again destroy the earth on account of men, no matter how bad they may be. From this time no flood shall again cover the earth; but the season of spring and summer and fall and winter shall remain without change. I give to you the earth; you shall by the rulers of the ground and of every living thing upon it.”
Then God caused a rainbow to appear in the sky, and he told Nṓ ah and his sons that whenever they or the people after them should see the rainbow, they should remember that God had placed it in the sky and over the clouds as a sign of his promise that he would always remember the earth and the people upon it, and would never again send a flood to destroy men from the earth. So, as often as we see the beautiful rainbow, we are to remember that it is the sign of God's promise to the world.
Lesson 2. The Earliest People.
(Tell Stories 2 and 3.)
To the Teacher:
1. In the story of Cain and Abel, explain carefully what is meant by "an altar"; and how in early times people came to God in prayer. With little children, use the word "praying," rather than "worship," and "gift to God" or "offering," rather than "sacrifice.”
2. In the story of "The Great Ship," explain what "an ark" was, properly a chest or box; in this story, a great ship, built not to sail fast, but to float on the water, and to hold a great amount. Perhaps it was made so large, not only to carry many animals and their food, but also very many people, if the people had been willing to be saved by it.
3. Who was the first child of Adam and Eve after they were sent out of the garden of Eden? Cain.
4. What was the name of Cain's younger brother? Abel.
5. What wicked thing did Cain do when the two boys grew up to be men? He killed his brother Abel.
6. What does the Bible tell of the earliest people who were on the earth? They lived to be hundreds of
years old.
7. Who lived the longest of any of those people? Methuselah, who lived more than nine hundred years.
8. Were those who lived at that time good people? Nearly all of them were very wicked.
9. What good man lived in those times? Enoch, who walked with God.
10. What was the end of Enoch’s life? He did not die, but God took him to himself.
11. What came upon the earth on account of the wickedness of its people? A great flood.
12. What good man with his family was saved from the flood? Wall who built the Ark,
13. On what mountain did Noah and his family leave the ark after the flood? On Mount Aria-rat.

Story Four

THE TOWER THAT WAS NEVER FINISHED
Gen. 10:1, to 11:9
AFTER the great flood, the family of Nṓah and those who came after him grew in number until, as the years went on, the earth began to be full of people once more. But there was one great difference between the people who had lived before the flood and those who lived after it. Before the flood, all the people stayed close together, so that very many lived in one land and no one lived in other lands. So far as we know, all the people on the earth before the great flood, lived in the lands where the two great rivers flowed, called the Tī́ gris and Eū-phrā́ tēs̝. This part of the world was very full of people; but few or none crossed the mountains on the east, or the desert on the west; and the great world beyond was without people living in it. After the flood, families began to move from one place to another, seeking for themselves new homes. Some went one way, and some another.
This moving about was a part of God's plan to have the whole earth used for the home of men, and not merely a small part of it. Then, too, a family who wished to serve God, and do right, could go away to another land if the people around them became evil; and in a place by themselves they could bring up their children in the right way.
From Mount Âŕ a-răt, where the ark rested, many of the people moved southward into a country between two great rivers, the rivers Tī́ gris and Eū-phrā́ tēs: and there they built houses for themselves. They undertook to build a great city, which should rule all the peoples around them. They found that the soil in that country could be made into bricks, and that the bricks could be heated and made hard; so that it was easy to build houses to live in, and walls around their city to make it strong against enemies.
And the people said to each other, "Let us build a great that shall stand on the earth and shall reach up to the sky; so that we may be kept together, and not scattered abroad on the earth.”
So they began to build their great tower out of bricks, which they piled up, one story above another. But God did not wish all the people on the earth to live close together, just as they had lived before the great flood. God knew that if they all kept together, those that were wicked would lead away from God those that were good, and all the world would become evil again, as it had been before the flood.
This was the way that God kept people from staying in one place. While they were building this great city and tower which they intended to rule the world, God caused their speech to change.
At that time, all men were speaking one language, so that everybody could understand what every other person said.
God caused men to change their language, perhaps not all at once, but by degrees, little by little. After a time, the people that belonged to one family found that they could not understand what the people of another family were saying, just as now Germans do not understand English, and French people cannot talk to Italians, until they have learned their different languages.
As people began to grow apart in their speech they moved away into other places, where the families speaking one language could understand each other. So the men who were building the city and the great tower could no longer understand each other's speech; they left the building without finishing it, and many of them went away into other lands. So the building stayed forever unfinished.
And the city was named Bā́ bel, a word which means "confusion." It was afterward known as Băb'y̆˗lon, and for a long time was one of the greatest cities of that part of the world, even after many of its people had left it to live elsewhere.
Part of the people who left Băb́ y-lon went up to the north, and built a city called Nĭń e-veh, which became the ruling city of a great land called Ăs-sy̆ŕĭ-ȧ, whose people were called Ăs-sy̆ŕ ĭ-ȧns̝.
Another company went away to the west, and settled by the great river Nile, and founded the land of Egypt, with its strange temples and pyramids, its Sphinx, and its monuments.
Another company wandered northwest until they came to the shore of the great sea which we call the Mĕd́ it-er-rā-ne-an Sea.
There they founded the cities of Sī́ dŏn and Tyre, where the people were sailors, sailing to countries far away, and bringing home many things from other lands to sell to the people of Băb́y̆-lon, and Ăs-sy̆ŕ ĭ-ȧ, and Ḗ gy̆pt, and other countries.
So after the flood, the earth again became covered with people living in many lands and speaking many languages.

Story Five

THE STORY OF A LONG JOURNEY
Gen. 11:27, to 13:18
NOT far from the city of Băb́ y̆˗lon, where they began to build the tower of Bā́ bel, was another city, called Ûr of the Chăĺdes. The Chăĺ dees̞ were the people who lived in the country which was called Chăĺ dea, where the two rivers Eū-phrā́ tēs̝ and Tigris come together. Among these people, at fir, was living a man named Ā́ brăm. Ā́ brăm was a good man, for he prayed to the Lord God, and tried always to do God's will.
But the people who lived in Ûr, Ā́ brăm home, did not pray to God. They prayed to idols, images made of wood and stone: They thought that these images were gods, and that they could hear their prayers and could help them. And as these people who worshipped idols did not call on God, they did not know his will, and they did many wicked things.
The Lord saw that Abram was good and faithful, though wicked people were living all around him. And God did not wish to have Ā́ brăm’s family grow up in such a place, for then they too might become wicked. So the Lord spoke to Ā́ brăm, and said:
"Ā́ brăm, gather together all your family and go out from this place, to a land far away, that I will show you. And in that land I will make your family to become a great people, and I will bless you and make your name great, so that all the world shall give honor to your name. If you will do as I command you, you shall be blessed, and all the families of the earth shall obtain a blessing through you.”
Ā́ bram did not know just what this blessing meant that God promised to him. But we know that Ā́ brăm’s family grew after many years into the Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte people, out of whom came Jesus, the Savior of the world, for Jesus was a descendant of Ā́ brăm: that is, Jesus came a long time afterward from the family of which Ā́ brăm was the father; and thus Ā́ brăm’s family became a blessing to all the world by giving to the world a Savior.
Although Ā́ brăm did not know just what the blessing was to be that God promised to give him, and although he did not know where the land lay, to which God was sending him, he obeyed God's word. He took all his family, and with them his father Terah, who was very old, and his wife, whose name was Sā́ rāi; and his brother Nā́ hôr and his wife, and another brother's son whose name was Lŏt; for Lot's father, Hā́ ran, who was the younger brother of Ā́ brăm, had died before this time. And Abram took all that he had, his tents, and his flocks of sheep, and herds of cattle, and went forth on a long journey, to a land of which he did not even know the name.
He journeyed far up the great river Eū-phrā́ tēs̝ to the mountain region, until he came to a place called Hā́ ran, in a country called Mĕs-o-po-tá mĭ-ȧ. The word Mĕs-o-po-tá mĭ-ȧ means "between the rivers"; and this country was between the two great rivers Tī́ gris and Eū-phrā́ tes̝. At Hā́ ran they all stayed for a time. Perhaps they stopped there because Terah, the father of Abram, was too old to travel further; for they stayed at Hā́ran until Tḗ rah died.
After the death of Tḗ rah, his father, Abram again went on his journey, and Lŏt, his brother's son, went with him; but Nā́ hôr, Ā́ brăm's brother, stayed in Hā́ ran, and his family, and children, and children's children, whom they call "his descendants," lived at Hā́ ran for many years.
From Hā́ ran, Ā́ brăm and Lot turned toward the southwest, and journeyed for a long time, having the mountains on their right hand and the great desert on their left. They crossed over rivers; and climbed the hills, and at last they came into the land of Cā́ năan, which was the land of which God had spoken to Ā́ brăm. This land was called Cā́ năan, because the people who were living in it were the descendants, or children's children, of a man who had lived long before, whose name was Cắnăan. A long time after this it was called "the Land of Ĭs̝-rá el," from the people who lived in it; and because in that same land the Lord Jesus lived many years afterward; we now call it "The Holy Land.”
When Ā́ brăm came into the land of Cá năan, he found in it a few cities and villages of the Cā́ năan˗ītes. But Ā́ brăm and his people did not go into the towns to live. They lived in tents, out in the open fields, where they could find grass for their sheep and cattle. Not far from a city called Shḗ chem, Ā́ brăm set up his tent under an oak tree on the plain. There the Lord came to Ā́ brăm, and said: "I will give this land to your children, and to their children, and this shall be their land forever.”
And Ā́ brăm built there an altar, and made an offering, and worshipped the Lord. Wherever Ā́ brăm set up his tent, there he built his altar and prayed to God; for Abram loved God, and, served God, and believed God's promises.
Ā́ brăm and Lot moved their tents and their flocks to many places, where they could find grass for their flocks and water to drink. At one time they went down to the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt, where they saw the great river Nile. Perhaps they saw also the Pyramids, and the Sphinx, and the wonderful temples in that land, for many of them were built before Ā́ brăm lived.
Ā́ brăm did not stay long in the land of Ḗġ y̆pt. God did not wish him to live in a land where the people worshipped idols; so God sent Ā́ brăm back again to the land of C ā́năan, where he could live apart from cities, and bring up his servants and his people to worship the Lord. He came to a place where afterward a city called Bethel stood; and there as before he built an altar and prayed to the Lord.
Now Let, the son of Ā́ brăm's younger brother who had died, was with Ā́ brăm; and Lŏt, like Ā́ brăm, had flocks of sheep and herds of cattle, and many tents for his people. Ā́ brăm’s shepherds and Lŏt's shepherds quarreled, because there was not grass enough in one place for both of them to feed their flocks; and besides these people, the Cā́ năan˗ītes were also in the land, so that there was not room for them all.
When Ā́ brăm heard of the quarrel between his men and the men under Lot, he said to Lŏt:
"Let there be no quarrel between you and me, nor between your men and my men; for you and I are like brothers to each other. The whole land is before us; let us go apart. You shall have the first choice, too. If you will take the land on the right hand, then I will take the land on the left; or if you choose the left hand, then I will take the right.”
This was noble and generous in Ā́ brăm, for he was the older, and might claim the first choice. Then, too, God had promised all the land to Ā́ brăm, so that he might have said to Lŏt, "Go away, for this land is all mine." But Ā́ brăm showed a kind, good heart in giving to Lŏt his choice of the land.
And Lot looked over the land from the mountain where they were standing, and saw down in the valley the river Jôŕ dan flowing, between green fields, where the soil was rich. He saw the cities of Sŏd́ om and Gō̇-mŏŕ rah upon the plain, near the head of the Dead Sea, into which the Jordan flows. And Lŏt said, "I will go down yonder to the plain.”
And he went down the mountain to the plain, with his tents and his men, and his flocks of sheep and his cattle, leaving the land on the mountains, which was not so good, to his uncle Abram. Perhaps 'At did not know that the people in Sŏd́ om were the most wicked of all the people in the land; but he went to live near them, and gradually moved his tent closer to Sŏd́ om, until after a time he was living in that wicked city.
After Lŏt had separated from Ā́ brăm, God said to Ā́ brăm: "Lift up your eyes from this place, and look east and west, and north and south. All the land that you can see, mountains and valleys and plains, I will give it to you, and to your children, and their children, and those who come after them. Your descendants shall have all this land, and they shall be as many as the dust of the earth; so that if one could count the dust of the earth, they could as easily count those who shall come from you. Rise up, and walk through the land wherever you please, for it is all yours."
Then Ā́ brăm moved tent from Bĕth́-el, and went to live near the city of Hḗbron, in the south, under an oak tree; and there again he built an altar to the Lord.
Lesson 3. Abram.
(Tell Stories 4 and 5. It might be well to end the story, for the present, at the foot of page 52, and leave
the story of Lot for the next lesson.)
1. What was the name of the first large city built after the great flood? Babel, afterward called Babylon.
2. What happened to the people who were building a great tower in this city? They could not understand each other's speech.
3. What did these people of different languages do? They went away to different lands.
4. Who was Abram? A good man, who prayed to God.
5. To what did all the other people of Abram's time pray? To gods of wood and stone.
6. What did God tell Abram to do? To go to a land far away.
7. What was God's promise to Abram? "I will be with thee and bless thee.”
8. To what land did Abram go, obeying God's word? To the land of Canaan.
9. How did Abram and his family live in the land of Canaan? In tents, moving from place to place.
10. What did Abram build whenever he set up his tent? An altar for prayer to God.

Story Six

HOW LOT'S CHOICE BROUGHT TROUBLE AND ABRAM'S CHOICE BROUGHT BLESSING
Gen. 14:1, to 15:21.
SO Lŏt lived in Sŏd́ om, and Ā́ brăm lived in his tent on the mountains of Cā́ năan. At that time in the plain of Jôŕ dan, near the head of the Dead Sea, were five cities, of which Sodom and Gō̇-mŏŕ rah were two; and each of the five cities was ruled by its own king. But over all these little kings and their little kingdoms was a greater king, who lived far away, near the land of Chăĺ˗dḗa, from which Abram had come, and who ruled all the lands, far and near.
After a time these little kings in the plain would not obey the greater king; so he and all his army made war upon them. A battle was fought on the plain, not far from Sŏd́ om, and the kings of Sŏd́ om and Gō̇-mŏŕ˗rah were beaten in the battle, and their soldiers were killed. Then the king who had won the victory over his enemies came to Sŏd́ om, and took everything that he could find in the city, and carried away all the people in the city, intending to keep them as slaves. After a battle, in those times, the army that won the victory took away all the goods, and made slaves of all the people on the side that had been beaten.
So Lŏt, with all that he owned, was carried away by enemies, who went up the valley from Sŏd́om, and did not stop to rest until they came to the head-waters of the river Jôŕdan, at a place afterward called Dăn. So, all that Lot's selfish choice gained for him was to lose all that he had, and to be made a prisoner and a slave.
Someone ran away from the battle, and came to Ā́ brăm, who was living in his tent under the oak tree near Hḗ bron. As soon as Ā́ brăm heard what had happened, he called together all the men who were with him, his servants, his shepherds, and his people, and his friends; and he led them after the enemy that had taken away Lŏt. He followed as fast as his men could march, and found the enemy, with all the goods they had taken and all their prisoners, at Dăn, one of the places where the Jôŕ dan River begins.
Ā́ brăm rushed upon the enemies at night, while they were asleep, and fought them, and drove them away; so suddenly that they left behind them everything, and ran far among the mountains. And in their camp Ā́ brăm found his nephew Lot, safe, with made heaven and earth, bless Ā́ brăm; and blessed be the Lord God Most High, who has given your enemies into your hand.”
And Ā́ brăm made a present to the King Mĕl-chĭź e-dĕk, because he worshipped the Lord. And Ā́ brăm gave to the king of Sŏd́om all the people and all the goods that had been taken away; and he would not take any pay for having saved them.
You would have thought that after this, Lot would have seen that it was wrong for him to live in Sŏd́ om; but he went back to his wife and daughters, and all his goods, and, besides, all the goods and all the other people that had been carried away from Sŏd́ om.
Then the king of Sŏd́ om came to meet Ā́ brăm, at a place near the city of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, which was afterward called "The King's Valley." And with him came the king of Jē̇-rṳ́sā̇-lĕm, which at that time was called Sā́ lem. The name of this king was Mĕl-chĭź e-dĕk, and unlike most other kings in the land at that time, he was a worshipper of the Lord God, as Ā́ brăm was. And the king Mĕl-chĭź e-dĕk blessed Ā́ brăm, and said, "May the Lord God Most High, who that city, and made his home there once more, even though his heart was made sad by the wickedness that he saw around him.
After Ā́ brăm had gone back to his tent under the oak trees at Hḗ bron, one day the Lord God spoke to him, and said:
"Fear not, Ā́ brăm; I will be a shield to keep you safe from enemies; and I will give you a very great reward for serving me.”
And Ā́ brăm said, "O Lord God, what good can anything do to me, since I have no child to whom I can give it; and after I die, the man who will own everything that I have is not my son, but a servant." For although Abram had a large family of people around him, and many servants, he had no son, and he was now an old man, and his wife Sā́ rāi was also old.
And God said to Ā́ brăm, "The one to receive what you own shall not be a stranger, but shall be your own son.”
And that night God brought Ā́ brăm out of his tent, under the heavens, and said to him:
"Look now up to the sky, and count the stars, if you can. The-people who shall spring from you, your descendants, in the years to come, shall be many more than all the stars that you can see.”
Ā́ brăm did not see how this promise of God could be kept; but he believed God's word, and did not doubt it. And God loved Ā́ brăm because he believed the promise. Although Ā́ brăm could not at that time see how God's promise could be kept, yet we know that it was kept, for the Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte people in the Bible story, and the Jews everywhere in the world now, all came from Ā́ brăm.
After that, one day, just as the sun was going down, God came to Ā́brăm again, and told him many things that should come to pass. God said to Ā́ brăm:
"After your life is ended, those who are to come from you, your descendants, shall go into a strange land. The people of that land shall make slaves of them, and shall be cruel to them. And they shall stay in that strange land four hundred years; and afterward they shall come out of that land, not any more as slaves, but very rich. And after the four hundred years they shall come back to this land, and this shall be their home. All this shall come to pass after your life, for you shall die in peace and be buried in a good old age. And all this land where you are living shall belong to your people.”
So that Ā́ brăm might remember this promise of God, God told Ā́ brăm to make ready an offering of a lamb and a goat and a pair of pigeons, and to divide them in pieces, and place them opposite to each other. And that night Ā́ brăm looked, and saw a smoke and fire, like a flaming torch, that passed between the pieces of the offering.
So a promise was made between God and Ā́ brăm. God promised to give Ā́ brăm a son and a people and a land, and Ā́ brăm promised to serve God faithfully.
Such a promise as this, made by two people to each other, was called a covenant; and this was God's covenant with Ā́ brăm.

Story Seven

THE ANGEL BY THE WELL
Gen. 16:1, to 17:27.
On remember that Ā́ brăm’s wife, who had journeyed with him from Tar of the Chăĺ dees̞, and who lived in his tent all those years, was named Sā́ rāi. Now Sā́ rāi had a maid', a servant that waited on her, whose name was Hā́ gar. She came from the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt, where were the pyramids and the temples. But Sā́ rāi and her maid Hā́ gar had some trouble; they could not agree, and Sā́ rai was so sharp and severe with Hā́ gar that at last Hā́ gar ran away from Sā́ lrai's tent.
She went out into the desert, and took the road that led down to Ḗ ġy̆pt, her own country, the land from which she had come. On the way she stopped beside a spring of water. There the angel from the Lord met her, and said to her:
"Hā́ gar, are you not the servant of Sā́ rāi, Ā́ brăm's wife? What are you doing here? Where are you going?”
And Hắ gar said to the angel:
"I am going away from my mistress Sā́ rāi, because I do not wish to stay with her and serve her any longer.”
Then the angel said to Há̄ gar:
"Go back to your mistress Sā́ rāi, and submit to her, for it is better for you than to go away. God knows all your troubles, for he sees and hears you, and he will help you. By and by you shall have a son, and you shall call his name Ĭsh́ ma-el, because God has heard you.”
The word Ĭsh́ ma-el means "God hears." So whenever Ha' gar should speak her boy's name, she would think "God has heard me.”
Then the angel told Hā́lgar that her son Ĭsh́ ma-el should be strong and fierce, and that no one should be able to overcome him, or his children, or his descendants, those who should come after him. So Hā́ gar was comforted, and went back again to serve Sā́ rāi.
And afterward the well where she saw the angel was called by a name which means "The well of the Living One who sees me." And after this, Hā́ gar had a son; and as the angel told her, she called his name Ĭsh́ ma-el; that is, "God hears." We shall read more about Hā́ gar and Ĭsh́ ma-el a little later. After this, while Ā́ brăm was living near Hḗ bron, the Lord came to him again and spoke to him, while Ā́ brăm bowed with his face to the ground. God said: "I am the Almighty God; walk before me, and be perfect and I will make you a father of many nations. And your name shall be changed. You shall no more be called Abram, but Ā́ bră-hăm, a word that means `Father of a multitude,' because you shall be the father of many nations of people. And your wife's name shall also be changed. She shall no more be called Sā́ rāi, but Sā́ rah; that is, 'princess.' And you and Sā́ rah shall have a son, and you shall call his name Ī́ s̝aac; and he shall have sons when he becomes a man, and his descendants, those who spring from him, shall be very many people." So from this time he was no longer Ā́ brăm, but Ā́ bră-hăm, and his wife was called Sā́ rah.,

Story Eight

THE RAIN OF FIRE THAT FELL ON A CITY
Gen. 18:1, to 19:30
ONE day Á bră-hăm, —for we shall call him now by his new name,—was sitting in the door of his tent, when he saw three men coming toward him. He knew from their looks that they were not common men.
They were angels, and one of them seems to have been the Lord himself, coming in the form of a man. When Ā́ bră-hăm saw these men coming, he went out to meet them, and bowed to them; and he said to the one who was the leader:
"My Lord, do not pass by; but come and rest a little under the tree. Let me send for water to wash your feet; and take some food; and stay with us a little while.”
So this strange person, who was God in the form of a man, sat with his two followers in Ā́bră-hăm's tent, under the oak trees at Hḗ bron. They took some food which Sā́ rah, Ā́ bră-hăm's wife, made ready for them, and then the Lord talked with Ā́ bră-hăm. He told Ā́ bră-hăm again that in a very little time God would send to him and Sā-rah a little boy, whose name should be Ī́ s̞aac. In the language that Ā́ bră-hăm spoke, the name Isaac means "laughing;" because Ā́ bră-hăm and Sā́ rah both laughed aloud when they heard it. They were so happy that they could scarcely believe the news.
Then the three persons rose up to go, and two of them went on the road which led toward Sŏd́ om, down on the plain of Jôŕ dan, below the mountains. But the one whom Ā́ bră-hăm called "My Lord" stopped after the others had gone away, and said:
"Shall I hide from Ā́ bră˗hăm what I am going to do? For Ā́ bră-hăm is to be the father of a great people, and all the world shall receive a blessing through him. And I know that Ā́ bră-hăm will teach his children and all those that live with him to obey the will of the Lord, and to do right. I will tell Ā́ bră-hăm what I am going to do. I am going down to the city of Sŏd́ om and the other cities that are near it, and I am going to see if the city is as bad as it seems to be; for the wickedness of the city is like a cry coming up before the Lord.”
And Ā́ bră-hăm knew that Sŏd́ om was very wicked, and he feared that God was about to destroy it, And Ā́ bră-hăm said:
"Wilt thou destroy the righteous with the wicked, the good with the bad, in Sŏd́ om? Perhaps there may be fifty good people in the city. Wilt thou not spare the city for the sake of fifty good men who may be in it? Shall not the Judge and Ruler of all the earth do right?”
And the Lord said:
"If I find in Sŏd́ om fifty good people, then I will not destroy the city, but will spare it for their sake.”
Then Ā́ bră-hăm said again:
"Perhaps I ought not to ask anything more, for I am only a common man, talking with the Lord God. But suppose that there should be forty-five good people in Sŏd́ om, wilt thou destroy the city because it needs only five good men to make up the fifty?”
And the Lord said, "I will not destroy it, if there are forty-five good men in it." And Ā́ bră-hăm said, "Suppose there are forty good people in it,—what then?" And the Lord answered: "I will spare the city, if I find in it forty good men." And Ā́bră-hăm said, "O Lord, do not be angry, if I ask that if there are thirty good men in the city, it may be spared." And the Lord said, "I will not do it, if I find thirty good men there." And Ā́ bră-hăm said, "Let me venture to ask that thou wilt spare it if twenty are there." The Lord said: "I will not destroy it for the sake of twenty good men, if they are there." Then Ā́ bră-hăm said, "O, let not the Lord be angry, and I will speak only this once more. Perhaps there may be ten good men found in the city." And the Lord said, "If I find ten good men in Sŏd́ om, I will spare the city.”
And Ā́ bră-ham had no more to say. The Lord in the form of a man went on his way toward Sŏd́ om; and Ā́ bră-hăm turned back, and went to his tent.
You remember that Lŏt, the nephew of Ā́ bră-hăm, chose the land of Sŏd́ om for his home, and lived there, though the people were so wicked. You remember, too, how Lŏt was carried away captive when Sŏd́ om was taken by its enemies, and how he was rescued by Ā́ brăm. But after all that had happened, Lŏt went to live in Sŏd́ om again; and he was there when the angels came to Ā́ bră-hăm's tent, as we read in the last story.
Two of the angels who had visited Ā́ bră-hăm went down to Sŏd́ om, and walked through the city, trying to find some good men; for if they could find only ten, the city would be saved. But the only good man whom they could find was Lŏt. He took the angels, who looked like men, into his house, and treated them kindly, and made a supper for them.
The men of Sŏd́ om, when they found that strangers were in Lŏt's house, came before the house in the street, and tried to take the two men out that they might do them harm, so wicked and cruel were they. But the men of Sŏd́ om could do nothing against them, for when they tried to break open the door, and Lot was greatly frightened, the two angels struck all those wicked men blind in a moment, so that they could not see, and felt around in the dark for the door.
Then the angels said to Lŏt:
"Have you here any others besides yourself, any sons, or sons in-law, or daughters? Whomever you have, get them out of this city quickly, for we are here to destroy this place, because it is so very wicked.”
Then Lŏt went to the houses where the young men lived who had married some of his daughters, and said to them.
"Hurry, and get out of this place, for the Lord will destroy it.”
But his sons-in-law, the husbands of his daughters, would not believe his words; they only laughed at him. What a mistake it was for Lot to live in a wicked city, where his daughters were married to young men living there!
And when the morning was coming, the two angels tried to make poor Lot hasten away. They said:
"Rise up quickly, and take your wife, and your two daughters that are here. If you do not haste, you will be destroyed with the, city.”
But Lot was slow to leave his house, and his married daughters, and all that he had; and the two angels took hold of him, and of his wife, and his two daughters; and the angels dragged them out of the city. God was good to Lŏt, to take him out of the city before it was destroyed.
And when they had brought Lot and his wife and his daughters out of the city, one of the angels said to him:
"Escape for your life; do not look behind you; do not stop anywhere in the plain; climb up the mountain, or you may be destroyed!”
And Lot begged the angels not to send him so far away. He said, "O my Lord, I cannot climb the mountain. Have mercy upon me, and let me go to that little city that lies yonder. It is only a little city, and you can spare it. Please to let me be safe there.”
And the angel said, "We will spare that city for your sake; and we will wait until you are safe before we destroy these other cities.”
So Lŏt ran to the little city, and there he found safety. In the language of that time, the word "Zṓ ar" means little; so that city was afterward called Zṓ ar. It was the time of sunrise when Lot came to Zṓ ar.
Then, as soon as Lot and his family were safely out of Sŏd́ om the Lord caused a rain of fire to fall upon Sŏd́ om and the other cities on the plain. With the fire came great clouds of sulfur smoke, covering all the plain. So the cities were destroyed, and all the people in them; not one man or woman or child was left.
While Lŏt and his daughters were flying from the city, Lot's wife stopped, and looked back; and she became a pillar of salt, standing there upon the plain. Lŏt and his two daughters escaped, but they were afraid to stay in the little city of Zṓ ar. They climbed up the mountain, away from the plain, and found a cave, and there they lived. So Lŏt lost his wife, and all that he had, because he had made his home among the wicked people of Sŏd́ om.
And when Ā́ bră-hăm, from his tent door on the mountain, looked down toward the plain, the smoke was rising from it, like the smoke of a great furnace.
And that was the end of the cities of the plain, Sŏd́ om, and Gṓ mŏŕ˗rah, and the other cities with them. Zṓ ar alone was saved, because Lŏt, a good man, prayed for it.
Lesson 4. Abram and Lot.
(Begin at page 53 in Story 5; tell stories 6 and 8, omitting all of Story 7, except to tell that Abram's
name was changed to Abraham.)
1. Who was Lot? He was Abram's nephew, who at first lived with Abram.
2. Where did Let live, after he left his uncle Abram? Near the wicked city of Sodom.
3. What happened to Lot and his family at Sodom? They were carried away by enemies in war.
4. How was Lot saved from those enemies and brought back to his home? By Abram, who drove the enemies away.
Part First-From Adam to Moses
5. What new name did God give to Abram? The name of Abraham.
6. Who came to visit Abraham in his tent? Angels from God.
7. What good news did they bring to Abraham? That he should have a son.
8. What prayer did Abraham make to God? That God would not destroy the wicked city of Sodom.
9. What did God promise to Abraham? To spare the city, if he should find ten good men in it.
10. How many good men did the angels of God find in Sodom?. Only one, Lot.
11. What came upon Sodom, and the cities near it after the angels had sent La away? A rain of fire.

Story Nine

THE BOY WHO BECAME AN ARCHER
Gen. 21:1 to 21
AFTER Sŏd́om and Go-mŏŕ˗rah were destroyed, Ā́ bră˗hăm moved his tent and his camp away from that part of the land, and went to live near a place called Ḡḗ rar, in the southwest, not far from the Great Sea. And there at last, the child whom God had promised to Ā́ bră-hăm and Sā́ rah was born, when Ā́ bră˗hăm his father was a hundred years old.
They named this child Ī́ s̞aac, as the angel had told thetas he should be named. And Ā́ bră-hăm and Sā́ rah were so happy to have a little boy, that after a time they gave a great feast to all the people, in honor of the little Ī́ s̞aac.
You remember the story about Sā́ rah's maid Hā́ gar, the Ḗgy̆ptian woman, and how she ran away from her mistress, and saw an angel by a well, and afterward came back to Sā́ rah, and had a child whose name was Ĭsh́ ma-el. So now there were two boys in Ā́ bră˗hăm's tent, the older boy, Ĭsh́ ma-el, the son of Hā́ gar, and the younger boy, Ī́s̞aac, the son of Ā́bră-ham and Sā́rah.
Ĭsh́ ma-el did not like the little Isaac, and did not treat him kindly. This made his mother Sā́ rah very angry, and she said to her husband:
"I do not wish to have this boy Ĭsh́ ma-el growing up with my son Ī́ s̞aac. Send away Hā́ gar and her boy, for they are a trouble to me.”
And Ā́ bră-hăm felt very sorry to have trouble come between Sā́ rah and Hā́ gar, and between Ī́ s̞aac and Ĭsh́˗ma-el; for Ā́ bră-hăm was a kind and good man, and he was friendly to them all.
But the Lord said to Ā́ bră-hăm, "Do not be troubled about Ĭsh́ ma-el and his mother. Do as Sā́ rah has asked you to do, and send them away. It is best that Isaac should be left alone in your tent, for he is to receive everything that is yours. I the Lord will take care of Ĭsh́ ma-el, and will make a great people of his descendants, those who shall come from him.”
So the next morning, Ā́ bră-hăm sent Hā́ gar and her boy away, expecting them to go back to the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt, from which Hā́ gar had come. He gave them some food for the journey, and a bottle of water to drink by the way. The bottles in that country were not like ours, made of glass. They were made from the skin of a goat, sewed tightly together. One of these skin bottles Ā́ bră˗hăm filled with water, and gave to Hā́ gar.
And Hā́ gar went away from Ā́ bră-hăm's tent, leading her little boy. But in some way she lost the road, and wandered over the desert, not knowing where she was, until all the water in the bottle was used up; and her poor boy, in the hot sun and the burning sand, had nothing to drink. She thought that he would die of his terrible thirst, and she laid him down under a little bush; and then she went away, for she said to herself:
"I cannot bear to look at my poor boy suffering and dying for want of water.”
And just at that moment, while Hā́ gar was crying, and her boy was moaning with thirst, she heard a voice saying to her: "Hā́ gar, what is your trouble? Do not be afraid. God has heard your cry, and the cry of your child. God will take care of you both, and will make of your boy a great nation of people.”
It was the voice of an angel from heaven; and then Hā́ gar looked, and there close at hand was a spring of water in the desert. How glad Hā́ gar was, as she filled the bottle with water, and took it, to her suffering boy under the bush!
After this, Hā́ gar did not go down to Ḗ ġy̆pt. She found a place near this spring, where she lived and brought up her son in the wilderness, far from other people. And God was with Ĭsh́ma-el, and cared for him. And Ĭsh́ ma-el grew up in the desert, and learned to shoot with the bow and arrow. He became a wild man, and his children after him grew up to be wild men also. They were the Arabians of the desert, who even to this day have never been ruled by any other people, but wander through the desert and live as they please. So Ĭsh́ ma-el came to be the father of many people, and his descendants, the wild Arabians of the desert, are living unto this day in that land, just as the Jews, who are the descendants of Ī́ s̞aac, are living all over the world.

Story Ten

HOW AN ANGEL'S VOICE SAVED A BOY'S LIFE
Gen. 22:1, to 23:20
YOU remember that in those times of which we are telling, when men worshipped God, they built an altar of earth or of stone, and laid an offering upon it, as a gift to God. The offering was generally a sheep, or a goat, or a young ox, some animal that was used for food. Such an offering was called "a sacrifice.”
But the people who worshipped idols often did what seems to us very strange, and very terrible. They thought that it would please their gods, if they would offer as a sacrifice the most precious living things that were their own; and they would take their own' little children and kill them upon their altars as offerings to the gods of wood and stone, that were no real gods, but only images, God wished to show to Ā́ bră-hăm, and all his descendants, those who should come after him, that he was not pleased with such offerings as those of living people, killed on the altars. And God took a way to teach Ā́ bră-hăm, so that he and his children after him would never forget it. Then at the same time he wished to see how faithful and obedient Ā́ bră-hăm would be to his commands; how fully Ā́ bră-hăm would trust in God, or as we should say, how great was Ā́ bră-hăm's faith in God.
So God gave to Ā́ bră-hăm a command which he did not mean to have obeyed, though this he did not tell to Ā́ bră-hăm. He said:
"Take now your son, your only son Ī́ s̞aac, whom you love so greatly, and go to the land of Mō˗rí̄ ah; and there, on a mountain that I will show you, offer him for a burnt offering to me.”
Though this command filled Ā́ bră-hăm's heart with pain, yet he would not be as surprised to receive it as a father would in our day; for such offerings were very common among all those people in the land where Ā́ bră-hăm lived. Ā́ bră-hăm never for one moment doubted or disobeyed God's word. He knew that Isaac was the child whom God had promised, and that God had promised, too, that Isaac should have children, and that those coming from Isaac should be a great nation. He did not see how God could keep his promise with regard to Ī́ s̞aac, if Ī́ s̞aac should be killed as an offering: unless, indeed, God should raise him up from the dead afterward. But Ā́ bră-hăm undertook at once to obey God's command. He took two young men with him, and an ass laden with wood for the fire; and he went toward the mountain in the north, Ī́ s̞aac his son walking by his side. For two days they walked, sleeping under the trees at night in the open country. And on the third day, Ā́ bră-hăm saw the mountain far away. And as they drew near to the mountain, Ā́ bră-hăm said to the young men:
"Stay here with the ass, while I go up yonder mountain with Ī́ s̞aac to worship; and when we have worshipped, we will come back to you.”
For Ā́ ră-hăm believed that in some way God would bring back Isaac to life. He took the wood from the ass, and placed it on Ī́ s̞aac, and the two walked up the mountain together. As they were walking Ī́ s̞aac said, "Father, here is the wood, but where is the lamb for the offering?" And Ā́ bră-hăm said, "My son, God will provide himself the lamb.”
And they came to the place on the top of the mountain There Ā́ bră˗hăm built an altar of stones and earth heaped up, and on it he placed the wood. Then he tied the hands and the feet of Ī́ s̞aac, and laid him on the wood on the altar. And Ā́ bră-hăm lifted up his hand, holding a knife to kill his son. A moment longer, and Isaac would be slain by his own father's hand. But just at that moment the angel of the Lord out of heaven called to Ā́ bră˗hăm, and said, "Ā́ bră-hăm! Ā́ brăhăm!" And Ā́ bră-hăm answered, "Here I am, Lord." Then the angel of the Lord said:
"Do not lay your hand upon your son. Do no harm to him. Now I know that you love God more than you love your only son, and that you are obedient to God, since you are ready to give up your son, your only son, to God." What a relief and a joy these words from heaven brought to the heart of Ā́ bră-hăm! How glad he was to know that it was not God's will for him to kill his son! Then Ā́ bră-hăm looked around, and there in the thicket was a ram caught by his horns. And Ā́ bră-hăm took the ram, and offered him up for a burnt offering in place of his son. So Ā́ bră-hăm's words came true, when he said that God would provide for himself a lamb. The place where this altar was built Ā́ bră-hăm named Jē-hṓ vah-jī́ reh, words meaning, in the language that Ā́ bră-hăm spoke, "The Lord will provide.”
This offering, which seems so strange, did much good. It showed to Ā́ bră-hăm, and to Í̄ s̞aac also, that Ī́ s̞aac belonged to God, for to God he had been offered; and in Ī́ s̞aac, all those who should come from him, his descendants, had been given to God. Then it showed to Ā́ bră-hăm, and to all the people after him, that God did not wish children or men killed as offerings for worship; and while all the people around offered such sacrifices, the Ī́ s̝ra-el-ītes, who came from Ā́ bră-hăm and from Ī́ s̞aac, never offered them, but offered oxen and sheep and goats instead. And it looked onward to a time when, just as Ā́ bră-hăm gave his son as an offering, God should give his Son Jesus Christ to die for the sins of the world. All this was taught in this act of worship on Mount Mō-rī́ ah.
Some think that on the very place where this offering was given, the altar in the temple many years afterward stood on Mount Mō-rī́ ah. If that be true, the rock is still there, and over it is a building called "The Dome of the Rock." Many people now visit this rock under the dome, and think of what took place there so long ago. At this time Ā́ bră-hăm was living at a place called Bḗ ershḗba, on the border of the desert, south of the land of Cā́ năan. From Bḗ er-shḗbȧ he took this journey to Mount Mō-rī́ ah, and to Bé̄er-shē-bȧ he came again after the offering on the mountain. Bḗer-shē-bȧ was the home of Ā́bră-hăm during most of his late years. After a time, Sā́ rah, the wife of Ā́ bră-hăm and the mother of Ī́ s̞aac, died, being one hundred and twenty years old. And Ā́ bră-hăm bought of the people of Hḗ bron a cave, called the cave of Măch-pḗ lah; and there he buried Sā́ rah his wife. This place is still known as the city of Hḗ bron, but the people who live there will not allow any strangers to visit it.

Story Eleven

THE STORY OF A JOURNEY AFTER A WIFE
Gen. 24:1, to 25:18
AFTER the death of Sā́ rah, Īs̞aac, her son, was lonely; and as he was now old enough to marry, Ā́ bră-hăm sought a wife for him; for in those countries the parents have always chosen the wives for their sons, and husbands for their daughters. A 'bra-ham did not wish Ī́ s̞aac to marry any woman of the people in the land where he was living, for they were all worshippers of idols, and would not teach their children the ways of the Lord. For the same reason, Ā́ bră-hăm did not settle in one place, and build for himself and his people a city. By moving from place to place, Ā́ bră-hăm kept his people apart.
You remember that when Ā́ bră-hăm made his long journey to the land of Cā́ năan, he stayed for a time at a place called Hā́ ran, in Mĕs-o-pō-tā́ mĭ-ȧ, between the two rivers Tī́ gris and Eūphrā́ tēs, far to the northeast of Cá̄năan. When Ā́ bră-hăm left Hā́ ran to go to Cā́ năan, his brother Nā́hôr and his family stayed in Hā́ ran. They worshipped the Lord, as Ā́ bră-hăm and his family did; and Ā́ bră-hăm thought that it would be well to find among them a wife for his son Ī́ s̞aac.
As Ā́ bră-hăm could not leave his own land of Cā́ năan and go to Hā́ ran in Mĕs-o-pō-tā́ mĭ-ȧ to find a wife for his son Ī́ s̝aac, he called his chief servant, E-li-ḗ zēr, the man whom he trusted, who cared for all his flocks and cattle, and who ruled over his other servants, and sent him to Hā́ ran to find a wife for his son Ī́ s̝aac.
And the servant took ten camels, and many presents and went on a long journey, and at last came to the city of Hā́ ran, where the family of Nā́ hôr, the brother of Ā́ bră-hăm, was living. And at the well, just outside of the city, at the time of evening, he made his camels kneel down. Then the servant prayed to the Lord that he would send to him just the right young woman to be the wife of his master's son Ī́ s̞aac. And just as the servant was praying, a beautiful young woman came to the well, with her pitcher upon her shoulder. As she drew the water and filled her pitcher, the servant came up and bowed to her, and said, "Will you kindly give me a drink of water from your pitcher?" And she said, "Drink, my lord," and she held her pitcher for him to drink. And then she said, "I will draw some water for your camels also to drink." And she emptied her pitcher into the trough by the well, and drew more water, until she had given drink to all the camels.
And the servant of Ā́ bră-hăm looked at her, and wondered whether she might be the right woman for Ī́ s̞aac to marry. And he said to her, "Will you tell me your name, young lady, and whose daughter you are? And do you suppose that I could find a place to stay at your father's house?" And then he gave her a gold ring and gold bracelets for her wrists. And the beautiful young woman said, "My name is Rē̇-bĕḱ ah; and my father is Bĕth-ṳ́ el, who is the son of Nā́ hôr. You can come right to our house. We have room for you, and a place and food for your camels.”
Then the man bowed his head and thanked God, for he saw that his prayer was answered, since this kind and lovely young woman was a cousin to Ī́ s̞aac, his master's son. And he told Rē̇˗bĕḱ ah that he was the servant of Ā́ bră-hăm, who was so near a relative to her own family.
Then Rē̇-bĕḱ ah ran home and told her parents of the stranger, and showed them the presents that he had given to her. And her brother Lā́ ban went out to the man, and brought him into the house, and found a place for his camels. And they washed his feet, for that was the custom of the land, where people did not wear shoes, but sandals: and they set the table for a supper, and asked him to sit down and eat with them. But the man said, "I will not eat until I have told my errand.”
After this he told them all about Ā́ bră-hăm's riches; and how Ā́ bră-hăm had sent him to Hā́ ran to find a wife for Ī́ s̝aac, his son; and how he had met Rē̇-bĕḱ ah, and felt sure that Rē̇-bĕḱ ah was the one whom the Lord would choose for Ī́ s̞aac's wife; and then he asked that they would give him Rē̇-bĕḱ ah to be taken home to be married to Ī́ s̞aac. When he had told his errand, Lā́ ban, Rē̇-bĕḱ ah's brother, and Bĕth-ṳ́ el, her father, said, "This comes from the Lord; it is his will; and it is not for us to oppose it. Here is Rē̇-bĕḱ ah; take her, and let her be the wife of your master's son, for the Lord has shown it to be his will." Then Ā́ bră-hăm's servant gave rich presents to Rē̇-bĕḱ ah, and to her mother, and her brother Lā́ ban. And that night they had a feast, with great joy. And the next morning Ā́ bră˗hăm's servant said, "Now I must go home to my master." But they said, "O, not so soon! Let Rē̇-bĕḱ ah stay with us for a few days, ten days at least, before she goes away from her home.”
And he said to them, "Do not hinder me; since God has given me what I came for, I must go back to my master.”
And they called Rē̇-bĕḱ ah, and asked her, "Will you go with this man?" And she said, "I will go.”
So the servant of Ā́ bră˗hăm went away, and took with him Rē̇-bĕḱ ah, with good wishes; and blessings, arid prayers, from all in her father's house. And, after a long journey, they came to the place where Ā́ bră-hăm and Ī́ s̝aac were living. And when Ī́ s̞aac saw Rē̇-bĕḱ ah, he loved her; and she became his wife, and they were faithful to each other as long as they both lived.
Afterward Ā́ bră-hăm, great and good man that he was, died, almost a hundred and eighty years old. And Ī́ s̞aac and Ĭsh́ ma-el buried Ā́ bră,-hăm in the cave where Ā́ bră-hăm had buried Sā́ rah at Hebron. Then Ī́ s̞aac became the owner of all the riches of Ā́ bră˗hăm, his tents, and flocks of sheep, and herds of cattle, and camels, and servants. Ī́ s̞aac was a peaceful, quiet man. He did not move his tents often, as his father had done, but stayed in one place nearly all his life.

Story Twelve

HOW JACOB STOLE HIS BROTHER'S BLESSING
Gen. 25:27, to 27:46.
AFTER Ā́ bră-hăm died, his son Ī́ s̞aac lived in the land of Cā́ năan. Like his father, Ī́ s̞aac's home was a tent; and around him were the tents of his people, and many flocks of sheep and herds of cattle feeding wherever they could find grass to eat and to drink.
Ī́s̞aac and his wife Rē̇-bĕḱ ah had two children. The older was named Ḗ sa̤u and the younger Jā́ cob. Ḗ sa̤u was a man of the woods, and fond of hunting; and he was rough, and covered with hair. Even as a boy he was fond of hunting with his bow and arrow. Jā́ cob was quiet and thoughtful, staying at home, and caring for the flocks of his father. Ī́ s̞aac loved E'sa̤u more than Jacob, because Ḗ sa̤u brought to his father that which he had killed in his hunting; but Rē̇-bĕḱ ah liked Jacob, because she saw that he was wise and careful in his work.
Among the people in those lands, when a man dies, his older son receives twice as much as the younger of what the father has owned. This was called his "birthright," for it was his right as the oldest born. So Ḗ sa̤u, as the older, had a "birthright" to more of Ī́ s̞aac's possessions than Jā́ cob. And besides this there was the privilege of the promise of God that the family of Ī́ s̝aac, should receive great blessings.
Now Ḗ sa̤u, when he grew up, did not care for his birthright or the blessing which God had promised. But Jā́ cob, who was a wise man, wished greatly to have the birthright which would come to Ḗ sa̤u when his father died. Once, when Ḗ sa̤u came home, hungry and tired from hunting in the fields, he saw that Jā́ cob had a bowl of something that he Had just cooked for dinner. And Ḗ sa̤u said: "Give me some of that red stuff in the dish. Will you not give me some? I am hungry.”
And Jā́ cob answered, "I will give it to you, if you will first of all sell to me your birthright.”
And Ḗ sa̤u said, "What is the use of the birthright to me now when I am almost starving to death? You can have my birthright if you will give me something to eat.”
Then Ḗ sa̤u made Jā́ cob a solemn promise to give to Jā́ cob his birthright, all for a bowl of food. It was not right for Jā́ cob to deal so selfishly with his brother; but it was very wrong in E'sa̤u to care so little for his birthright, and with it God's blessing.
Some time after this, when Ḗ sa̤u was forty years old, he married two wives. Though this would be very wicked in our times it was not supposed to be wrong then; for even good men then had more than one wife. But Ḗ sa̤u's two wives were women from the people of Cā́ năan, who worshipped idols, and not the true God. And they taught their children also to pray to idols, so that those who came from Ḗ sa̤u, the people who were his descendants, lost all knowledge of God, and became very wicked. But this was long after that time.
Ī́s̞aac and Rē̇-bĕḱ ah were very sorry to have their son Esau marry women who prayed to idols and not to God; but still Ī́ s̝aac loved his active son Ḗ sa̤u more than his quiet son Jacob.
Ī́ s̞aac became at last very old and feeble, and so blind that he could see scarcely anything. One day he said to Ḗ sa̤u:
"My son, I am very old, and do not know how soon I must die. But before I die, I wish to give to you, as my older son, God's blessing upon you, and your children, and your descendants. Go out into the fields, and with your bow and arrows shoot some animal that is good for food, and make me a dish of cooked meat, such as you know I love; and after I have eaten it, I will give you the blessing.”
E'sa̤u ought to have told his father that the blessing did not belong to him, for he had sold it to his brother Jā́ cob. But be did not tell his father. He went out into the fields hunting, to find the kind of meat which his father liked the most.
Now Rē̇-bĕḱ ah was listening, and heard all that Ī́ s̞aac had said to Ḗ sa̤u. She knew that it would be better for Jā́ cob to have the blessing than for Ḗ sa̤u; and she loved Jā́ cob more than Ḗ sa̤u. So she called to Jā́ cob, and told him what Ī́ s̞aac had said to Ḗ sa̤u, and she said,
"Now, my son, do what I tell you and you will get the blessing instead of your brother. Go to the flocks and bring to me two little kids from the goats: and I will cook them just like the meat which Ḗ sa̤u cooks for your father. And you will bring it to your father; and he will think that you are Ḗ sa̤u, and will give you the blessing; and it really belongs to you.”
But Jā́ cob said, "You know that Ḗ sa̤u and I are not alike. His neck and arms are covered with hair, while mine are smooth. My father will feel of me, and he will find that I am not Ḗ sa̤u; and then, instead of giving me a blessing. I am afraid that he will curse me.”
But Rē̇-bĕḱ ah answered her son, "Never mind, you do as I have told you, and I will take care of you. If any harm comes, it will come to me; so do not be afraid, but go and bring the meat.”
Then Jā́ cob went and brought a pair of little kids from the flock and from them his mother made a dish of food, so that it would be to the taste just as Ī́ s̞aac liked it. Then Rē̇˗bĕḱ ah found some of Ḗ sa̤u's clothes, and dressed Jā́ cob in them; and she placed on his neck and his hands some of, the skins of the kids, so that his neck and hands would feel rough and hairy to the touch.
Then Jā́ cob came into his father's tent, bringing the dinner, and speaking as much like Ḗ sa̤u as he could, he said:
"Here I am, my father.”
And Ī́ s̝aac said, "Who are you, my son?”
And Jā́ cob answered, "I am Ḗ sa̤u, your oldest son. I have done as you bade me; now sit Up, and eat the dinner that I have made; and then give me your blessing, as you promised me.”
And Ī́ s̝aac said, "How is it that you found it so quickly?”
Jā́cob answered, "Because the Lord your God showed me where to go, and gave me good success.”
Ī́ s̝aac did not feel certain that it was his son Ḗ sa̤u, and he said, "Come nearer and let me feel you, so that I may know that you are really my son Ḗ sa̤u.”
And Jā́ cob went up close to Ī́ s̝aac’s bed, and Ī́ s̞aac felt of his face, and his neck, and his hands, and he said:
"The voice sounds like Jā́ cob, but the hands are the hands of Ḗ sa̤u. Are you really my son Ḗ sa̤u?”
And Jā́ cob again told a lie to his father, and said, "I am.”
Then the old man ate the food that Jā́ cob had brought to him, and he kissed Jā́ cob, believing him to be Ḗ sa̤u, and he gave him the blessing, saying to him:
"May God give you the dew of heaven, and the richness of the earth, and plenty of grain and wine. May nations bow down to you and people become your servants. May you be the master over your brother; and may your family and descendants that shall come from you rule over his family and his descendants. Blessed be those that bless you, and cursed be those that curse you.”
Just as soon as Jā́ cob had received the blessing he rose up and hastened away. He had scarcely gone out, when Ḗ sa̤u came in from his hunting, with the dish of food that he had cooked, and he said:
"Let my father sit up, and eat the food that I have brought and give me the blessing.”
And Ī́ s̝aac said, "Why, who are you?”
Ḗ sa̤u answered, "I am your son, your oldest son Ḗ sa̤u.”
And Ī́ s̞aac trembled and said, "Who then is the one that came in, and brought to me food? And I have eaten his food, and have blessed him; yes, and he shall be blessed.”
When Ḗ sa̤u heard this he knew that he had been cheated; and he cried aloud, with a bitter cry, "O my father, my brother has taken away my blessing, just as he took away my birthright! But cannot you give me another blessing, too? Have you given everything to my brother?" And Ī́s̝aac told him all that he had said to Jā́ cob.
He said, "I have told him that he shall be the ruler, and that all his brothers and their children will be under him. I have promised him the richest ground for his crops, and rains from heaven to make them grow. All these things have been spoken, and they must come to pass. What is left for me to promise you, my son?"
But Ḗ sa̤u begged for another blessing, and Ī́ s̝aac said: "My son, your dwelling shall be of riches of the earth, and of the dew of heaven. You shall live by your sword, and your descendants shall serve his descendants. But in time to come they shall break loose, and shall shake off the yoke of your brother's rule, and shall be free."
All this came to pass many years afterward. The people who came from Ḗ sa̤u lived in a land called Ḗ dom, on the south of the land of Īś̝ ra-el, where Jā́cob's descendants lived. And after a time the Ĭś̞ ra-el-ītes became rulers over the Ḗ dom-ītes; and, later still, the Ḗ dom-ītes made themselves free from the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. But all this took place hundreds of years after both Ḗ sa̤u and Jā́ cob had passed away. The blessing of God's covenant or promise came to Ĭś̝ ra-el, and not to the people from Ḗ sa̤u.
It was better that Jā́ cob's descendants, those who came after him, should have the blessing, than that Ḗ sa̤u's people should have it; for Jā́ cob's people worshipped God, and Ḗ sa̤u's people walked in the way of the idols, and became wicked. But it was very wrong in Jā́ cob to obtain the blessing in the way that he obtained it.
Lesson 5. Isaac and his Sons.
(Tell Stories 10, 11 and 12.)
1. What was the name of Abraham’s son? Isaac.
2. What was done with Isaac when he was a boy? He was laid on an altar.
3: For what purpose was Isaac laid on the altar? To be given to God.
4. When Isaac grew up, who became his wife? Rebekah.
5. What kind of a man was Isaac? He was a good man, who loved peace.
6. Who were the two sons of Isaac and Rebekah? Esau and Jacob.
7. To whom did Esau sell his right as the older son? To his brother Jacob.
8. For what price did Esau sell his birthright? For a bowl of food.
9. What else did Jacob get that was meant for Esau? His father's blessing.

Story Thirteen

JACOB'S WONDERFUL DREAM
Genesis 27:46, to 30:24
AFTER Ḗ sa̤u found that he had lost his birthright and his blessing, he was very angry against his brother Jā́ cob; and he said to himself, and told others, "My father Ī́ s̞aac is very old and cannot live long. As soon as he is dead, then I shall kill Jā́ cob for having robbed me of my right.”
When Rē̇-bĕḱ ah heard this, she said to Jā́ cob, "Before it is too late, do you go away from home, and get out of Ḗ sa̤u's sight. Perhaps when Ḗ sa̤u sees you no longer, he will forget his anger; and then you can come home again. Go and visit my brother Lā́ ban, your uncle, in Hā́ ran, and stay with him for a little while, until Ḗsa̤u's anger is past.”
You remember that Rē̇-bĕḱ ah came from the family of Nā́ hôr, Ā́ bră-hăm's younger brother, who lived in Hā́ ran, a long distance to the northeast of Cā́ năan; and that Lā́ ban was Rē̇-bĕḱ ah’s brother, as was told in Story Eleven.
So Jā́ cob went out of Bḗ er-shḗ ba, on the border of the desert, and walked alone toward a land far to the north, carrying his staff in his hand. One evening, just about sunset, he came to a place among the mountains, more than sixty miles distant from his home. And as he had no bed to lie down upon, he took a stone and rested his head upon it for a pillow, and lay down to sleep. We would think that a hard pillow, but Jā́ cob was tired, and soon fell asleep.
And on that night Jā́ cob had a wonderful dream. In his dream he saw stairs leading up to heaven from the earth where he lay; and angels were coming down and going up upon the stairs. And above the stairs, he saw the Lord God standing. And God said to Jā́ cob:
"I am the Lord, the God of Ā́ bră-hăm, and the God of Ī́ s̞aac your father; and I will be your God, too. The land where you are lying all alone, shall belong to you and to your children after you: and your children shall spread abroad over the lands, east, and west, and north, and south, like the dust of the earth: and in your family all the world shall receive a blessing. And I am with you in your journey, and I will keep you where you are going, and will bring you back to this land. I will never leave you, and I will surely keep my promise to you." And in the morning Jā́ cob awaked from his sleep, and he said, "Surely the Lord is in this place and I did not know it! I thought that I was all alone, but God has been with me. This place is the house of God; it is the gate of heaven!" And Jā́ cob took the stone on which his head had rested, and he set it up as a pillar, and poured oil on it as an offering to God And Jā́ cob named that place Bĕth́-el, which in the language that Jā́ cob spoke means "The House of God." And Jā́ cob made a promise to God at that time, and said:
"If God really will go with me, and will keep me in the way that I go, and will give me bread to eat, and will bring me to my" father's house in peace, then the Lord shall be my God; and this stone shall be the house of God; and of all that God gives me, I will give back to God one-tenth as an offering.”
Then Jā́ cob went onward in his long journey. He waded across the river Jordan in a shallow place, feeling the way with his staff; he climbed mountains, and journeyed beside the great desert on the east, and at last he came to the city of Hā́ ran. Beside the city was the well, where Ā́ bră-hăm's servant had met Jā́ cob's mother, Rē̇-bĕḱ ah (see Story Eleven); and there, after Jacob had waited for a time, he saw a young woman coming with her sheep, to give them water.
Then Jacob took off the flat stone that was over the mouth of the well, and drew water, and gave it to the sheep. And when he found that this young woman was his own cousin Rā́ chel, the daughter of Lā́ ban, he was so glad that he wept for joy. And at that moment he began to love Rā́chel, and longed to have her for his wife.
Rā́ chel's father, Lā́ ban, who was Jā́ cob's uncle, the brother of Rē̇-bĕḱ ah, Jā́ cob's mother, gave a welcome to Jā́ cob, and took him into his home.
And Jā́ cob asked Lā́ban if he would give his daughter Rā́ chel to him as his wife; and Jā́ cob said, "If you will give me Rā́ chel, I will work for you seven years." And Lā́ ban said, "It is better that you should have her than that a stranger should marry her.”
So Jā́ cob lived seven years in Lā́ ban's house, caring for his sheep and oxen and camels; and such was his love for Rā́ chel that the seven years seemed like a few days.
At last the day came for the marriage; and they brought in the bride, who after the manner of that land was covered with a thick veil, so that her face could not be seen. And she was married to Jā́ cob; and when Jā́ cob lifted up her veil, he found that he had married, not Rā́ chel whom he loved, but her older sister Lḗ ah, who was not beautiful, and whom Jā́ cob did not love at all.
Jā́ cob was very angry that he had been deceived, though that was just the way in which Jā́ cob himself had deceived his father and cheated his brother Ḗ sa̤u (see Story Twelve). But his uncle Lā́ ban said:
"In our land we never allow the younger daughter to be married before the older daughter. Keep Lḗ ah for your wife, and work for me seven years longer, and you shall have Rā́ chel also.”
For in those times, as we have seen, men often had two wives, or even more than two. No one thought that it was wrong then to have more than one wife, although now it is considered very wicked. So Jā́ cob stayed seven years more, fourteen years in all, before he received Rā́ chel as his wife.
While Jā́ cob was living at Hā́ ran, eleven sons were born to him. But only one of these was the child of Rā́ chel, whom Jā́ cob loved. This son was Jṓ s̝eph, who was dearer to Jā́ cob than any other of his children, partly because he was the youngest, and also because he was the child of his beloved Rā́ chel.

Story Fourteen

A MIDNIGHT WRESTLING MATCH
Gen. 30:25, to 33:20.
JĀ́ COB stayed a long time in the land of Hā́ ran, much longer than he had expected to stay. And in that land Jā́ cob became rich. As wages for his work with Lā́ ban, Jā́ cob took a share of the sheep, and oxen; and camels. And since Jā́ cob was very wise and careful in his work, his share grew larger, until Jā́ cob owned a great flock and much cattle. At last, after twenty years, Jā́ cob decided to go back to the land of Cā́ năan, and to his father Ī́ s̞aac, who was still living, though now very old and feeble.
Jā́ cob did not tell his uncle Lā́ ban that he was going away; but while Lā́ ban was absent from home, Jā́ cob gathered together his wives, and children, and all his sheep and cattle, and camels, and he stole away quietly. When Lā́ ban found that Jā́ cob had left him, he was not at all pleased; for he wished Jā́ cob still to care for the things that he owned, for Jā́ cob managed them better than Lā́ ban himself, and God blessed everything that Jā́ cob undertook. Then, too, Lā́ ban did not like to have his two daughters, the wives of Jā́ cob, taken so far away from him.
So Lā́ ban and the men who were with him followed after Jā́ cob; but that night God spoke to Lā́ ban in a dream and said: "Do no harm to Jā́ cob, when you meet him.”
Therefore, when Lā́ ban came to where Jā́ cob was in his camp on Mount Ḡĭĺ e-ăd, on the east of the river Jordan, Lā́ ban spoke kindly to Jā́ cob. And Jā́ cob and Lā́ ban made a covenant, that is a promise between them: They piled up a heap of stones, and on it they set up a large rock like a pillar; and beside the heap of stones they ate a meal together; and Jacob said to Lā́ ban:
"I promise not to go past this heap of stones, and this pillar to do you any harm. The God of your grandfather, Nā́hôr, and the God of my grandfather, Ā́ bră-hăm, be the judge between us." And Lā́ ban made the same promise to Jā́ cob; and then he kissed his daughters, Jā́ cob's two wives, and all of Jā́ cob's children, and bade them good-by; and Lā́ ban went back to Hā́ ran, and Jā́ cob went on to Cā́ năan.
And Jā́ cob gave two names to the heap of stones where they had made the covenant. One name was "Găĺ e-ĕd," a word which means, "The heap of Witness." The other was "Mĭź peh," which means "Watch-tower." For Jā́ cob said, "The Lord watch between you and me, when we are absent from each other.”
While Jā́ cob was going back to Cā́ năan, he heard news that filled him with fear. He heard that Ḗ sa̤u, his brother, was coming to meet him, leading an army of four hundred men. He knew how angry Ḗ sa̤u had been long before, and how he had threatened to kill him. And Jā́ cob feared that Ḗ sa̤u would now come upon him, and kill, not only Jā́ cob himself, but his wives and his children. If Jā́ cob had acted rightly toward his brother, he need not have feared Ḗ sa̤u's coming; but he knew how he had wronged Ḗ sa̤u, and he was terribly afraid to meet him.
That night Jā́ cob divided his company into two parts; so that if one part were taken the other part might escape. And he sent onward before him, as a present to his brother, a great drove of oxen and cows, and sheep and goats, and camels and asses; hoping that by the present his brother might be made more kind toward him. And then Jā́ cob prayed earnestly to the Lord God to help him.
After that he sent all his family across a brook that was in his path, called the brook Jăb́ bŏk, while he stayed alone on the other, side of the brook to pray again.
And while Jā́ cob was alone, he felt that a man had taken hold of him, and Jā́ cob wrestled with this strange man all the night. And the man was an angel from God. They wrestled so hard, that Jā́ cob's thigh was strained in the struggle. And the angel said: "Let me go, for the day is breaking.”
And Jā́ cob said: "I will not let thee go until thou dost bless me." And the angel said:
"What is your name?”
And Jā́ cob answered, "Jā́ cob is my name.”
Then the angel said:
Your name shall no more be called Jā́ cob, but Īś ra-el, that is 'He who wrestles with God.' For you have wrestled with God and have won the victory.”
And the angel blessed him there. And the sun rose as the angel left him; and Jā́ cob gave a name to that place. He called it Pē̇-nī́ el, or Pē̇-nū́ el, words which in the language that Jā́ cob spoke mean "The Face of God." "For," said Jā́ cob, "I have met God face to face." And after this Jā́ cob was lame, for in the wrestle he had strained his thigh.
And as Jā́ cob went across the brook Jăb́ bŏk, early in the morning, he looked up, and there was Ḗ sa̤u right before him. He bowed with his face to the ground, over and over again, as people do in those lands when they meet someone of higher rank than their own. But Ḗ sa̤u ran to meet him, and placed his arms around his neck, and kissed him; and the two brothers wept together. Ḗ sa̤u was kind and generous to forgive his brother all the wrong that he had done; and at first he would not receive Jā́ cob's present, for he said: "I have enough, my brother." But Jā́ cob urged him, until at last he took the present. And so the quarrel was ended, and the two brothers were at peace.
Jacob came to Shḗ chem, in the middle of the land of Cā́ năan, and there he set up his tents; and at the foot of the mountain, although there were streams of water all around, he dug his own well, great and deep; the well where Jesus sat and talked with a woman many ages after that time; and the well that may be still seen. Even now the traveler who visits that place may drink water from Jā́ cob's well.
After this Jā́ cob had a new name, Ĭś̝ ra-el, which means, as we have seen, "The one who wrestles with God." Sometimes he was called Jā́ cob, and sometimes Ĭś̝ ra-el. And all those who come from Ĭś̝ ra-el, his descendants, were called Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes.
After this Isaac died, very old, and was buried by his sons Jā́ cob and Ḗ sa̤u, in the cave at Hḗ bron where Ā́ bră-ham and Sā́ rah were buried already. Ḗsa̤u with his children and his cattle went away to a land on the southeast of Cā́ năan, which was called Ḗ dom. And Jā́ cob, or Ĭś̝ ra-el, and his family lived in the land of Cā́ năan, dwelling in tents, and moving from place to place, where they could find good pasture, or grass upon which to feed their flocks.
Lesson 6. Jacob.
(Tell Stories 13 and 14.)
1. Who was Jacob? The younger son of Isaac.
2. What did Jacob see in a dream at night, when he was going far from his home? A ladder from earth to heaven with angels on it.
3. Whom did Jacob see standing at the top of the ladder? The Lord God.
4. What did God say to Jacob at that time? "I am with thee and will keep thee.”
5. What promise did Jacob make after he saw the heavenly ladder and heard the voice of God? "The Lord shall be my God.”
6. What other name was given to Jacob many years afterward? The name of Israel.
7. What does the name Israel mean? The prince of God.
8. How many sons did Jacob or Israel have? Twelve.
9. What people came from Jacob or Israel? The children of Israel or Israelites.
10. What are the Israelites called in the Bible? The people of God it. Why are they called "the people of God"? Because they prayed to God, when other people were praying to idols.

Story Fifteen

THE RICH MAN'S SON WHO WAS SOLD AS A SLAVE
Genesis 37:1 to 36
AFTER Jā́ cob came back to the land of Cā́ năan with his eleven sons, another son was born to him, the second child of his wife Rā́ chel, whom Jā́ cob loved so well. You remember we told in Story Thirteen how long Jā́ cob worked for Lā́ ban caring for his sheep and oxen in order that he might have Rā́ chel for his wife.
But now a great sorrow was to come to Jā́ cob, for soon after the baby came, his mother Rā́ chel died, and Jā́ cob was filled with sorrow. Even to this day you can see the place where. Rachel was buried on the road between Jē̇-rṳ́ sa-lĕm and Bĕth́˗hem. Jā́cob named the child whom Rā́chel left, Bĕńja-mĭn; and now Jā́ cob had twelve sons. Most of them were grownup men, but Jṓ s̞eph was a boy, seventeen years old, and his brother Bĕń ja-mĭn was almost a baby.
Of all his children, Jā́ cob loved Jṓ s̝eph the best, because he was Rā́ chel's child, because he was so much younger than most of his brothers, and because he was good, and faithful, and thoughtful. Jā́ cob gave to Jṓ s̝eph a robe or coat of bright color made somewhat like a long cloak with wide sleeves. This was a special mark of Jā́ cob's favor to Jṓ s̝eph, and it made his older brothers very envious of him.
Then, too, Jṓ s̝eph did what was right, while his older brothers often did very wrong acts, of which Joseph sometimes told their father, and this made them very angry at Jṓ s̝eph. But they hated him still more because of two strange dreams that he had, and of which he told them. He said one day:
"Listen to this dream that I have dreamed. I dreamed that we were out in the field binding sheaves, when suddenly my sheaf stood up, and all your sheaves came around it, and bowed down to my sheaf." And they said, scornfully, "Do you suppose that the dream means that you will some time rule over us, and that we shall bow down to you?" Then a few days after Jṓ s̝eph said, "I have dreamed again. This time I saw in my dream the sun and the moon and eleven stars all come and bow down to me.”
And his father said to him, "I do not like you to dream such dreams. Shall I, and your mother, and your brothers, come and bow down before you, as if you were a king?”
His brothers hated Jṓ s̝eph, and would not speak kindly to him; but his father thought much of what Jṓ s̞eph had said.
At one time, Jṓ s̝eph's ten older brothers were taking care of the flock in the fields near Shḗ chem, which was nearly fifty miles from Hḗ bron, where Jā́ cob's tents were spread. And Jā́ cob wished to send a message to his sons, and he called Jṓ s̝eph, and said to him, "Your brothers are near Shḗ chem with the flock. I wish that you would go to them, and take a message, and find if they are well, and if the flocks are doing well; and bring me word from them.”
That was quite an errand for a boy to go alone over the country, and find his way, for fifty miles, and then walk home again. But Jṓ s̝eph was a boy that could take care of himself, and could be trusted; so he went forth on his journey, walking northward over the mountains, past Bĕth́-lĕ-hĕm, and Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇,-lĕm, and Bĕth́-el,—though we are not sure that any of those cities were then built, except Jē̇-rṳ́ sa-lĕm, which we know was already a strong city.
When Jṓ s̞eph reached Shḗ chem he could not find his brothers, for they had taken their flocks to another place. A man met Jṓ s̝eph wandering in the field, and asked him, "Whom are you seeking?"
Jṓ s̝eph said, "I am looking for my brothers, the sons of Jā́ cob. Can you tell me where I will find them?" And the man said, "They are at Dṓ than; for I heard them say that they were going there.” Then Jṓ s̝eph walked over the hills to Dṓ than, which was fifteen miles further. And his brothers saw him afar off coming towards them. They knew him by his bright garment; and one said to another: "Look, that dreamer is coming!
Come, let us kill him, and throw his body into a pit, and tell his father that some wild beast has eaten him; and then we will see what becomes of his dreams.”
One of his brothers, whose name was Reṳ́ ben, felt more kindly toward Jṓ s̞eph than the others; but he did not dare to oppose the others openly. Reṳ́ ben said:
"Let us not kill him; but let us throw him into this pit, here in the wilderness, and leave him there to die.”
But Reṳ́ ben intended, after they had gone away, to lift Jṓ s̝eph out of the pit, and take him home to his father. The brothers did as Reṳ́ ben told them; they threw Jṓ s̝eph into the pit, which was empty. He cried, and begged them to save him, but they would not. They calmly sat down to eat their dinner on the grass, while their brother was calling to them from the pit.
After the dinner, Reṳ́ ben chanced to go to another part of the field, so that he was not at hand when a company of men passed by with their camels, going from Gĭĺ e-ăd, on the east of the river Jôŕ dan, to Ḗ ġy̆pt, to sell spices and fragrant gum from trees to the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̞. Then Judah, another of Jṓ s̝eph’s brothers, said, "What good will it do us to kill our brother? Would it not be better for us to sell him to these men, and let them carry him away? After all, he is our brother, and we would better not kill him?" His brothers agreed with him; so they stopped the men who were passing, and drew up Jṓ s̝eph from the pit; and for twenty pieces of silver, they sold Jṓ s̝eph to these men; and they took him away with them down to Ḗ ġy̆pt.
After a while, Reṳ́ben came to the pit, where he had left Jṓs̝eph, and looked into it; but Joseph was not there. Then Reṳ́ben was in great trouble, and he came back to his brothers saying, "The boy is not there! What shall I do?”
Then his brothers told Reṳ́ ben what they had done, and they all agreed together to deceive their father. They killed one of the goats, and dipped Jṓ s̝eph's coat in its blood, and they brought it to their father, and they said to him, "We found this coat out in the wilderness. Look at it, and, see if you think it was your son's." And Jā́ cob knew it at once. He said, "It is my son's coat. Some wild beast has eaten him. There is no doubt that Jṓ s̝eph has been torn in pieces!”
And Jā́cob's heart was broken over the loss of Jṓ s̝eph, all the more because he had sent Jṓ s̝eph alone on the journey through the wilderness. They tried to comfort him, but he would not be comforted. He said:
"I will go down to the grave mourning for my poor lost son." So the old man sorrowed for his son Jṓ s̝eph; and all the time his wicked brothers knew that Jṓ s̝eph was not dead; but they would not tell their father the dreadful deed that they had done to their brother, in selling him as a slave.

Story Sixteen

FROM THE PRISON TO THE PALACE
Gen. 40:1 to 51:44
THE men who bought Jṓ s̝eph from his brothers were called Ĭsh́ ma-el-ītes, because they belonged to the family of Ĭsh́ ma-el, who, you remember, was the son of Hā́ gar, the servant of Sā́ rah. These men carried Jṓ s̝eph southward over the plain which lies beside the great sea on the west of Cā́ năan; and after many days they brought Jṓ s̝eph to Ḗ ġy̆pt. How strange it must have seemed to the boy who had lived in tents, to see the great river Nile, and the Cities, thronged with people, and the temples, and the mighty pyramids!
The Ĭsh́ ma-el-ītes sold Jó̄ s̝eph as a slave to a man named Pŏt́ ĭ-phar, who was an officer in the army of Phā́ raōh, the king of Ḗ ġy̆pt. Jṓ s̝eph was a beautiful boy, cheerful and willing in spirit, and able in all that he undertook; so that his master, Pŏt́ ĭ-phar, became very friendly with him, and after a time he placed Jṓ s̝eph in charge of his house, and everything in it. For some years Jṓ s̝eph continued in the house of Pŏt́ ĭ-phar, a slave in name, but in reality the master of all his affairs, and ruler over his fellow-servants.
But Pŏt́ ĭphar's wife, who at first was very friendly to Jṓ s̝eph, afterward became his enemy, because Jṓ s̞eph would not do wrong to please her. She told her husband falsely that Jṓ s̞eph had done a wicked deed. Her husband believed her, and was very angry at Jṓ s̝eph, and put him in the prison with those who had been sent to that place for breaking the laws of the land. How hard it was for Jṓ s̝eph to be charged with a crime, when he had done no wrong, and to be thrust into a dark prison among wicked people!
But Jṓ s̝eph had faith in God, that at some time all would came out right; and in the prison he was cheerful, and kind, and helpful, as he had always been. The keeper of the prison saw that Jṓ s̝eph was not like the other men around him, and he was kind to Jṓ s̝eph.
In a very little while Jṓ s̝eph was placed in charge of all his fellow-prisoners, and took care of them; just as he had taken care of everything in Pŏt́ ĭ-phar's house. The keeper of the prison scarcely looked into the prison at all, for he had confidence in Jṓ s̝eph, that he would be faithful and wise in doing the work given to him. Jṓ s̝eph did right, and served God; and God blessed Jṓ s̝eph in everything.
While Jṓ s̝eph was in the prison, two men were sent there by the king of Ḗ ġy̆pt, because he was displeased with them. One was the king's chief butler, who served the king with wine; the other was the chief baker, who served him with bread. These two men were under Jṓ s̞eph's care, and Jṓ s̝eph waited on them, for they were men of rank.
One morning, when Jṓ s̝eph came into the room in the prison where the butler and the baker were kept, he found them looking quite sad. Jṓ s̝eph said to them:
"Why do you look so sad to-day?" Jṓ s̝eph was cheerful and happy in his spirit, and he wished others to be happy, even in prison.
And one of the men said, "Each one of us dreamed last night a very strange dream; and there is no one to tell us what our dreams mean.”
For in those times, before God gave the Bible to men, he often spoke to men in dreams; and there were wise men, who could sometimes tell what the dreams meant.
"Tell me," said Jṓ s̝eph, "what your dreams were. Perhaps my God will help me to understand them.”
Then the chief butler told his dream. He said, "In my dream I saw a grape-vine with three branches; and as I looked the branches shot out buds, and the buds became blossoms, and the blossoms turned into clusters of ripe grapes. And I picked the grapes, and squeezed their juice into King Phā́ raōh's cup, and it became wine; and I gave it to King Phā́ raōh to drink, just as I used to do when I was beside his table.”
Then Jṓ s̝eph said, "This is what your dream means. The three branches mean three days. In three days King Phā́ raōh will call you out of prison, and will put you back in your place; and you shall stand at his table, and shall give him his wine, as you have given it before. But when you go out of prison, please to remember me, and try to find some way to get me, too, out of this prison. For I was stolen out of the land of Cā́ năan, and sold as a slave; and I have done nothing wrong, to deserve being put in this prison. Do speak to the king for me, that I may be set free.”
Of course the chief butler felt very happy to hear that his dream had so pleasant a meaning; and then the chief baker spoke, hoping to have an answer as good.
"In my dream," said the baker, "there were three baskets of white bread on my head, one above the other, and on the topmost basket were all kinds of roasted meat and food for Phā́ raōh; and the birds came, and ate the food from the baskets on my head.”
And Jṓ s̝eph said to the baker:
"This is the meaning of your dream, and I am sorry to tell it to you. The three baskets are three days. In three days, by order of the king, you shall be lifted up, and hanged upon a tree; and the birds shall eat your flesh from your bones as you are hanging in the air.”
And it came to pass, just as Jṓ s̝eph had said. Three days after that, King Phā́ raōh sent his officers to the prison. They came and took out both the chief butler and the chief baker. The baker they hung up by his neck to die, and left his body for the birds to pick in pieces. The chief butler they brought back to his old place, where he waited at the king's table, and handed him his wine to drink.
You would have supposed that the butler would remember Jṓ s̝eph, who had given him the promise of freedom, and had shown such wisdom. But in his gladness, he forgot all about Jṓ s̝eph. And two full years passed by, while Jṓ s̝eph was still in prison, until he was a man thirty years old.
But one night, King Phā́ raōh himself dreamed a dream, in fact two dreams in one. And in the morning he sent for all the wise men of Ḗ ġy̆pt, and told them his dreams; but there was not a man who could give the meaning of them. And the king was troubled, for he felt that the dreams had some meaning, which it was important for him to know.
Then suddenly the chief butler, who was by the king's table, remembered his own dream, in the prison two years before, and remembered, too, the young man who had told its meaning so exactly. And he said:
"I do remember my faults this day. Two years ago King Phā́ raōh was angry with his servants, with me and the chief baker, and he sent us to the prison. While we were in the prison, one night each of us dreamed a dream, and the next day a young man in the prison, a Hḗ brew from the land of Cā́ năan, told us what our dreams meant; and in three days they came true, just as the Hḗ brew had said. I think that, if this young man is in the prison still, he could tell the king the meaning of his dreams.”
You notice that the butler spoke of Jṓ s̞eph as "a Hḗ brew." The people of Ĭś̝ ra-el, to whom Jṓ s̝eph belonged, were called Hebrews as well as Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. The word Hḗ brew means "one who crossed over," and was given to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes because Ā́ bră-hăm their father had come from a land on the other side of the river Eū-phrā́ tēs̝, and had crossed over the river on his way to Cá năan.
Then King Phā́ raōh sent in haste to the prison for Jṓ s̝eph; and Jṓ s̝eph was taken out, and he was dressed in new garments, and was led in to Phā́ raōh in the palace. And Phā́ raōh said to Jṓ s̝eph: "I have dreamed a dream, and there is no one who can tell what it means. And I have been told that you have power to understand dreams and what they mean.”
And Jṓ s̝eph answered Phā́ raōh: "The power is not in me; but God will give Phā́ raōh a good answer. What is the dream that the king has dreamed?”
"In my first dream,” said Phā́ raōh, "I was standing by the river; and I saw seven fat and handsome cows come up from the river to feed in the grass. And while they were feeding, seven other cows followed them up from the river, very thin, and poor, and lean, such miserable creatures as I had never seen. And the seven lean cows ate up the seven fat cows; and after they had eaten them, they were as lean and miserable as before. Then awoke.
“And I fell asleep again, and dreamed again. In my second dream, I saw seven heads of grain growing upon one stalk, large, and strong, and good. And then seven heads came up after them, that were thin, and poor, and withered. And the seven thin heads swallowed up the seven good heads, and afterward were as poor and withered as before.
"And I told these two dreams to all the wise men, and there is no one who can tell me their meaning. Can you tell me what these dreams mean?”
And Joseph said to the king:
"The two dreams have the same meaning. God has been showing to King Phā́ raōh what he will do in this land. The seven good cows mean seven years, and the seven good heads of grain mean the same seven years. The seven lean cows, and the seven thin heads of grain also mean seven years. The good cows and the good grain mean seven years of plenty, and the seven thin cows and thin heads of grain mean seven poor years. There are coming upon the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt seven years of such plenty as have never been seen; when the fields shall bring greater crops than ever before; and after those years shall come seven years when the fields shall bring no crops at all. And then for seven years there shall be such need, that the years of plenty will be forgotten, for the people will have nothing to eat.
"Now, let King Phā́ raōh' find some man who is able and wise, and let him set this man to rule over the land. And during the seven years of plenty, let a part of the crops be put away for the years of need. If this shall be done, then when the years of need come there will be plenty of food for all the people, and no one will suffer, for all will have enough.”
And King Phā́ raōh said to Jṓ s̝eph:
"Since God has shown you all this; there is no other man as wise as you. I will appoint you to do this work, and to rule over the land of É̄ ġy̆pt. All the people shall be under you; only on the throne of É̄ ġy̆pt, I will be above you.”
And Phā́ raōh took from his own hand the ring which held his seal, and put it on Jṓ s̞eph's hand, so that he could sign for the king, and seal in the king's place. And he dressed Jṓ s̝eph in robes of fine linen, and put around his neck a gold chain. And he made Jṓ s̝eph ride in a chariot which was next in rank to his own. And they cried out before Jṓ s̞eph, "Bow the knee." And thus Jṓ s̞eph was ruler over all the land of É̄ ġy̆pt.
So the slave boy, who was sent to prison without deserving it, came out of prison to be a prince and a master over all the land. You see that God had not forgotten Jṓ s̝eph, even when he seemed to have left him to suffer.
Lesson 7. Joseph in Egypt.
(Tell Stories 15 and 16.)
1. Who was Joseph? One of the younger sons of Jacob.
2. How did Jacob feel toward Joseph? He loved Joseph more than his older sons.
3. How did Joseph’s older brothers feel toward him? They hated him.
4. How did Joseph’s brothers treat Joseph? They sold him for a slave.
5. To what land was Joseph taken and sold? To the land of Egypt.
6. How was Joseph treated as a slave in Egypt? He was put in prison.
7. What is told of Joseph in the prison? "The Lord was with Joseph.”
8. Who sent for Joseph in the prison? Pharaoh, the King of Egypt.
9. What did Joseph do for Pharaoh? He told him the meaning of his dreams.
10. What did Joseph tell Pharaoh were coming upon the land? Seven years of great plenty.
11. What would come after the seven years of plenty? Seven years of great need.
12. What did King Pharaoh do, when he heard these things? He made Joseph ruler over all the land.

Story Seventeen

HOW JOSEPH'S DREAM CAME TRUE
Gen. 41:46 to 42:38
WHEN Jṓ s̝eph was made ruler over the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt, he did just as he had always done. It was not Jṓ s̝eph's way to sit down and rest, and enjoy himself, and make others wait on him. He found his work at once, and began to do it faithfully and thoroughly. He went out over all the land of Ḗġy̆pt, and saw how rich and abundant were the fields of grain, giving much more than the people could use for their own needs. He told the people not to waste it, but to save it for the coming time of need.
And he called upon the people to give him for the king, one bushel of grain out of every five, to be stored up. The people brought their grain, after taking for themselves as much as they needed; and Jṓ s̝eph stored it up in great store-houses in the cities; so much at last that no one could keep account of it.
The king of Ḗ ġy̆pt gave a wife to Jṓ s̝eph from the noble young women of his kingdom. Her name was Āś e-năth; and to Jṓ s̝eph and his wife God gave two sons. The oldest son he named Mā̇˗năś seh, a word which means "making to forget”
"For," said Jṓ s̞eph, "God has made me forget all my troubles, and my toil as a slave.”
The second son he named Ḗ phră-ĭm, a word that means "fruitful.”
"Because," said Jṓ s̝eph, "God has not only mane the land fruitful, but he has made me fruitful in the land of my troubles.”
The seven years of plenty soon passed by, and then came the years of need. In all the lands around people were hungry, and there was no food for them to eat; but in the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt everybody had enough. Most of the people soon used up the grain that they had saved: many had saved none at all, and they all cried to the king to help them.
"Go to Jṓ s̝eph," said King Phā́ raōh, "and do whatever he tells you to do.” Then the people came to Jṓ s̞eph, and Jṓ s̝eph opened the store-houses, and sold to the people all the grain that they wished to buy. And not only the people of Ḗ ġy̆pt came to buy grain, but, people of all the lands around as well, for there was great need and famine everywhere.
And the need was as great in the land of Cā́ năan, where Jā́ cob lived, as in other lands. Jā́ cob was rich in flocks and cattle, and gold and silver; but his fields gave no grain, and there was danger that his family and his people would starve. And Jā́ cob,—who was now called Ĭś̝ ra-el also,—heard that there was food in Ḗ ġy̆pt, and he said to his sons:
"Why do you look at each other, asking what to do to find rood? I have been told that there is grain in Ḗ ġy̆pt. Go down to that land, and take money with you, and buy grain, so that we may have bread, and may live.”
Then the ten older brothers of Jṓ s̝eph went down to the land of É̄ ġy̆pt. They rode upon asses, for horses were not much used in those times, and they brought money with them. But Jā́ cob would not let Bĕń ja-mĭn, Jṓ s̝eph's younger brother, go with them, for he was all the more dear to his father, now that Jṓ s̝eph was no longer with him; and Jā́ cob feared that harm might come to him.
Then Jṓ s̝eph's brothers came to Jṓ s̝eph to buy food. They did not know him, grown up to be a man, dressed as a prince, and seated on a throne. Jṓ s̝eph was now nearly forty years old, and it had been almost twenty-three years since they had sold him. But Jṓ s̝eph knew them all, as soon as he saw them. He resolved to be sharp and stern with them, not because he hated them, but because he wished to see what their spirit was, and whether they were as selfish, and cruel, and wicked as they had been in other days.
They came before him, and bowed, with their faces to the ground. Then, no doubt, Jṓ s̝eph thought of the dream that had come to him while he was a boy, of his brothers' sheaves bending down around his sheaf. He spoke to them as a stranger, as if he did not understand their language, and he had their words explained to him in the language of Ḗ ġy̆pt.
"Who are you.? And from what place do you come?" said Jṓ s̝eph, in a harsh, stern manner.
They answered him, very meekly, "We have come from the land of Cā́ năan to buy food.”
"No," said Jṓ s̝eph, "I know what you have come for. You have come as spies, to see how helpless the land is, so that you can bring an army against us, and make war on us.”
"No, no," said Jṓ s̝eph's ten brothers, "we are no spies, we man, who lives in the land of Cā́ năan; are the sons of one man who lives in the land of Cā́ năan; and we have come for food, because we have none at home.”
"You say you are the sons of one man, who is your father? Is he living? Have you any more brothers? Tell me all about yourselves.”
And they said, "Our father is an old man in Cā́ năan. We did have a younger brother, but he was lost; and we have one brother still, who is the youngest of all, but his father could not spare him to come with us.”
"No," said Jṓ s̝eph, "you are not good, honest men. You are spies. I shall put you all in prison, except one of you; and he shall go and bring that youngest brother of yours; and when I see him, then I will believe that you tell the truth.”
So Jṓ s̞eph put all the ten men in prison, and kept them under guard for three days; then he sent for them again. They did not know that he could understand their language, and they said to each other, while Jṓ s̝eph heard, but pretended not to hear: "This has come upon us because of the wrong that we did to our brother Jṓ s̝eph, more than twenty years ago. We heard him cry, and plead with us when we threw him into the pit, and we would not have mercy on him. God is giving us only what we have deserved.”
And Reṳ́ ben, who had tried to save Jṓ s̝eph, said, "Did I not tell you not to harm the boy? and you would not listen to me. God is bringing our brother's blood upon us all.”
When Jṓ s̝eph heard this, his heart was touched, for he saw that his brothers were really sorry for the wrong that they had done him. He turned away from them, so that they could not see his face, and he wept. Then he turned again to them, and spoke roughly as before, and said:
"This I will do, for I serve God, I will let you all go home, except one man. One of you I will shut up in prison; but the rest of you can go home, and take food for your people. And you must come back, and bring your youngest brother with you, and I shall know then that you have spoken the truth.”
Then Jṓ s̝eph gave orders, and his servants seized one of his brothers, whose name was Sĭḿ e-on, and bound him in their sight, and took him away to prison. And he ordered his servants to fill the men's sacks with grain, and to put every man's money back into the sack before it was tied up, so that they would find the money as soon as they opened the sack. Then the men loaded their asses with the sacks of grain, and started to go home, leaving their brother Sĭḿ e-on a prisoner.
When they stopped on the way to feed their asses, one of the brothers opened his sack, and there he found his money lying on the top of the grain. He called out to his brothers, "See, here is my money given again to me!" And they were frightened; but they did not dare to go back to Ḗ ġy̆pt, and meet the stern ruler of the land. They went home, and told their old father all that had happened to them; and how their brother Sĭḿ e-on was in prison, and must stay there until they should return, bringing Bĕń ja-mĭn with them.
When they opened their sacks of grain, there,' in the mouth of each sack, was the money that they had given; and they were filled with fear. Then they spoke of going again to Ḗ ġy̆pt, and taking Bĕń ja-mĭn, but Jā́ cob said to them:
"You are taking my sons away from me. Jṓ s̞eph is gone, and Sĭḿ e-on is gone, and now you would take Bĕń ja-mĭn away. All these things are against me!”
Reṳ́ ben said, "Here are my own two boys. You may kill them, if you wish, in case I do not bring Bĕń ja-mĭn back to you.”
But Jā́ cob said, "My youngest son shall not go with you. His brother is dead, and he alone is left to me. If harm should come to him, it would bring down my gray hairs with sorrow to the grave.”

Story Eighteen

A LOST BROTHER FOUND
Gen. 43:1, to 14:24
THE food which Jā́ cob's sons had brought from Ḗ ġy̆pt did not last long, for Jā́ cob's family was large. Most of his sons were married and had children of their own; so that the children and grand-children were sixty-six, besides the servants who waited on them, and the men who cared for Jā́ cob's flocks. So around the tent of Jacob was quite a camp of other tents and an army of people.
When the food that had come from Ḗ ġy̆pt was nearly eaten up, Jā́ cob said to his sons:
"Go down to Wept again, and buy some more food for us.”
And Jū́ dah, Jā́ cob's son, the man who years before had urged his brothers to sell Jṓ s̝eph to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, said to his father:
"It is of no use for us to go to Ḗ ġy̆pt, unless we take Bĕń ja-mĭn with us. The man who rules in that land said to us, 'You shall not see my face, unless your youngest brother be with you." ”
Ĭś̝ ra-el said, "Why did you tell the man that you had a brother? You did me great harm when you told him.”
"Why," said Jā́ cob's sons, "we could not help telling him. The man asked us all about our family. Is your father yet living? Have you any more brothers? and we had to tell him, his questions were so close. How should we know that he would say, 'Bring your brother here for me to see him.”
And Jū́ dah said, "Send Bĕń ja-mĭn with me, and I will take care of him. I promise you, that I will bring him safely home. If he does not come back, let me bear the blame forever. He must go, or we shall die for want of food; and we might have gone down to Ḗ ġy̆pt and come home again, if we had not been kept back.”
And Jā́ cob said, "If he must go, then he must. But take a present to the man, some of the choicest fruits of the land, some spices, and perfumes, and nuts, and almonds. And take twice as much money, besides the money that was in your sacks. Perhaps that was a mistake, when the money was given back to you. And take your brother Bĕń ja-mĭn; and may the Lord God make the man kind to you, so that he will set Sĭḿ e-on free, and let you bring Bĕń ja-mĭn back. But if it is God's will that I lose my children, I cannot help it.”
So ten brothers of Joseph went down a second time to Ḗ ġy̆pt, Bĕń ja-mĭn going in place of Sĭḿ e-on. They came to Jō˗s̝eph’s office, the place where he sold grain to the people; and they stood before their brother, and bowed as before.. Jō˗s̝eph saw that Bĕń ja-mĭn was with them, and he said to his steward, the man who was over his house: "Make ready a dinner, for all these men shall dine with me to-day.”
When Jō˗s̝eph’s brothers found that they were taken into Jō˗s̝eph’s house, they were filled with fear; they said to each other:
"We have been taken here on account of the money in our sacks. They will say that we have stolen; and then they will sell us all for slaves.”
But Jṓ s̝eph’s steward, the man who was over his house, treated the men kindly, and when they spoke of the money in their sacks, he would not take it again, saying: "Never fear; your God must have sent you this as a gift. I had your money." The steward received the men into Jṓ s̝eph’s house, and washed their feet, according to the custom of the land. And at noon, Jṓ s̞eph came in to meet them. They brought him the present from their father, and again they bowed before him, with their faces on the ground.
And Jṓ s̝eph asked them if they were well, and said: "Is your father still living, the old man of whom you' spoke? Is he well?”
And they said, "Our father is well, and he is living." And again they bowed to Jṓ s̝eph. And Jṓ s̝eph looked at his younger brother, Bĕń ja-mĭn, the child of his own mother, Rā́ chel; and he said: "Is this your youngest brother, of whom you spoke to me? God be gracious unto you, my son.”
And Jṓ s̝eph’s heart was so full that he could not keep back his tears. He went in haste to his own room, and wept there. Then he washed his face, and came out again, and ordered the table to be set for dinner. They set Jṓ s̝eph’s table for himself, as the ruler, and another table for his Ē̇-ġy̆ṕtian officers, and another for the eleven men from Cā́năan; for Jó̄ s̝eph had brought Sĭḿe-on out of the prison, and had given him a place with his brothers.
Jó̄-s̝eph himself arranged the order of the seats for his brothers, the oldest at the head; and all in order of age down to the youngest. The men wondered at this, and could not see how the ruler of Ḗ ġy̆pt should know the order of their ages. And Jó̄ s̝eph sent dishes from his table to his brothers; and he gave to Bĕń ja-mĭn five times as much as to the others. Perhaps he wished to see whether they were as jealous of Bĕń ja-mĭn as in other days they had been toward him.
After dinner, Jō˗s̝eph said to his steward, "Fill the men's sacks with grain, as much as they can carry; and put each man's money in his sack. And put my silver cup in the sack of the youngest, with his money.”
The steward did as Joseph had said; and early in the morning the brothers started to go home. A little while afterward, Jṓ s̝eph said to his steward:
"Hasten, follow after the men from Cā́ năan, and say, 'Why have you wronged me, after I had treated you kindly? You have stolen my master's silver cup, out of which he drinks.'" The steward followed the men, and overtook them, and charged them with stealing. And they said to him:
"Why should you talk to us in this manner? We have stolen nothing. Why, we brought back to you the money that we found in our sacks; and is it likely that we would steal from your lord his silver or gold? You may search us; and if you find your master's cup on any of us, let him die, and the rest of us may be sold as slaves.”
Then they took down the sacks from the asses, and opened them; and in each man's sack was his money, for the second time.
And when they came to Bĕń ja-mĭn's sack, there was the ruler's silver cup! Then, in the greatest sorrow, they tied up their bags again, and laid them on the asses, and came back to Jṓ s̝eph’s palace. And Joseph said to them:
"What wicked thing is this that you have done? Did you not know that I would surely find out your deeds?”
Then Judah said, "O my lord, what can we say? God has punished us for our sins; and now we must all be slaves, both us that are older, and the youngest in whose sack the cup was found.”
"No," said Jṓ s̝eph, "only one of you is guilty, the one who has taken away my cup; I will hold him as a slave, and the rest of you can go home to your father.”
Joseph wished to see whether his brothers were still selfish, and were willing to let Bĕńja-mĭn suffer, if they could escape.
Then Jū́ dah, the very man who had urged his brothers to sell Jṓ s̝eph as a slave, came forward, and fell at Jṓ s̝eph's feet, and pleaded with him to let Bĕńja-mĭn go. He told again the whole story, how Bĕn-já mĭn was the one whom his father loved the most of all his children, now that his brother was lost. He said:
"I promised to bear the blame, if this boy was not brought home in safety. If he does not go back, it will kill our poor old father, who has seen much trouble. Now let my youngest brother go home to his father, and I will stay here as a slave in his place!”
Joseph knew now what he had longed to know, that his brothers were no longer cruel nor selfish, but one of them was willing to suffer, so that his brother might be spared. And Jṓ s̝eph could not any longer keep his secret, for his heart longed after his brothers, and he was ready to weep again, with tears of love and joy. He sent all his Ē-ġy̆ṕ tian servants out of the room, so that he might be alone with his brothers, and then said:
"Come near to me, I wish to speak with you;" and they came near, wondering. Then Jṓ s̞eph said:
"I am Jṓ s̝eph; is my father really alive?" How frightened his brothers were, as they heard these words, spoken in their own language by the ruler of Ḗ ġy̆pt, and for the first time knew that this stern man, who had their lives in his hand, was their own brother whom they had wronged! Then Jṓ s̝eph said again:
"I am Joseph your brother, whom you sold into Ḗ ġy̆pt. But do not feel troubled because of what you did. For God sent me before you to save your lives. There have been already two years of need and famine, and there are to be five years more, when there shall neither be plowing of the fields nor harvest. It was not you who sent me here, but God, and he sent me to save your lives. God has made me like a father to Phā́ raōh and ruler over all the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt. Now, go home, and bring down to me my father and all his family, for that is the only way to save their lives.”
Then Jṓ s̝eph placed his arms around Bĕń ja-mĭn's neck, and kissed him, and wept upon him. And Bĕń-ja-mĭn wept on his neck. And Jṓ s̝eph kissed all his brothers, to show them that he had fully forgiven them; and after that his brothers began to lose their fear of Jṓ s̝eph, and talked with him more freely.
Afterward Jṓ s̝eph sent his brothers home with good news, and rich gifts, and abundant food. He sent also wagons in which Jā́ cob and his wives and the little ones of his family might ride from Cā́ năan down to Ḗ ġy̆pt. And Jṓ s̝eph's brothers went home happier than they had been for many years.

Story Nineteen

FROM THE LAND OF FAMINE TO THE LAND OF PLENTY
Gen. 45:25, to 1:26
SO Jṓ s̝eph's eleven brothers went home to their old father with the glad news that Jṓ s̝eph was alive and was ruler over the land. It was such a joyful surprise to Jā́ lcob that he fainted. But after a time he revived; and when they showed him the wagons that Jṓ s̝eph had sent to bring him and his family to Egypt, old Jacob said, "It is enough; Joseph my son is yet alive; I will go and see him before I die."
Then they went on their journey, with their wives, and children, and servants, and sheep and cattle, a great company. They stopped to rest at Bḗ er-shḗba, which had been the home of Ĭ́s̝aac and of Ā́ bră,-hăm, and made offerings to the Lord, and worshipped. And that night the Lord appeared to Jā́cob, and said to him: “Jā́ cob, I am the Lord, the God of your father, fear not to go down to Ḗ ġy̆pt; for I will go down with you; and there you shall see your son Jṓ s̞eph; and in Egypt I will make of your descendants, those that come from you, a great people; and I will surely bring them back again to this land.”
They came down to Ḗ ġy̆pt, sixty-six of Jā́ cob's children and grand-children. Jṓ s̝eph rode in his chariot to meet his father, and fell on his neck, and wept upon him. And Jacob said, "Now, I am ready to die, since I know that you are still alive; and I have seen your face." And Jṓs̝eph brought his father in to see King Phā́ raōh; and Jacob, as an old man, gave his blessing to the king.
The part of the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt where Jṓ s̝eph found for his brothers a home, was called Gṓ shen. It was on the east, between Ḗ ġy̆pt and the desert, and it was a very rich land, where the soil gave large harvests. But at that time, and for five years after, there were no crops, because of the famine that was in the land. During those years, the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el in the land of Gṓ shen were fed as were all the people of Ḗ ġy̆pt, with grain from the store-houses of Jṓ s̝eph.
Jā́ cob lived to be almost a hundred and fifty years old. Before he died he blessed Jṓ s̝eph and all his sons, and said to them:
"When I die, do not bury me in the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt, but take my body to the land of Cā́ năan, and bury me in the cave at Hḗbron, with Ā́ bră-hăm, and Isaac my father.”
And Jṓ s̝eph brought his two sons, Mā̇-năś seh and Ḗ phră-ĭm, to his father's bed, Jā́ cob's eyes were dim with age, as his father Ī́ s̞aac had been, and he could not see the two young men. And he said, "Who are these?”
And Jṓ s̝eph said, "They are my two sons, whom God has given me in this land.”
"Bring them to me," said Jā́ cob, "that I may bless them before I die.”
And Jā́ cob kissed them, and put his arms around them, and he said:
"I had not thought that I should ever see your face, my son; and God has let me see both you and your children also.”
And Jā́ cob placed his right hand on Ḗ phră-ĭm's head, the younger, and his left hand on Mā̇-năś seh the older. Jṓ s̝eph tried to change his father's hands, so that his right hand should be on the older son's head. But Jā́ cob would not allow him, and he said:
"I know what I am doing, God will bless the older son; but the greater blessing shall be with the younger, for his descendants, those who spring from him, shall be greater and stronger than the descendants of his brother.”
And so it came to pass many years after this; for the tribe of Ḗ phră-ĭm, the younger son, became greater and more powerful than the tribe of Mā̇-năś seh, the older son.
When Jā́ cob died a great funeral was held. They carried his body up out of Ḗ ġy̆pt to the land of Cā́ năan, and buried it,—as he had said to them,—in the cave of Măch-pḗ lah, where Ā́ bră˗hăm and Īs̝aac were buried already.
When the sons of Jacob came to Egypt after the burial of their father, they said one to another:
"It may be that Jó̄ s̝eph will punish us, now that his father is dead, for the wrong that we did to him many years ago.”
And they sent a message, asking Jṓ s̝eph to forgive them, few his father's sake. And again they came and bowed down before him, with their faces to the ground; they said, "We are your servants; be merciful to us.”
Jṓ s̝eph wept when his brothers spoke to him, and he said:
"Fear not. Am I in God's place to punish and to reward? It is true that you meant evil to me, but God turned it to good, so that all your families might be kept alive. Do not be afraid; I will care for you, and for your children.”
After this Jṓ seph lived to a good old age, until he was a hundred and ten years old. Before he died he said to his children, and to all the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el, who had now increased to very many people:
"I am going to die; but God will come to you, and will bring you up out of this land, into your own land, which he promised to your fathers, to Ā́ bră-hăm, and Īs̞aac, and Jā́ cob. When I die do not bury me in Ḗ ġy̆pt, but keep my body until you go out of this land, and take it with you.”
So when Jṓ s̝eph died they embalmed his body, as the Ḗ ġy̆ṕ tians embalmed the dead; so that the body would not decay, and they placed his body in a stone coffin, and kept it in the land of Gṓ shen among the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el. Thus Jṓ s̞eph not only showed his faith in God's promise, that he would bring his people back to the land of Cā́ năan; but he also encouraged the faith of those who came after him. For as often as the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes looked on the stone coffin that held the body of Jṓ s̝eph, they said to one another:
"There is the token, the sign, that this land is not our home. This coffin will not be buried until we bury it in our own land, the land of Cā́ năan, where God will lead us in his own time.”
Lesson 8. Joseph and his Brothers.
(Tell Stories 17, 18 and 19.)
1. What did Joseph do after he became ruler of Egypt, during the seven years of plenty? He saved up all the food.
2. What was done with the food that was saved up by Joseph? The people of Egypt were fed in the years of need.
3. Where were Jacob and his other sons, the brothers of Joseph, living at this time? In the land of Canaan.
4. What did Joseph’s brothers do to get food in the time of need? They went down to Egypt.
5. How did Joseph treat his brothers when they came to him? He gave them food but did not tell them who he was.
6. When they came the second time what did Joseph do? He told them who he was, and forgave them.
7. What else did Joseph do for his father and his brothers? He sent for them all to come down to Egypt.
8. How many were the Israelites or people of Israel, when they came down to Egypt? Seventy people.
9. In what part of Egypt did they live? In the land of Goshen.

Story Twenty

THE BEAUTIFUL BABY WHO WAS FOUND IN A RIVER
Ex. 1:1, to 11:22
THE children of Īś̝ ra-el stayed in the land of Egypt much Ḗ ġy̆pt longer than they had expected to stay. Vey were in that land about four hundred years. And the going down to É̄ ġy̆pt proved a great blessing to them. It saved their lives during the years of famine and need. After the years of need were over, they found the soil in the land of Gṓ shen, that part of Ḗ ġy̆pt where they were living, very rich, so that they could gather three or four crops every year.
Then, too, some of the sons of Īś̝ ra-el, before they came to É̄ ġy̆pt, had begun to marry the women in the land of Cā́ năan, who worshipped idols, and not the Lord. If they had stayed there, their children would have grown up like the people around them, and soon would have lost all knowledge of God.
But in Gṓ shen, they lived alone and apart from the people of É̄ ġy̆pt. They worshipped the Lord God, and were kept away from the idols of Ḗ ġy̆pt. And in that land, as the years went on, from being seventy people, they grew in number, until they became a great multitude. Each of the twelve sons of Jā́ cob was the father of a tribe, and Jṓ s̝eph was the father of two tribes, which were named after his two sons, Ḗ phră-ĭm and Ma̞-năś seh.
As long as Jṓ s̝eph lived, and for some time after, the people of Ĭś̞ ra-el were treated kindly by the Ē˗ġy̆ṕ tians̞, out of their love for Jṓ s̝eph, who had saved É̄ ġy̆pt from suffering by famine. But, after a long time another king began to rule over Ḗ ġy̆pt, who pared nothing for Jṓ s̝eph or Jṓ s̝eph's people. He saw that the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes (as the children of Īś̝ ra-el were called) were very many: and he feared lest they would soon become greater in number and in power than the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̞.
He said to his people, "Let us rule these Īś̝ ra-el-ītes more strictly. They are growing too strong.”
Then they set harsh rulers over the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, who laid heavy burdens on them. They made the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes work hard for the Ḗ ġy̆ṕ tians̞, and build cities for them, and give to the Ē̇-ġy̆ṕ tians̞ a large part of the crops from their fields. They set them at work in making brick, and in building store-houses. They were so afraid that the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes would grow in number, that they gave orders to kill all the little boys that were born to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes; though their little girls might be allowed to live.
But in the face of all this hate, and wrong, and cruelty, the people of Īś̝ ra-el were growing in numbers, and becoming greater and greater.
At this time, when the wrongs of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were the greatest, and when their little children were being killed, one little boy was born. He was such a lovely child that his mother kept him hid, so that the enemies did not find him. When she could no longer hide him, she found a plan to save his life, believing that God would help' her and save her beautiful little boy She made a little box like a boat, and covered it with something that would not let the water into it. Such a boat as this, covered over, was called "an ark." She knew that at certain times the daughter of King Phā́ raōh, all the kings of Ḗ ġy̆pt were called Phā́ raōh,—would come down to the river for a bath. She placed her baby boy in the ark, and let it float down the river where the princess, Phā́ raōh’s daughter, would see it. And she sent her own daughter, a little girl named twelve years old, to watch close at hand. How anxious the mother and the sister were as they saw the little ark floating away from them on the river.
Phā́ raōh's daughter, with her maids, came down to the river; and they saw the ark floating on the water, among the reeds. She sent one of her maids to bring it to her, so that she might see what was in the curious box. They opened it, and there was a beautiful little baby, who began to cry to be taken up.
The princess felt kind toward the little one, and loved it at once. She said: "This is one of the Hḗbrews̝' children." You have heard how the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el came to be called Hḗ brews̝. Phā́ raōh’s daughter thought that it would be cruel to let such a lovely baby as this die out on the water. And just then a little girl came running up to her, as if by accident, and she looked at the baby also, and said:
"Shall I go and find some woman of the Hebrews to be a nurse to the child for you, and take care of it?”
"Yes," said the princess, "go and find a nurse for me.”
The little girl,—who was Mĭŕ ĭ-am, the baby's sister,—ran as quickly as she could, and brought the baby's own mother to the princess. Mĭŕ ĭ˗am showed in this act that she was a wise and thoughtful little girl. The princess said to the little baby's mother:
"Take this child to your home and nurse it for me, and I will pay you wages for it.”
How glad the Hḗ brew mother was to take her child home! No one could harm her boy now, for he was protected by the princess of Ḗ ġy̆pt, the daughter of the king.
When the child was large enough to leave his mother, Phā́ raōh's daughter took him into her own home in the palace. She named him "Mṓ s̝es̝," a word that means "Drawn out," because he was drawn out of the water.
So Moses, the Hebrew boy, lived in the palace among the nobles of the land, as the son of the princess. There he learned much more than he could have learned among his own people; for there were very wise teachers among the Ē˗ġy̆ṕ tians̞. Mṓ s̝es̝ gained all the knowledge that the Ē˗ġy̆ṕ tians̞ had to give. There in the court of the cruel king who had made slaves of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, God's people, was growing up an Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte boy who should at some time set his people free.
Although, Mó̄ s̞es̞ grew up among the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̞, and gained their learning, he loved his own people. They were poor and were hated, and were slaves, but he loved them, because they were the people who served the Lord God, while the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians worshipped idols and animals. Strange it was that so wise a people as these should bow down and pray to an ox, or to a cat, or to a snake, as did the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians!
When Mṓ s̝es̝ became a man, he went among his own people, leaving the riches and ease that he might have enjoyed among the E-ġy̆ṕ tians̝. He felt a call from God to lift up the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, and set them free. But at that time he found that he could do nothing to help them. They would not let him lead them, and as the king of Ḗ ġy̆pt had now become his enemy, Mṓ s̝es̝ went away from Ḗ ġy̆pt, into a country in Ā-rā́ bĭ˗ȧ called Mĭd́ ĭ-an.
He was sitting by a 'well, in that land, tired from his long journey, when he saw some young women come to draw water for their flocks of sheep. But some rough men came and drove the women away, and took the water for their own flocks. Mó̄ s̝es̝ saw it, and helped the women, and drew the water for them.
These young women were sisters, the daughters of a man named Jĕthrō̇, who was a priest in the land of Mĭd́ ĭ-an. He asked Mṓ s̝es̝ to live with him, and to help him in the care of his flocks. Mṓ s̝es̝ stayed with Jĕth́ rō̇, and married one of his daughters. So from being a prince in the king's palace in Ḗ ġy̆pt, Mṓ s̝es̝ became a shepherd in the wilderness of Mĭd́ĭ-an.
Lesson 9. The Youth of Moses.
(Tell Story 20.)
1. How long did the Israelites stay in Egypt? More than four hundred years.
2. How did the Egyptians treat the Israelites while Joseph lived, and for a time afterward? They were kind to the Israelites.
3. What became of the Israelites in Egypt? They grew into a great people.
4. How did the King of Egypt who ruled many years after Joseph’s time treat the Israelites? He was very cruel to them.
5. How did the King treat the Israelites cruelly? He made them work very hard.
6. What order did the King give, to keep the Israelites from growing in number? That all their boy babies should be killed.
7. What did one Israelite mother do with her little baby-boy? She left him in a little boat on the river.
8. Who found the baby floating in the river? The daughter of Pharaoh the King.
9. What did the daughter of Pharaoh do with the baby? She made him her own son.
10. What was the name of this boy? Moses.
11. To what land did Moses go after he grew up? To the land of Midian.

Story Twenty-One

THE VOICE FROM THE BURNING BUSH
Ex. 3:1, to 4:31
IT must have been a great change in the life of Mṓ s̝es̝, after he had spent forty years in the palace as a prince, to go out into the wilderness of Mĭd́ ĭ-an, and live there as a shepherd. He saw no more the crowded cities, the pyramids, the temples of Ḗ ġy̆pt, and the great river Nile. For forty years Mṓ s̝es̝ wandered about the land of Mĭd́ ĭ-an with his flocks, living alone, often sleeping at night on the ground, and looking up by day to the great mountains. He wore the rough skin mantle of a shepherd; and in his hand was the long shepherd's staff. On his feet were sandals which he wore instead of shoes. But when he stood before an altar to worship God he took off his sandals. For when we take off our hats, as in church or a place where God is worshipped, the people of those lands take off their shoes, as a sign of reverence in a sacred place.
Mṓ s̝es̝ was a great man, one of the greatest men that ever lived. But he did not think himself great or wise. He was contented with the work that he was doing; and sought no higher place. But God had a work for Mṓ s̝es̝ to do, and all through those years in the wilderness God was preparing him for that work.
All through those years, while Mṓ s̝es̝ was feeding his flock in Mĭd́ ĭ-an, the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el were still bearing heavy burdens and working as slaves in Ḗ ġy̆pt, making brick and building cities. The king who had begun the hard treatment of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes died, but another king took his place, and was just as cruel. He was called by the same name, Phā́ raōh, for this was the name given to all the kings of Ḗ ġy̆pt.
One day, Mṓ s̝es̝ was feeding his flock on a mountain, called Mount Hṓ reb. This mountain was also called Mount Sī́ nāi, and is spoken of by both names in the Bible. On the mountain Mṓ s̝es̝ saw a bush which seemed to be on fire. He watched to see it burn up, but it was not destroyed, though it kept burning on and on. And Mṓ s̝es̝ said to himself:
"I will go and look at this strange thing, a bush on fire, yet not burning up.”
As Mṓ s̝es̝ was going toward the bush, he heard a voice coming out of the bush, calling him by name, "Mṓ s̞es̞, Mṓ s̝es̝!" He listened, and said, "Here I am.”
The voice said, "Mṓ s̞es̞, do not come near; but take off your shoes from your feet, for you are standing on holy ground.”
So Mṓ s̝es̝ took off his shoes, and came near to the burning bush. And the voice came from the bush, saying:
"I am the God of your father, the God of Ā́ bră-hăm, and of Ī́ s̝aac, and of Jā́ cob. I have seen the wrongs and the cruelty that my people have suffered in É̄ ġy̆pt, and I have heard their cry on account of their task-masters. And I am coming to set them free from the land of the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̞, and to bring them up to their own land, the land of Cā́ năan, a good land, and large. Come, now, and I will send you to Phā́ raōh, the king of Ḗ ġy̆pt, and you shall lead out my people from Ḗ ġy̆pt.”
Mṓ s̝es̝ knew what a great work this would be, to lead the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, from the power of its king. He dreaded to take up such a task; and he said to the Lord:
"O Lord, who am I, a shepherd here in the wilderness, to do this great work, to go to Phā́ raōh, and to bring the people out o É̄ ġy̆pt? It is too great a work for me.”
And God said to Mṓ s̝es̝:
"Surely I will be with you, and will help you to do this great work. I will give you a sign of my presence with you. When you have led my people out of É̄ ġy̆pt, you shall bring them to this mountain, and they shall worship me here. And then yet shall know that I have been with you.”
And Mṓ s̝es̝ said to God:
"When I go to the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el in Ḗ ġy̆pt, and tell then] that the God of their fathers has sent me, they will say to me, `Who is this God? What is his name?' For they have suffered so much, and have sunk so low, that I fear they have forgotten their God.”
You remember that Mṓ s̝es̝ had been out of Ḗ ġy̆pt and afar from his people for forty years, a long time, and in that time he did not know whether they had continued the worship of God.
And God said to Mṓ s̝es̝:
"My name is 'I AM,' the One who is always living.’ Do you go to your people and say to them, 'I AM hath sent me to you.' Do not be afraid; go to your people, and say to them what I have said to you, and they will listen to you and believe. And you shall take the elders of your tribes, the leading men among them, and shall go to King Phā́ raōh, and shall say to him, 'Let my people go, that they may worship me in the wilderness.' At first he will not let you go; but afterward, I will show my power in Ḗ ġy̆pt, and then he will let you go out of the land.”
But Mṓ s̝es̝ wished some sign, which he could give to his people, and to the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̝, to show them that God had sent him. He asked God to give him some sign. And God said to him:
"What is that which you have in your hand?" Mṓ s̝es̝ said, "It is a rod, my shepherd's staff, which I use to guide the sheep." And God said, "Throw it on the ground." Then Mṓ s̝es̝ threw it down, and instantly it was turned into a snake. Mṓ s̝es̝ was afraid of it, and began to run from it.
And God said, "Do not fear it, but take hold of it by the tail." Moses did so, and at once it became again a rod in his hand.
And God said again, to Mṓ s̝es̝, "Put your hand into your bosom, under your garment, and take it out again.”
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ put his hand under his garment, and when he took it out it had changed, and was now as white as snow, and covered with a scaly crust, like the hand of a leper. He looked at it with fear and horror. But God said to him again:
"Put your hand into your bosom once more." Mṓ s̝es̝ did so, and when he took it out, his hand was like the other, with a pure skin, no longer like a leper's hand.
And God said to Mṓ s̝es̝, "When you go to speak my words, if they will not believe you, show them the first sign, and let your rod become a snake, and then a rod again. And if they still refuse to believe your words, show them the second sign; turn your hand into a leper's hand, and then bring it back as it was before. And if they still will not believe, then take some water from the river, and it shall turn to blood. Fear not, go and speak my words to your own people and to the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̝.”
But Mṓ s̝es̝ was still unwilling to go, not because he was afraid, but because he did not feel himself to be fit for such a great task. And he said to the Lord:
"O Lord, thou knowest that I am not a good speaker; I am slow of speech, and cannot talk before men.”
And God said, "Am not I the Lord, who made man's mouth? Go, and I will be with your lips, and will teach you what to say.”
But Mṓ s̝es̝ still hesitated, and he said, "O Lord, choose come other man for this great work; I am not able to do it.”
And God said, "You have a brother, whose name is Aâŕ on. He can speak well. Even now he is coming to see you in the wilderness. Let him help you, and speak for you. Let him do the speaking, and do you show the signs which I have given you.”
At last Mṓ s̝es̝ yielded to God's call. He went from Mount Sī́nāi with his flocks, and took them home to Jĕth́ rō his father-in-law; and then he went toward Ḗ ġy̆pt, and on the way he met his brother coming to see him. Then the two brothers, Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕon, came to the elders of Ĭś̝ ra-el in the land of Gṓ shen. They told the people what God had said, and they wrought before them the signs which God had given.
And the people said, "God has seen all our troubles, and at last he is coming to set us free." And they were glad, and gave thanks to God who had not forgotten them; for God never forgets those who call upon him.

Story Twenty-Two

THE RIVER THAT RAN BLOOD
Ex. 6:28, to 10:29
AFTER and Aaron had spoken to the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el the words which God had given them, they went to meet Phā́ raōh the king of É̄ ġy̆pt. You remember that all the kings of Ḗ ġy̆pt bore the name of Phā́ raōh. Mṓ s̞es̞ and Aâŕon did not at first ask Phā́ raōh to let the people go out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, never to return, but they said:
"Our God, the Lord God of Ĭś̞ ra-el, has bidden us to go out, with all our people, a journey of three days into the wilderness, and there to worship him. And God speaks to you through us, saying, 'Let my people go, that they may serve me.”
But Phā́ raōh was very angry. He said, "What are you doing, you Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕ on, to call your people away from their work? Go back to your tasks and leave your people alone. I know why the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes are talking about going out into the wilderness. It is because they have not work enough to keep them busy. I will give them more work to do.”
The work of the Ĭś̝̝ ra-el-ītes, at that time, was mostly in making brick, and putting up the walls of buildings for the rulers of Ḗ ġy̆pt.
In mixing the clay for the brick they used straw, chopped up fine, to hold the clay together. Phā́ raōh said:
"Let them make as many bricks as before; but give them no straw. Let the Ĭś̞ ra-el-ītes find their own straw for the brick-making.”
Of course this made their task all the harder, for it took much time to find the straw; and the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were scattered all through the land finding straw and stubble, for use in making the brick; and yet they were called upon to bring as many brick each day as before. And when they could not do all their task they were cruelly beaten by the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̝. Many of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes now became angry with Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕon, who, they thought, had brought more burden and trouble upon them. They said:
"May the Lord God judge you, and punish you! You promised to lead us out, and set us free; but you have only made our suffering the greater!”
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ cried to the Lord, and the Lord said to him: "Take Aâŕ on, your brother, and go again to Phā́ raōh; and show him the signs that I gave you.”
So they went in to Phā́ raōh, and again asked him in the Lord's name, to let the people go. And Phā́ raōh said:
"Who is the Lord? Why should I obey his commands? What sign can you show that God has sent you?”
Then Aâŕ on threw down his rod, and it was turned into a snake. But there were wise men in É̄ ġy̆pt who had heard of this; and they made ready a trick. They threw down their rods, and their rods became snakes, or seemed to. They may have been tame snakes, which they had hidden under their long garments, and then brought out, as if they had been rods.
But Aâŕ on's rod, in the form of a snake, ran after them, and swallowed them all; and then it became a rod again in Aâŕon's hand. But King Phā́ raōh refused to obey God's voice.
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ spoke to Aâŕ on, by God's command: "Take your rod and wave it over the waters of É̄ġy̆pt, over the river Nile, and the canals, and the lakes.”
Then Aâŕ on did so. He lifted up the rod, and struck the water, in the sight of Phā́ raōh. And in a moment all the water turned to blood, and the fish in the river all died; and a terrible stench, a foul smell, arose over the land. And the people were in danger of dying. But in the land of Gṓ shen, where the Ĭś̝ ra-el˗ītes were, the water remained as it had been, and was not turned to blood. So God made a difference between Ĭś̝ ra-el and Ḗ ġy̆pt.
The people of É̄ ġy̆pt dug wells, to find water; and the wise men of Ḗ ġy̆pt brought some water to Phā́ raōh, and made it look as though they had turned it to blood. And Phā́ raōh would not listen, nor let the people go.
After seven days Mṓ s̝es̝ took away the plague of blood, but he warned Phā́ raōh that another plague was coming, if he refused to obey. And as Phā́ raōh still would not obey, Aâŕon stretched forth his rod again, and then all the land was covered with frogs. Like a great army they ran over all the fields, and they even filled the houses. Phā́ raōh said:
"Pray to your God for me; ask him to take the frogs away, and I will let the people go.”
Then Moses prayed; and God took away the frogs. They died everywhere; and the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̝ heaped them up and buried them. But Phā́ raōh broke his promise, and would not let the people go.
Then, at God's command by Mṓ s̝es̝, Aâŕon lifted his rod again, and struck the dust; and everywhere the dust became alive with lice and fleas. But still Phā́ raōh would not hear, and God sent great swarms and clouds of flies all over the land, so that their houses were filled with them, and the sky was covered. But where the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes lived there were no lice, nor fleas, nor flies.
Then Phā́ raōh began to yield a little. He said:
"Why must you go out of the land to worship God? Worship him here in this land.”
But Mṓ s̝es̝ said, "When we worship the Lord, we must make an offering: and our offerings are of animals which the people of Ḗ ġy̆pt worship, oxen and sheep. It would make the Ḗ ġy̆pt angry to see us offering a sacrifice of animals which they call gods.”
"Well," said Phā́ raōh, "you may go; but do not go far away, and come back." But when Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕon had taken away the plague, Phā́ raōh broke his promise again, and still held the people as slaves.
Then another plague came. A terrible disease struck all the animals in Ḗ ġy̆pt, the horses and asses, the camels, the sheep, and the oxen; and they died by the thousand in a day, all over the land. But no plague came upon the flocks and herds of the Ĭś̝ ra˗el˗ītes.
But Phā́ raōh was still stubborn. He would, not obey God's voice. Then Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕ on gathered up in their hands ashes from the furnace, and threw it up like a cloud into the air. And instantly boils began to break out on men and on beasts all through the land.
Still Phā́ raōh refused to obey; and then Mṓ s̝es̝ stretched out his rod toward the sky. At once a terrible storm burst forth upon the land; all the more terrible because in that land rain scarcely ever falls. Sometimes there will not be even a shower of rain for years at a time. But now the black clouds rolled, the thunder sounded, the lightning flashed, and the rain poured down, and with the rain came hail, something that the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̞ had never seen before. It struck all the crops growing in the fields, and the fruits on the trees, and destroyed them.
Then again Phā́ raōh was frightened, and promised to let the people go; and again when God took away the hail at Mṓ s̝es̝ prayer, he broke his word, and would not let the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes leave the land. Then after the hail came great clouds of locusts, which ate up every green thing that the hail had spared. And after the locusts came the plague of darkness. For three days there was thick darkness, no sun shining, nor moon, nor stars. But still Phā́ raōh would not let the people go. Phā́ raōh said to Mṓ s̝es̝:
"Get out of my sight. Let me never see your face again. If you come into my presence you shall be killed.”
And Mṓ s̝es̝ said, "It shall be as you say, I will see your face no more.”
And God said to Mṓ s̝es̝, "There shall be one plague more, and then Phā́ raōh will be glad to let the people go. He will drive you out of the land. Make your people ready to go out of Ḗ ġy̆pt; your time here will soon be ended.”

Story Twenty-Three

THE NIGHT WHEN A NATION WAS BORN
Ex. 11:1, to 13:22
WHILE all these terrible plagues, of which we read in the last story, were falling upon the people of Ḗ ġy̆pt, the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes in the land of Gṓ shen were living in safety under God's care. The waters there were not made blood; nor did the flies or the locusts trouble them. While all was dark in the rest of Ḗ ġy̆pt, in the land of Gṓ shen the sun was shining.
This made the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians feel that the Lord God of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes was watching over his own people. They brought gifts to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, of gold and silver, and jewels, and precious things of every kind, to win their favor, and to win the favor of their God. So the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, from being very poor, began suddenly to be very rich.
Now Mṓs̝es̝ said to the people:
"In a few days you are to go out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, so gather together, get yourselves in order by your families, and your twelve tribes; and be ready to march out of Ḗ ġy̆pt.”
And the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el did as Mṓs̝es̝ bade them. Then said Mṓ s̝es̝:
"God will bring one plague more upon the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̞, and then they will let you go. And you must take care, and obey God's command exactly, or the terrible plague will come upon your houses with the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians houses. At midnight, the angel of the Lord will go through the land, and the oldest child in every house shall die. Phā́ raōh's son shall die, and every rich man's son, and every poor man's son, even the son of the beggar that has no home. But your families shall be safe if you do exactly as I command you."
Then Moses told them what to do. Every family was bidden to find a lamb and to kill it. They were to take some of the blood of the lamb and sprinkle it at the entrance of the house, on the door-frame overhead, and on each side. Then they were to roast the lamb, and with it to cook some vegetables, and to eat it standing around the table, with all their garments on, ready to march, away as soon as the meal should be ended. And no one was to go out of his house that night, for God's angel would be abroad, and he might be killed if the angel should meet him.
The children of Ĭś̝ ra-el did as Mṓ s̝es̝ commanded them. They killed the lamb, and sprinkled the blood, and ate the supper in the night, as God had told them to do. And this supper was called "the Pass-over Supper," because when the angel saw the doors sprinkled with blood, he passed over those houses, and did not enter them. And in memory of this great night, when God kept his people from death, the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were commanded to eat just such a supper on that same night every year. This became a great feast of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, and was called "The Passover.”
Does not that slain lamb, and his blood sprinkled to save the people from death, make you think of Jesus Christ, who was the Lamb of God, slain to save us all?
And that night a great cry went up from all the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt. In every house there was one, and that one the oldest son, who died. And Phā́ raōh the king of Ḗ ġy̆pt saw his own son lie dead, and knew that it was the hand of God. And all the people of Ḗ ġy̆pt were filled with terror, as they saw their children lying dead in their houses.
The king now sent a messenger to Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕ on, saying:
"Make haste; get out of the land; take everything that you have; leave nothing. And pray to your God to have mercy upon us, and to do us no more harm.”
So suddenly at the last, early in the morning, the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, after four hundred years in Ḗ ġy̆pt, went out of the land. They went out in order, like a great army, family by family, and tribe by tribe. They went out in such haste, that they had no time to bake bread to eat on the journey. They left the dough in the pans, all ready mixed for baking, but not yet risen as bread is before it is baked: and they set the bread-pans on their heads, as people do in that land when they carry loads. And as a memory of that day, when they took the bread without waiting for it to rise, the rule was made that for one week in every year, and that same time in the year when they went out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, all the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el should eat bread that is "unleavened," that is, bread made without yeast, and unrisen. And this rule is kept to this day by the Jews, who belong to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte family.
And the Lord God went before the host of Ĭś̝ ra-el, as they marched out of Ḗ ġy̆pt. In the day time there was a great cloud, like a pillar, in front; and at night it became a pillar of fire. So both by day and night, as they saw the cloudy and fiery pillar going before, they could say, "Our Lord, the God of heaven and earth, goes before us.”
When the pillar of cloud stopped, they knew that was a sign that they were to pause in their journey and rest. So they set up their tents, and waited until the cloud should rise up and go forward. When they looked, and saw that the pillar of cloud was higher up in the air, and as though moving forward, they took down their tents, and formed in order for the march. Thus the pillar was like a guide by day and a guard by night.
You remember that when Joseph died (see the end of Story Nineteen), he commanded the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes not to bury his body in Ḗ ġy̆pt, but to keep it in a stone coffin, unburied, as long as they should stay in the land. When they were going out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, the two tribes of Ḗphră-ĭm and Mā̇-năś seh, who had sprung from Joseph, his descendants, as they are called,—took with them on their journey this stone coffin which held the body of Jṓ s̝eph their father. And thus the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes went out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, four hundred years after they had gone down to Ḗ ġy̆pt to live.
Lesson 10. The Israelites Leaving Egypt.
(Tell Stories 21, 22 and 23.)
1. How long was Moses in the land of Midian? Forty years.
2. What was Moses at that time? A shepherd.
3. On what mountain did Moses see a wonderful sight? On Mount Horeb, called also Mount Sinai.
4. What did Moses see on this mountain? A bush on fire, yet not burned up.
5. What spoke to Moses from the burning bush? The Lord God of Israel.
6. What did God tell Wises to do? To bring his people out of Egypt.
7. Who helped Moses in this work? His brother Aaron.
8. Who would not allow the Israelites to go out of Egypt? Pharaoh the King.
9. What came upon Pharaoh and the Egyptians until they were willing to let the Israelites go? Many plagues.
10. How were the Israelites at last led out of Egypt? By a pillar of cloud and of fire.

Story Twenty-Four

HOW THE SEA BECAME DRY LAND, AND THE SKY RAINED BREAD
Ex. 14:1, to 16:36
WHEN the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el came out of Ḗ ġy̆pt it was their aim to go at once to the land of Cā́ năan, from which their fathers had come. The shortest road was that following the shore of the Great Sea, and entering Cā́ năan on the southwest. But in this region lived the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, a strong and warlike people; and the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, after ages of slavery, were not fit to carry on war. The other way was by the southeast, through the desert of Mount Sī́ nāi, where Mṓ s̝es̝ knew the land, for it was there that he had been a shepherd for many years.
So the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, led by the pillar of cloud and fire turned to the southeast, directly toward the Red Sea, which rolled between them and the desert. In a very few days they came to the shore of the sea, with the water before them, and high mountains on each side.
As soon as the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had left their homes, and were on the march, King Phā́ raōh was sorry that he had let them go; for now they would no more be his servants and do his work. Word came to Phā́ raōh that the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were lost among the mountains, and held fast by the sea in front of them. Phā́ raōh called out his army, his chariots, and his horsemen, and followed the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, intending either to kill them, or to bring them back. Very soon the army of Ḗ ġy̆pt was close behind the host of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and the hearts of the people were filled with fear. They cried to Mṓ s̝es̝, saying:
"Why did you bring us out into this terrible place, shut in by the mountains and the sea, and with our enemies close behind us? It would be better to serve the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̝, than to die here in the wilderness!”
"Fear not," answered Mṓ s̝es̝. "Stand still, and see how God will save you. As for the Ḗ ġy̆ṕtians̝, whom you now see following you, you will see them no more forever. The Lord will fight for you, and you shall stand still and see your, enemies slain." That night the pillar of fire, which was before the host of Ĭś̞ ra-el went behind them, and stood between the camp of the Ē˗ġy̆ṕ tians̞ and the camp of the Ĭś̞ ra-el-ītes. To Ĭś̞ ra-el it was bright and dazzling with the glory of the Lord, but to the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̝ it was dark and terrible; and they dared not enter it.
And all that night there blew over the sea a mighty east wind, so that the water was blown away, and when the morning came there was a ridge of dry land between water on one side and water on the other, making a road across the sea to the land beyond, and on each side of the road the water lay in great lake; as if to keep their enemies away from them.
Then Mó̄ s̝es̝ told the people to go forward, and tile pillar of cloud again went before them; and the people followed, a great army. They walked across the Red Sea as on dry land, and passed safely over into the wilderness on the other side. So God brought his people out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, into a land that they had never seen.
When the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̝ saw them marching into the sea„ they followed, with their chariots and their horses. But the sand was no longer hard; it had become soft, and their chariot-wheels were fastened in it, and many of them broke off from the chariots. And the horses became mired, and fell down, so that the army was in confusion; and all were frightened. The soldiers cried out:
"Let us fly from the face of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes! The Lord is fighting for them, and against us!”
By this time, all the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had passed through the Red Sea, and were standing on the high ground beyond it, looking at their enemies slowly struggling through the sand, all in one heaped up mass of men, and horses, and chariots. Then Mṓ s̞es̞ lifted up his hand, and at once a great tide of water swept up from the sea on the south; the road over which the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had walked in safety was covered with water; and the host of Phā́ raōh, with all his chariots and his horses and their riders were drowned in the sea, before the eyes of the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el. They saw the dead bodies of the Ē-ġy̆ṕ tians̞ tossed up by the waves on the shore.
Mṓ s̞es̞ wrote a great song, and all the people sang it together, over their great victory, which God had wrought for them. It began thus:
"I will sing unto the Lord, for he hath triumphed gloriously
The horse and his rider hath he thrown into the sea,
The Lord is my strength and song,
And he is become my salvation."
And now the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el were no longer in a level land, with fields of grain, and abundance of food, and streams of water, They were in the great desert, with a rocky path under them, and mountains of rock rising all around, with only a few springs of water, and these far apart. Such a host of men, and women and children, with their flocks, would need much water, and they found very little.
They saw in the distance some springs of water, and ran to drink of it, for they were very thirsty. But when they tasted, they found it bitter, so that they could not drink it. Then the people cried to Mṓ s̝es̝ and Mṓ s̝es̝ cried to the Lord; and the Lord showed Mṓ s̝es̝ a tree, and told him to cut it down and throw it into the water. Mṓ s̝es̝ did so, and then the water became fresh, and pure, and good, so that the people could drink it. This place they named Mā́ rah, a word which means "bitterness," because of the water which they found there.
After passing Mā́ rah, they came to another and more pleasant place, where they saw twelve springs of fresh water, and a grove of seventy palm-trees' around them. And there they rested under the cool shade.
But soon they were in a hot desert of sand, which lies between the waters of Ḗ lim and Mount Sī́ nāi; and again they were in great trouble, for there was no food for such an army of people.
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ called upon God, and the Lord said, "I will rain bread from heaven upon you; and you shall go out and gather it every day.”
The next morning when the people looked out of their tents, they saw all around the camp, on the sand, little white flakes, like snow or frost. They had never seen anything like it before, and they said, just as anybody would say, "What is it?" In the language of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, the Hebrew language, "What is it?" is the word "Manhu." So the people said to one another "Manhu? Manhu?" And this gave a name afterward to what they saw, the name Manna.
And Mṓ s̝es̝ said to them, "This is the bread which the Lord has given you to eat. Go out and gather it, as much as you need. But take only as much as you need for to-day, for it will not keep; and God will give you more to-morrow.”
So the people went out, and gathered the manna. They cooked it in various ways, baking it and boiling it; and the taste of it was like wafers flavored with honey. Some took more than they needed, not trusting God's word that there would be more on the next day. But that which was left over, after it was gathered, spoiled, and smelled bad, so that it was useless. This was to teach the people that each day they should trust God for their daily bread.
But the manna which was left on the ground did not spoil. When the sun came up, it melted away, just like frost or snowflakes. Before the sixth day of the week came, Moses said to the people:
"To-morrow, on the sixth day of the week, take twice as much manna as usual; for the next day is the Lord's Sabbath, the day of rest, and the manna will not come on that day.”
So the next morning, all the people went out as before to gather the manna. On that day, they found that the manna which was not used did not spoil, but kept fresh until the next morning.
On the Sabbath-day, some of the people who had failed to hear Mṓ s̝es̝, and had not gathered the manna in advance for the Sabbath, went out, and they could find none. So that day, these people had nothing to eat; and all Ĭś̞ ra-el learned the lesson, which we also should remember, that one day in each week belongs to God, and is to be kept holy to the Lord.
All the time that the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes lived in the wilderness, which was forty years, they ate the manna which God gave them day by day. Not until they entered the land of Cā́ năan, did the manna cease to fall.
Do you remember who it was, long after this, that said "I am the bread of life. He that cometh to me shall never hunger, and he that believeth on me, shall never thirst"?

Story Twenty-Five

THE MOUNTAIN THAT SMOKED AND THE WORDS THAT WERE SPOKEN FROM IT
Ex. 17:1, to 31:18
WHILE the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were journeying through the desert they had great trouble from want of water.
Between the wells of Ḗ lim and Mount Sī́ nāi, they fo und no streams nor springs. Their sheep and men suffered from thirst, and the little children were crying for water. The people came to Mṓ s̝es̝, and said in great anger: "Give us water, or we shall die. Why have you brought us up from Ḗġy̆pt to kill us here in the desert?”
And Mṓ s̝es̝ called on God, and said:
"Lord, what shall I do to this people? They are almost ready to stone me in their anger. How can I give them water?”
Then God told Mṓ s̝es̝ what to do; and this was what Mṓ s̝es̝ did:
He brought the people together before a great rock, and with his rod he struck the rock. Then out of the rock came forth a stream of water, which ran like a little river through the camp, and gave them plenty of water for themselves and for their flocks.
While they were in camp around this rock at Rĕph́ i˗dĭm the wild people who had their homes in the desert, and were called the Āḿ a-lĕk-ītes, made sudden war on the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. They came down upon them from the mountains, while they were weary with marching, and killed some of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. Then Mṓ s̝es̝ called out those of the people who were fit for war, and made a young man named Jŏsh́u-ȧ their leader; and they fought a battle with the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes.
While they were fighting, Moses stood on a rock, where all could see him, and prayed the Lord God to help his people. His hands were stretched out toward heaven; and while Mó̄ s̝es̝' hands were reaching upward the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were strong, and drove back the enemy. But when Mṓ s̝es̞̝ arms fell down, then the enemy drove back the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
So Aâŕon, Mṓ s̝es̝' brother, and Mûr (who is thought to have been Mṓ s̝es̝' brother-in-law, the husband of his sister Mĭŕ ĭ-am), stood beside Mṓ s̞es̞, and held up his hands until the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes won the victory, and overcame the men of Ăḿ a-lĕk.
In the third month after the Ĭś̝ ra-el˗ītes had left the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt they came ‘a great mountain which rises straight up from the plain, so straight that one can walk up to it and touch it with his hand. This was Mount Sī́nāi; and it was one of a group of mountains called Hṓ˗reb, where Mṓ s̝es̝ saw the burning bush, and heard God's voice, as we read in an earlier Story.
The Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes made their camp in front of Mount Sī́ nāi, and stayed there for many days. And God said to Mṓ s̝es̝:
"Let none of the people go up on the mount, or come near to touch it. If even one of your cattle or sheep shall touch the it must be killed. This is a holy place, where God will show his glory.”
And a few days after this, the people heard the voice as of many trumpets sounding on the top of the mountain. They looked, and saw that the mountain was covered with clouds and smoke, and lightnings were flashing from it, while the thunder rolled and crashed. And the mountain shook and trembled, as though an earthquake were tearing it in pieces.
The people were filled with alarm. They came out of their tents, and ran back from the foot of the mountain, and stood far off, trembling with fear. Then God spoke in the hearing of all the people, as with a voice of thunder, and said:
"I am the Lord thy God, who brought thee, out of the house of bondage.”
And then God spoke to all the people the words of the Ten Commandments, to which you have listened many times. The words are these:
I.
Thou shalt have none other gods but me.
II.
Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, nor any likeness of anything that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth. Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them; for I the Lord thy God am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children, unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me; and showing mercy unto thousands of them that love m and keep my commandments.
III.
Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord thy God in vain; for the Lord will not hold him guiltless that taketh his name in vain.
IV.
Remember the Sabbath-day to keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labor, and do all thy work; but the seventh day is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God; in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy man-servant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates; for in six days the Lord made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day; wherefore the Lord blessed the Sabbath-day, and hallowed it.
V.
Honor thy father and thy mother; that thy days may be long upon the land which the Lord thy God giveth thee.
VI.
Thou shalt not kill.
VII.
Thou shalt not commit adultery.
VIII.
Thou shalt not steal.
IX.
Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbor.
X.
Thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbor's wife, nor his man- servant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor anything that is thy neighbor's.
And all the people heard these words spoken by the Lord God: and they saw the mountain smoking, and the lightning flashing, and they were frightened. They said to Mó̄ s̝es̝:
"Let not God speak to us anymore; for the sound of his voice will take away our lives. Let God speak to you, Mṓ s̝es̝, and do you speak to us God's words.”
"Fear not," said Mṓs̞es̞, "for God has come to you, to speak with you, that you may fear him, and do his will.”
And Mṓ s̝es̝ drew near to the mountain, where the clouds and darkness and lightnings were. Then God called Mó̄ s̝es̝ up to the top of the mount; and Mó̄ s̝es̝ went up, and with him was his helper, the young man Jŏsh́ u-ȧ. Jŏsh́ u-ȧ stayed on the side of the mountain, but Mṓ s̝es̝ went up alone to the top, among the clouds.
And there Mṓ s̝es̝ stayed upon the mountain, alone with God, for forty days, talking with God, and listening to the words which God spoke to him, the laws for the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el to obey. And God gave to Mṓ s̝es̝ two flat tablets of stone, upon which God had written with his own hand the Ten Commandments.

Story Twenty-Six

HOW AARON MADE A GOLDEN CALF, AND WHAT BECAME OF IT
Ex. 32:1, to 34:35
WHILE Mṓ s̝es̝ was in the mountain alone with God, a strange and wicked thing was done in the camp on the plain. At first the people were alarmed when they saw the mountain smoking, and heard the thunder. But soon they grew accustomed to it, and when day after day passed, and Mṓ s̝es̝ did not come down, at last they said to Aâŕ on:
"Come now, make us a god that we may worship, and that we may have to lead us. As for Mṓ s̝es̝, the man who brought us out of the land of É̄ ġy̆pt, we do not know what has become of him.”
Aâŕ on was not a man of strong will, as Moses was. When his brother Mó̄ s̝es̝ was not by his side Aâŕ on was weak, and ready to yield to the wishes of the people. As lion said:
"If you must have a god that you can look at, then break off the gold earrings that are in your ears, and in the ears of your wives and children, and bring them to me.”
Then the people brought their gold to Aâŕ on; and Aâŕ on melted the gold rings into one mass, and shaped it with a graving tool into the form of a calf, and this he brought out and stood up before the people. Then they all cried out:
"This is your god, O Ĭś̝ ra-el, that brought you out of the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt.”
And Aâŕ on built an altar before the image, and he said to all the people, "To-morrow shall be a feast to the Lord.”
Perhaps Aâŕ on thought that if the people could have before them an image that they could see, they might still be kept to the worship of the Lord God. But in this he was greatly mistaken. The people came to the feast, and offered sacrifices; and then they began to dance around the altar, and to do wicked deeds together, as they had seen the people of Egypt doing before their idols. And all this time the mountain was smoking and flashing with fire, almost over their heads!
And the Lord, up in the mountain, spoke to Mṓ s̝es̝, and said:
"Hasten, and get down to the camp; for your people have done very wickedly. They have made for themselves an idol, and they are worshipping it now. I am angry with them, and am ready to destroy them all, and to make of your children a great nation.”
And Mṓ s̝es̝ pleaded with the Lord for Ĭś̝ ra-el, and God did not destroy the people; but he sent Mṓ s̝es̝ down to them, holding in his hands the two stone tables on which God had written the Ten Commandments. As he went down the mountain Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, joined him, and said to him:
"I can hear noise of war in the camp. It is not the sound of men who are shouting for victory, nor is it the cry of those who are beaten in battle; it is the voice of singing that I hear.”
And in a moment more, as they stood where they could look down upon the camp, there was standing the golden calf, and around it were the people making offerings, and feasting, and dancing and singing.
And Mṓ s̝es̝ was so angry when he saw all the wickedness and shame of his people, that he threw down the two tables out of his hands, and broke them in pieces upon the rocks. What was the use of keeping the tables of stone, he may have thought, while the people were breaking the laws written upon them?
Mó̄ s̝es̝ came straight into the midst of the throng, and at once all the dancing and merry-making stopped. He tore down the golden calf, and broke it in pieces, and burned it in the fire, and ground it to powder, and threw it into the water; and he made the people drink the water filled with its dust. He meant to teach the people that they would suffer punishment like bitter water, for their wicked deed.
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ turned to Aâŕ on:
"What led you to such an act as this?" said Mṓ s̝es̝. "Why did you let the people persuade you to make them an image for worship?”
And Aâŕ on said, "Do not be angry with me; you know how the hearts of this people are set to do evil. They came to me and said, 'make us a god,' and I said to them, give me whatever gold you have.' So they gave it to me, and I threw the gold into the fire, and this calf came out!”
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ stood at the entrance to the camp, and called out: "Whoever is on the Lord's side, let him come and stand by me!" Then one whole tribe out of the twelve tribes of Ĭś̝ era-el, the tribe of Lḗ vī, all sprung from Lḗ vī, one of Jā́ cob's sons, came and stood beside Mṓ s̝es̝. And Mṓ s̞es̞ said to them:
"Draw your swords, and go through the camp, and kill every one whom you find bowing down to the idol. Spare no one. Slay your friends and your neighbors, if they are worshipping the image.”
And on that day three thousand of the worshippers of the idol were slain by the sons of Lḗvī.
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ said to the people, "You have sinned a great sin; but I will go to the Lord, and I will make an offering to him, and will ask him to forgive your sin.”
And Mṓ s̝es̝ went before the Lord, and prayed for the people, and said:
"Oh Lord, this people have sinned a great sin. Yet, now, forgive their sin, if thou art willing. And if thou wilt not forgive their sin, then let me suffer with them, for they are my people." And the Lord forgave the sin of the people, and took them once again for his own, and promised to go with' them, and to lead them into the land which he had promised to their fathers.
And God said to Mṓ s̝es̝, "Cut out two tables of stone, like those which I gave to you, and which you broke; and bring them up to me in the mountain, and I will write on them again the words of the law.”
So Mṓ s̝es̝ went up a second time into the holy mount; and there God talked with him again. Mṓ s̝es̝ stayed forty days on this second meeting with God, as he had stayed in the mountain forty days before. And all this time, while God was talking with Mṓ s̝es̝ the people waited in the camp; and they did not again set up any idol for worship.
Once more Moses came down the mountain, bringing the two stone tables, upon which God had written the words of his law, the Ten Commandments. And Mṓs̝es̝ had been so close to God's glory, and had been so long in the blaze of God's light, that when he came into the camp of Ĭś̞ ra-el, his face was shining, though he did not know it. The people could not look on Mṓ s̝es̝' face, it was so dazzling. And Moses found that when he talked with the people, it was needful for him to wear a veil over his face. When Mṓ s̝es̝ went to talk with God, he took off the veil; but while he spoke with the people he kept his face covered, for it shone as the sun.

Story Twenty-Seven

THE TENT WHERE GOD LIVED AMONG HIS PEOPLE
Ex. 35:1 to 40:38
IT may seem strange that the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, after all that God had done for them, and while Mount Sī́ nāi was still showing God's glory, should fall away from the service of God to the worship of idols, as we read in the last Story. But you must keep in mind that all the people whom the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had ever met, both in Cā́˗năan and in Ḗ ġy̆pt, were worshippers of images; and from their neighbors the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes also had learned to bow down to idols. In those times everywhere people felt that they must have a god that they could see.
God was very good to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes after they had forsaken him, to take them again as his own people; and God gave to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes a plan for worship, which would allow them to have something that they could see, to remind them of their God; and yet, at the same time, would not lead them to the worship of an image, but would teach them a higher truth, that the true God cannot be seen by the eyes of men.
The plan was this: to have in the middle of the camp of Ĭś̝ ra-el a house to be called, "The House of God," which the people could see, and to which they could come for worship. Every time that an Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte looked at this house he might say to himself, and might teach his children, "That is the house where God lives among his people," even though no image stood in the house.
And as the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were living in tents, and were often moving from place to place, this House of God, would need to be something like a tent, so that it could be taken down, and moved, as often as the camp was changed. Such a tent as this was called a Tabernacle. The Tabernacle then was the tent where God was supposed to live among his people, and where the people could meet God We do not know just how the tent looked, but from the description given of it many have tried to draw it. We give you one picture drawn in this way.
We know that God is a Spirit, and has no body like ours; and that he is everywhere. Yet it was right to say that God lived in the Tabernacle of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, because there God showed his presence in a special way, by having the pillar of cloud over it all day, and the pillar of fire all night. And it was believed by the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes that in one room of this Tabernacle the glory and brightness of God's presence might be seen.
This Tabernacle stood exactly in the middle of the camp of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes in the wilderness. In front of it, and a little distance from it, on the east, stood the tent where Mṓ s̝es̝ lived, and from which he gave the laws and commands of God to the people.
Around the Tabernacle there was what we might call an open square, though it was not exactly square, for it was about a hundred and fifty-feet long by seventy-five feet wide; that is, its length was twice its width. Around it was a curtain of fine linen, in bright colors, hanging upon posts of brass. The posts were held in place by cords fastened to the ground with tent-pins or spikes. Some think that these posts were not of brass, but of copper; for we are not sure that men knew how to make brass in those times. This open square was called the Court of the Tabernacle. The curtain around it was between seven and eight feet high, a little higher than a man's head. In the middle, on the end toward the east, it could be opened for the priests to enter into the court; but no others except the priests and their helpers were ever allowed to enter it.
Inside this court, near the entrance, stood the great Altar. You remember that an altar was made generally of stone, or by heaping up the earth; and that it was the place on which a fire was kindled to burn the offering or sacrifice. The offering or sacrifice, you remember, was the gift offered to God whenever a man worshipped; and it was given to God by being burned upon his altar.
But as a stone-altar or an earth-altar could not be carried from place to place, God told the Ĭś̞ ra-el-ītes to make an altar of wood and brass, or copper. It was like a box, without bottom or top, made of thin boards so that it would not be too heavy, and then covered on the inside and the outside with plates of brass or copper, so that it would not take fire and burn. Inside, a few inches below the top, was a metal grating on which the fire was built; and the ashes would fall through the grating to the ground inside.
This altar had four rings on the corners, through which long poles were placed, so that the priests could carry it on their shoulders when the camp was moved. The altar was a little less than five feet high, and a little more than seven feet wide on each side. This was the great altar, sometimes called "The Altar of Burnt-Offering,." because a sacrifice was burned upon it every morning and every evening. Near the altar in the court of the Tabernacle, stood the Laver. This was a large tank or basin, holding water which was used in washing the offerings. For the worship of the Tabernacle much water was needed; and for this purpose the Laver was kept full of water.
The Tabernacle itself stood in the court. It was a large tent, not unlike the tents in which the people lived while they were journeying through the wilderness, though larger. Its walls, however, were not made of skins or woven cloth, as were most tents, but of boards standing upright on silver bases, and fastened together. The boards were covered with gold. The roof of the Tabernacle was made of four curtains, one laid above another; the inner curtain being beautifully decorated, and the outer curtain of rams' skins to keep out the rain. The board-walls of the Tabernacle were on the two sides and the rear end; the front was open, except when a curtain was hung over it. The Tabernacle, half tent and half house, was about forty-five feet long, and fifteen feet wide, and fifteen-feet high. Its only floor was the sand of the desert.
This Tabernacle was divided into two rooms, by a veil which hung down from the roof. The larger room, the one on the eastern end, into which the priest came first from the court, was twice as large as the other room. It was thirty-feet long, fifteen-feet wide, and fifteen feet high, and was called the Holy Place. In the Holy Place were three things: on the right side, as one entered, a table covered with gold, on which lay twelve loaves of bread, as if each tribe gave its offering of food to the Lord; on the left side, the Golden Lampstand, with seven branches, each having its light. This is sometimes called the Golden Candlestick, but as it held lamps, and not candles, it should be called "the lamp-stand.”
At the further end of the Holy Place, close to the veil, was the Golden Altar of Incense: a small altar on which fragrant gum was burned, and from which a silvery cloud floated up. The fire on this altar was always to be lighted from the great altar of brass or copper that was standing outside the Tabernacle in the court. Everything in this room was made of gold, or covered with gold, even to the walls on each side.
The inner room of the Tabernacle was called the Holy of Holies; and it was so sacred that no one except the high-priest ever entered it, and he on only one day in each year. It was fifteen feet wide, fifteen feet long, and fifteen-feet high. All that it held was a box or chest, made of wood and covered with plates of gold on both the outside and the inside; and with a cover of solid gold, on which stood two strange figures called cherubim, also made of gold. This chest was called the Ark of the Covenant, and in it were placed for safe-keeping the two stone tables on which God wrote the Ten Commandments. It was in this room, the Holy of Holies, that God was supposed to dwell, and to show his glory. But in it there was no image, to tempt the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes to the worship of idols.
Whenever the camp in the desert was to be changed, the priests first carefully covered with curtains all the furniture in the Tabernacle, the Table, the Lampstand, the Altar of Incense, and the Ark of the Covenant; and they passed rods through the rings which were on the corners of all these articles. They took down the Tabernacle and tied its gold-covered boards and its great curtains, its posts and its pillars, in packages to be carried. And then the men of the tribe of Lḗ vī, who were the helpers of the priests, took up their burdens and carried them out in front of the camp. The twelve tribes were arranged in marching order behind them; the Ark of the Covenant unseen under its wrappings, upon the shoulders of the priests, led the way, with the pillar of cloud over it. And thus the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el removed their camp from place to place for forty years in the wilderness.
When they fixed their camping-place after each journey, the Tabernacle was first set up, with the court around it, and the altar in front of it. Then the tribes placed their tents in order around it, three tribes on each of its four sides.
And whenever an Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte saw the altar with the smoke rising from it, and the Tabernacle with the silver-white cloud above it, he said to himself, "Our God, the Lord of all the earth, lives in that tent. I need no image, made by men's hands, to remind me of God.”
Lesson 11. The Israelites in the Wilderness.
(Tell Stories 24, 25, 26 and 27, but make the account of the Tabernacle very brief.)
1. Through what, sea did God lead the Israelites when they came out of Egypt? Through the Red Sea.
2. Into what land did they go from Egypt? Into the wilderness on the south of Canaan.
3. What kind of a land was this wilderness? A land without food or water.
4. What did God give to the people for food while they were in the wilderness? Bread from heaven.
5. How did God give water to the people? From a rock.
6. Where did God speak to the people? From Mount Sinai
7. What did God give to the people at Mount Sinai? The Ten Commandments.
8. How long was Moses in the mountain with God? Forty days.
9. What tent for the worship of God did the Israelites build in the wilderness? The Tabernacle.

Story Twenty-Eight

HOW THEY WORSHIPPED GOD IN THE TABERNACLE
Lev. 1:1 to 13; 8: 1 to 13; Ex. 27:20, 21
NOW we will tell about some of the services that were held at the Tabernacle, the tent where God lived among his people.
Every morning at sunrise the priests came to the great altar that was before the Tabernacle, and raked the fire, and placed fresh wood upon it, so that it would burn brightly. This fire was never allowed to go out. God had kindled it himself; and the priests watched it closely, and kept wood at hand, so that it was always burning.
Even while the altar was being carried from one place to another, the embers and live coals of the fire were kept in a covered pan, and were taken to the new place for the altar without being allowed to die out; and from the embers of the old fire a new fire was made on the altar.
From this altar outside the Tabernacle the priest took every morning and every afternoon a fire-shovel full of burning coals, and placed them in a bowl hanging on chains, so that, with the fire in it, the bowl could be carried by hand. This bowl with the chains was called "a censor." Upon these burning coals the priest placed some fragrant gum called incense, which when laid on the live coals made a bright silvery cloud and sent forth a strong, pleasant odor. The incense in the censer the priest carried into the Holy Place, and there laid it on the Golden Altar of Incense, which stood next to the veil. This was to teach the Ĭś̞ ra-el-ītes that, like the cloud of incense, their prayers should go up to God.
About nine o'clock in the morning the priest brought a young ox or lamb, and killed it, and caught its blood in a basin. Then he laid the ox or the lamb on the wood which was burning on the altar in front of the Tabernacle, and on the fire he poured also the blood of the slain beast; and then he stood by while the blood and the animal were burned to ashes.
This was the offering, or sacrifice, for all the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el together, and it was offered every morning and every afternoon. It meant that as the lamb, or the ox, gave up his life, so all the people were to give themselves to God, to be his, and only his. And it meant also, that as they gave themselves to God, God would forgive and take away their sins.
There was another meaning in all this service. It was to point to the time when, just as the lamb died as an offering for the people, Jesus, the Son of God, should give his life on the cross, the Lamb of God, dying to take away the sins of the world. But this meaning, of course, the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes of that time could not understand, because they lived before Christ came.
Sometimes a man came to the priest with a lamb or an ox an offering for himself. It must always be a perfect animal, and the best, without any defects, for God will only take from man his best. The man who wished to worship God led his lamb to the entrance of the court, by the altar; and laid his hands upon its head, as if to say, "This animal stands in my place; and when I give it to God, I give myself." Then the priest killed it, and laid it on the burning wood on the altar, and poured the animal's blood upon it. And the man stood at the entrance of the court of the Tabernacle, and watched it burn away, and offered with it his thanks to God and his prayer for the forgiveness of his sins. And God heard and' answered the prayer of the man who worshipped him with the offering at his altar.
Every day the priest went into the Holy Place and filled the seven lamps on the Lampstand with fresh oil. These lamps were never allowed to go out; that is, some of them must always be kept burning. While the lamps on one side were put out, in order to be refilled, those on the other side were kept burning until these had been filled and lighted once more. So the lamps in the house of God never went out. Does not this make you think of One who long after this said, "I am the light of the world"?
On the gold covered table in the Holy Place were always standing twelve loaves of unleavened bread; that is, bread made without any yeast. One loaf stood for each tribe of Israel. On every Sabbath morning the priests came in with twelve fresh loaves, which they sprinkled with incense, and laid on the table in place of the stale loaves. Then, standing around the table, they ate the twelve old loaves. Thus the bread on the table before the Lord was kept fresh at all times.
God choose Aâŕ on and his sons to be the priests for all Ĭś̝ ra-el; and their children, and the descendants who should come after them were to be priests as long as the worship of the Tabernacle, and of the Temple that followed it, should be continued. Aâŕ on, as the high-priest, wore a splendid robe; and a breast-plate of precious stones was over his bosom; and a peculiar hat, called "a miter," was on his head. It may seem strange to us, that when Aâŕ on and his sons were in the Tabernacle they wore no shoes or stockings, but stood barefooted. This was because it was a holy place, and as we have seen, in those lands people take off their shoes, as we take off our hats, when they enter places sacred to God and his worship.
Aâŕ on and his sons, as Mṓ s̝es̝ also, belonged to the tribe of Lḗ vī, the one among the tribes which stood faithful to God when the other tribes bowed down to the golden calf. This tribe was chosen to help the priests in the services of the Tabernacle; though only Aâŕ on and his sons could enter the Holy Place; and only the high-priest could go into the Holy of Holies, where the Ark of the Covenant was; and he could enter on but one day in each year.
(See John 6:35.)

Story Twenty-Nine

WHAT STRONG DRINK BROUGHT TO AARON'S SONS
Leviticus 10:1 to 11
SOON after the Tabernacle was set up in the middle of the camp of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and the priests began the daily service of worship, a sad event took place, which gave great sorrow to Aaron the priest, to his family, and to all the people. The two older sons of Aâŕ on, whose names were Nā́ dăb and Ā-bī́ hū, were one day in the Holy Place. It was a part of their work to take in a censor some burning coals from the great altar of burnt-offering in front of the Tabernacle, and with these coals to light the fire in the small golden altar of incense, which stood inside the Holy Place, near the veil. These young men had been drinking wine, and their heads were not clear. They did not think of what they were doing; and instead of taking the fire from the altar of burnt-offering, they took some other fire, and with this they went into the Holy Place to burn the incense upon the golden altar. God was angry with these young men for coming into his holy house in a drunken state, and for doing what he had forbidden them to do; for no fire except that from the great altar was allowed in the Holy Place.
While they were standing by the golden altar, fire came out from it, and they both fell down dead in the Holy Place. And when Mṓ s̞es̞ heard of it, he said: "This is the sign that God's house is holy, and that God's worship is holy; and God will make people to fear him, because he is holy." And Mṓ s̝es̝ would not allow Aâŕ on, the father of these two men, to touch their dead bodies. He said, "You have on the robes of the high-priest, and you are leading in the service of worship. God's work must go on, and must not stop for your trouble, great as it is.”
Then Aâŕ on stood by the altar, and offered the sacrifice, though his heart was very sad. And the cousins of Aâŕ on, by the command of Mṓ s̝es̝, went into the Holy Place and carried out the dead bodies of the two young men, dressed as they were in their priests' robes. And they buried these men outside the camp, in the desert. And Mṓ s̝es̝ said:
"After this, let no priest drink wine or strong drink before he enters the Tabernacle. Be sober, when you are leading the worship of the people, so that you will know the difference between the things that are holy and those that are common; and so that you may teach the people all the laws which the Lord has given them.”
The rule that Mṓ s̝es̝ gave to the priests to be kept when they were leading the worship of the people, not to drink wine or strong drink, is a good rule for everyone to keep, not only when worshipping God, but at all times.
Besides these two sons of Aâŕ on who had died, there were two other sons, named Ē-le-ā́ zar and Ĭth́ a-mār. These young men took their older brothers' places in the services of the Tabernacle; and they were very careful to do exactly, as the Lord had bidden them.

Story Thirty

THE SCAPEGOAT IN THE WILDERNESS
Lev. 16:1 to 34
YOU have read that only the high-priest could enter the inner room of the Tabernacle, called the Holy of Holies, where was the ark of the covenant, and where God was supposed to live. And even the high- priest could go into this room on but one day in the year. This day was called "the Great Day of Atonement.” The service on that day was to show the people that all are sinners, and that they must seek from God to have their sins taken away. God teaches us these things by word in his book, the Bible; but in those times there was no Bible, and very few could have read a written book; so God taught the people then by acts which they could see.
As a beginning of the service on the Day of Atonement, everybody was required to fast from sunset on the day before until three o'clock on that afternoon, the hour when the offering was placed on the altar. No person could eat anything in all that time. Even children, except nursing babies, were not allowed to have any food. They were to show a sorrow for sin, and were to appear before God as seeking for mercy.
Early in the morning of that day the high-priest offered on the altar before the Tabernacle what was called "a sin-offering," for himself and his family. It was a young ox, burned upon the altar. He took some of the blood of this ox, and carried it through the Holy Place, lifted the veil, entered into the Holy of Holies, and sprinkled the blood on the golden lid to the ark of the covenant before the Lord. This was to show the priest himself as a sinner, seeking mercy and forgiveness from God. The priest must himself have his own sins forgiven, before asking forgiveness for others.
Then the priest came again to the great altar before the Tabernacle. Here two goats were brought to him. Lots were cast upon them and on the forehead of one goat was written, "For the Lord," and on the other words that meant, "To be sent away." These two goats were looked upon as bearing the sins of the people. One was killed, and burned on the altar; and the priest, with some of the blood of the slain goat, again entered the Holy of Holies, and sprinkled the blood on the ark of the covenant, as before, thus asking God to receive the blood and the offering, and to forgive the sins of the people.
Then the high-priest came out of the Tabernacle again, and laid his hands on the head of the living goat, the one whose forehead was marked ' 'To be sent away," as if to place upon him the sin of all the people. Then this goat, which was called the "Scapegoat," was led away into the wilderness, to some desolate place from which he would never find his way back to the camp; and there he was left, to wander as he chose. This was to show the sins of the people as taken away, never to come back to them.
When this service was over, the people were looked upon as having their sins forgiven and forgotten by the Lord. Then the regular afternoon offering was given on the altar; and after that the people could go home happy, and end their long fast with all the food that they wished to eat.
In all this God tried to make the people feel that sin is terrible. It separates from God; it brings death; it must be taken away by blood. Thus so long before Christ came to take away our sins by his death, God showed to men the way of forgiveness and peace.

Story Thirty-One

THE CLUSTER OF GRAPES FROM THE LAND OF CANAAN
Num. 13:1, to 14:45
THE Ĭś̞ ra-el-ītes stayed in their camp before Mount Sī nāi almost a year, while they were building the Tabernacle and learning God's laws given through Mṓ s̝es̝. At last the cloud over the Tabernacle rose up; and the people knew that this was the sign for them to move. They took down the Tabernacle and their own tents, and journeyed northward toward the land of Cā́ năan for many days led by the pillar of cloud by day, and the pillar of fire by night.
At last they came to a place just on the border between the desert and Cā́ năan, called Kedesh, or Kā́ desh or Kā́ desh=bāŕ ne˗ȧ Here they stopped to rest, for there were many springs of water and some grass for their cattle. While they were waiting at Kā́ desh=bāŕ ne-ȧ, and were expecting soon to march into the land which was to be their home, God told Mṓ s̝es̝ to send onward some men who should walk through the land, and look at it, and then come back and tell what they had found; what kind of a land it was, and what fruits and crops grew in it, and what people were living in it. The Ĭś̝ ra˗el-ītes could more easily win the land, if these men after walking through it could act as their guides, and point out the best places in it and the best plans of making war upon it. There was need of wise and bold men for such a work as this, for it was full of danger.
So Mṓs̝es̝ chose out some men of high rank among the people, one ruler from each tribe, twelve men in all. One of these was Jŏsh́ ú a, who was the helper of Mṓ s̝es̝ in caring for the people, and another was Cā́ leb, who belonged to the tribe of Jū́ dah. These twelve men went out, and walked over the mountains of Cā́ năan, and looked at the cities, and saw the fields. In one place, just before they came back to the camp, they cut down a cluster of ripe cranes which was so large that two men carried it between them, hanging from a staff. They named the place where they found this bunch of grapes Ĕsh́ cŏl, a word which means "a cluster." These twelve men were called "spies," because they 'went "to spy out the land." After forty days they came back to the camp; and this was what they said:
"We walked all over the land, and found it a rich land. There is grass for all our flocks, and fields where we can raise grain, and trees bearing fruits, and streams running down the sides of the hills. But we found that the people who live there are very strong, and are men of war. They have cities with walls that reach almost up to the sky; and some of the men are giants, so tall that we felt that we were like grasshoppers beside them.”
One of the spies, who was Cắ leb, said, "All that is true, yet we need not be afraid to go up and take the land. It is a good land, well worth fighting for. God is on our side, and he will help us to overcome those people.”
But all the other spies, except Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, said, "No; there is no use in trying to make war upon such strong people. We can never take those walled cities, and we dare not fight those tall giants." And the people, who had journeyed all the way through the wilderness to find this very land, were so frightened by the words of, the ten spies, that now on the very border of Cā́ năan they dared not enter it. They forgot that God had led them out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, that he had kept them in the dangers of the desert, that he had given them water out of the rock, and bread from the sky, and his law from the mountain.
All that night, after the spies brought back their report, the people were so filled with fear that they could not sleep. They cried out against Mṓs̝es̝, and blamed him for bringing them out of the land of Wept. They forgot all their troubles in Ḗ ġy̆pt, their toil and their slavery; and they resolved to go back to that land. They said, "Let us choose a ruler in place of Mṓ s̝es̝, who has brought us into all these evils, and let us turn back to the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt!”
But Cā́ leb and Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, two of the spies, said, "Why should we fear? The land of Cā́ năan is a good land; it is rich with milk and honey. If God is our friend and is with us, we can easily conquer the people who live there. Above all things, let us not rebel against the Lord or disobey him and make him our enemy.”
But the people were so angry with Cā́ leb and Jōsh́ u-ȧ, that they were ready to stone them and kill them. Then suddenly the people saw a strange sight. The glory of the Lord, which stayed in the Holy of Holies, the inner room of the Tabernacle, now flashed out and shone from the door of the Tabernacle in the faces of the people.
And the Lord out of this glory spoke to Mṓs̝es̝, and said:
"How long will this people disobey me and despise me? They shall not go into the good land that I have promised them. Not one of them shall enter in except Caleb and Josh́ u-ȧ, who have been faithful to me. All of the people who are twenty years old and over it, shall die in the desert; but their little children shall grow up in the wilderness, and when they become men they shall enter in and own the land that I promised to their fathers. You people are not worthy of the land that I have been keeping for you. Now turn back into the desert, and stay there until you die. After you are dead, Josh́ u-ȧ shall lead your children into the land of Cā́ năan. And because Cā́ leb showed another spirit, and was true to me, and followed my will fully, Cā́ leb shall live to go into the land, and shall have his choice of a home there: To-morrow, turn back into the desert by the way of the Red Sea.”
And God told Mṓ s̝es̝ that for every day that the spies had spent in Cā́ năan, looking at the land, the people should spend a year in the wilderness; so that they should live in the desert forty ' years, instead of going at once into the promised land.
When Mṓ s̝es̝ told all God's words to the people, they felt worse than before. They changed their minds as suddenly as they had made up their minds. "No," they all said, "we will not go back to the wilderness. We will go straight into the land, and see if we are able to take it, as Josh́ u-ȧ and Cā́ leb have said.”
"You must not go into the land," said Mṓ s̝es̝, "for you are not fit to go; and God will not go with you. You must turn back into the desert, as the Lord has commanded.”
But the people would not obey. They rushed up the mountain, and tried to march at once into the land. But they were without leaders and without order, a mob of men untrained and in confusion. And the people in that part of the land, the Cā́ năan˗ītes and the Ăḿ or-ītes, came down upon them and. killed many of them, and drove them away. Then, discouraged and beaten, they obeyed the Lord and Mṓ s̝es̝, and went once more into the desert.
And in the desert of Pā́ ran, on the south of the land of Cā́năan, the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el stayed nearly forty years; and all because they would not trust in the Lord.
It was not strange that the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes should act like children, eager to go back one day, and then eager to go forward the next day. Through four hundred years they had been weakened by living in the hot land of Ḗ ġy̆pt; and their hard lot as slaves had made them unfit to care for themselves. They were still in heart slavish and weak. Mṓ s̝es̝ saw that they needed the free life of the wilderness; and that their children, growing up as free men and trained for war, would be far better fitted to win the land of promise than they had shown themselves to be. So they went back into the wilderness to wait and to be trained for the work of winning their land in war.

Story Thirty-Two

HOW THE LONG JOURNEY OF THE ISRAELITES CAME TO AN END
Num. 20:1, to 22:1
SO the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, after coming to the border of the Promised Land, went back into the wilderness to wait there until all the men who had sinned against the Lord in not trusting his word, should die. Mṓ s̝es̝ knew that the men who had been slaves in Egypt were in their spirits slaves still, and could not fight as brave men to win their land. There was need of men who had been trained up to a free life in the wilderness; men who would teach their children after them to be free and bold.
They stayed for nearly all the forty years of waiting in the wilderness of Pā́ ran, south of Cā́ năan. Very few things happened during those years. The young men as they grew up were trained to be soldiers, and one by one the old men died, until very few of them were left.
When the forty years were almost ended, the people came again to Kā́ desh=bāŕ ne-ȧ. For some reason they found no water there. Perhaps the wells from which they had drawn water before were now dried up. The people complained against Mṓ s̝es̝, as they always complained when trouble came to them, and blamed him for bringing them into such a desert land, where there was neither fruit to eat nor water to drink, only great rocks all around.
Then the Lord said to Mṓ s̝es̝:
"Take the rod, and bring the people together, and stand before the rock, and speak to the rock before them; and then the water will come out of the rock, and the people and their flocks shall drink.”
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕ on brought all the people together before a great rock that stood beside the camp. And Mṓ s̞es̞ stood in front of the rock, with the rod in his, hand; but he did not do exactly what God had told him to do, to speak to the rock. He spoke to the people instead, in an angry manner.
"Hear now, ye rebels," said Mṓ s̝es̝. "Shall we bring you water out of this rock?”
And Mṓ s̝es̝ lifted up the rod, and struck the rock. Then he struck it again, and at the second blow the water came pouring out of the rock, just as it had come many years before from the rock at Rĕph́ i-dĭm, near Mount Sī́ nāi; and again there was a plenty of water for the people and their flocks.
But God was not pleased with Mṓ s̝es̝, because Moses had shown anger, and had not obeyed God's command just as God had given it. And God said to Mṓ s̝es̝ and to Aâŕ on:
"Because you did not show honor to me, by doing as I commanded you, neither of you shall enter into the land that I have promised to the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el.”
One act of disobedience cost Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕ on the privilege of leading the people into their own land of promise! About this time, Mĭŕ ĭ-am, the sister of Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕ on, died at Kā́ desh=bäŕ ne-ȧ. You remember that when she was a little girl she helped to save the baby Mṓ s̝es̝, her brother, from the river. She also led the women in singing the song of Mṓ s̝es̝ after the crossing of the Red Sea. And soon after her death Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕ on, and Ē-le-ā' zar, Aâŕ on's son, walked together up a mountain called Hôr; and on the top of the mountain Mṓ s̝es̝ took off the priest's robes from Aâŕ on, and placed them on his son Ē-le-ā́ zar; and there on the top of Mount Hôr Aâŕ on died, and Mṓ s̝es̝ and E-le-ā́ zar buried him. Then they came down to the camp and E-le-á zar took his father's place as the priest.
While they were at Kā́ desh=bäŕ ne-ȧ, on the south of Cā́ năan, they tried again to enter the land. But they found that the Cā́ năan-ītes and Aḿ ôr-ītes who lived there were too strong for them; so again they turned back to the wilderness, and sought another road to Cā́ năan. On the south of the Dead Sea, and southeast of Cā́ năan, were living the Ḗ dom-ītes, who had sprung from Ḗsa̤u, Jā́ cob's brother, as the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had sprung from Jā́ cob. Thus you see the Ḗ dom-ītes were closely related to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes.
And Mṓ s̝es̝ sent to the king of Ḗ dom, to say to him:
"We men of Ĭś̝ ra-el are your brothers. We have come out of the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt, where the people of Egypt dealt harshly with us, and now we are going to our own land, which our God has promised to us, the land of Cā́ năan. We pray you let us pass through your land, on our way. We will do no harm to your land nor your people. We will walk on the road to Cā́ năan, not turning to the right hand nor the left. And we will not rob your vineyards, nor even drink from your wells, unless we pay for the water that we use.”
But the king of Ḗ dom was afraid to have such a great host of people, with all their flocks and cattle, go through his land. He drew out his army, and came against the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. Mṓ s̝es̝ was not willing to make war on a people who were so close in their race to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, so instead of leading the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes through Ḗ dom, he went around it, making a long journey to the south, and then to the east, and then to the north again.
It was a long, hard journey, through a deep valley which was very hot; and for most of the journey they were going away from Cā́ năan, and not toward it; but it was the only way, since Mṓ s̝es̝ would not let them fight the men of Ḗ dom.
While they were on this long journey the people again found fault with Mṓ s̝es̝. They said, "Why have you brought us into this hot and sandy country? There is no water; and there is no bread except this vile manna, of which we are very tired! We wish that we were all back in Ḗ ġy̆pt again!”
Then God was angry with the people; and he let the fierce snakes that grew in the desert crawl among them and bite them. These snakes were called "fiery serpents," perhaps because of their bright color, or perhaps because of their eyes and tongues, which seemed to flash out fire. Their bite was poisonous, so that many of the people died.
Then the people saw that they had acted wickedly in speaking against Mṓ s̝es̝; for when they spoke against Mṓ s̝es̝ they were speaking against God, who was leading them. They said:
"We have sinned against the Lord, and we are sorry. Now pray to the Lord for us, that he may take away the serpents from us.”
So Mṓ s̝es̝ prayed for the people, as he had prayed so many times before. And God heard Mṓ s̝es̝ prayer, and God said to him:
"Make a serpent of brass, like the fiery serpents; and set it up on a pole, where the people can see it. Then every one who is bitten may look on the serpent on the pole, and he shall live.”
And Mṓ s̞es̞ did as God commanded him. He made a serpent of brass, which looked like the fiery snakes; and he lifted it up on a pole where all could see it. And then, whoever had been bitten by a snake looked up at the brazen snake, and the bite did him no harm.
This brazen snake was a teaching about Christ, though it was given so long before Christ came. You remember the text which says, "As Mṓ s̝es̝ lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up; that whosoever believeth in him may have eternal life."
Northeast of the Dead Sea, above a brook called the brook Äŕ nŏn, lived a people who were called the Ăḿ ôr-ītes. Mṓ s̝es̝ sent to their king, whose name was Sī́ hŏn, the same message as he had sent to the king of Ḗ dom, asking for leave to go through his land.
But he would not allow the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes to pass through. He led his army against Ĭś̝ ra-el, and crossed the brook Äŕ non, and fought against Ĭś̝ ra-el at a place called Jā́ hăz. The Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes here won their first great victory. In the battle they killed many of the Ăḿ ôr-ītes, and with them their king, and they took for their own all their land, as far north as the brook Jăb́ bŏk. Do you remember how Jā́ cob one night prayed by the brook Jăb́ bŏk?
And after this they marched on toward the land of Cā́ năan, coming from the east. And at last they encamped on the east bank of the river Jôŕdan, at the foot of the mountains of Mṓ ab. Their long journey of forty years was now ended, the desert was left behind them, before them rolled the Jôŕ dan river, and beyond the Jôŕ dan they could see the hills of the land which God had promised to them for their own.

Story Thirty-Three

WHAT A WISE MAN LEARNED FROM AN ASS
Num. 22:2, to 25:18; 31:1 to 9
WHEN the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had traveled around the land of Ḗ dom, and encamped beside the river Jôŕ dan, a little north of the Dead Sea, they did not sit down to rest, for Mṓ s̝es̝ knew that a great work was before them, to take the land of Cā́năan. He had already won a great victory over the Ăḿ or-ītes at Jā́ hăz, and slain their king, and won their land. Again Mṓ s̝es̝ sent out an army into the north, a region called Bā́ shăn. There they fought with King Og, who was one of the giants, and killed him, and took his country. This made the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes masters of all the land on the east of the river Jordan, and north of the brook Äŕ nŏn.
South of the brook Äŕ nŏn and east of the Dead Sea were living the Mṓ ab-ītes. This people had sprung from Lŏt the nephew of Ā́ bră-hăm, of whom we read in earlier stories. In the five hundred years since Lŏt’s time, his family or descendants had become a people who were called Mṓ ab-ītes, just as Jā́ cob's descendants were the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. The Mṓ ab-ītes were filled with alarm and fear as they saw this mighty host of Ĭś̝ ra-el marching around their land, conquering the country and encamping on their border. The Mṓ ab-ītes were ruled by a king whose name was Bā́ lăk, and he tried to form some plan for driving away the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el from that region.
There was at that time a man living far in the east, near the great river Eū-phrā́ tes̝, whose name was Bā́ laam. This man was known far and wide as a prophet, that is, a man who talked with God, and heard God's voice, and spoke from God, as did Mṓ s̝es̝. People believed that whatever Bā́ laam said was sure to come to pass; but they did not know that Bā́ laam could only speak what God gave him to speak.
Bā́ lăk, the king of the Mṓ ab-ītes, sent men to Bā́ laam at his home by the river, with great presents. He said to Bā́ laam:
"There is a people here who have come up out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, and they cover the whole land. I am afraid of them, for they have made war and beaten all the nations around. Come and curse them for me in the name of your God; for I believe that those whom you bless are blessed and prosper, and those whom you curse are cursed and fail.” The men from Mṓ ab brought this message and promised to Bā́ laam a great reward if he would go with them. And Bā́ laam answered them, "Stay here to-night, and I will ask my God what to do.”
That night God came to Bā́ laam, and said to him:
"Who are these men at your house, and what do they want from you?”
The Lord knew who they were, and what they wanted, for God knows all things. But he wished Bā́ laam to tell him. And Bā́ laam said:
"They have come from Bā́ lăk, the king of Mṓ ab, and they ask me to go with them, and to curse for them a people that have come out of Ḗ ġy̆pt.”
And God said to Bā́ laam, "You must not go with these men; you shall not curse this people; for this people are to be blessed.”
So the next morning Bā́ laam said to the men of Mṓ ab, "Go back to your land; for the Lord will not let me go with you.”
When these men brought back to their king, Bā́ lăk, the message of Bā́ laam, the king still thought that Bā́ laam would come, if he should offer him more money. So he sent other messengers, of high rank, the princes of Mṓ ab, with larger gifts. And they came to Bā́ laam, and said:
`Our King Bā́ lăk says that you must come: he will give you great honors, and all the money that you ask. Come now, and curse this people for King Bā́ lăk.”
And Bā́ laam said:
"If Bā lăk should give me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot speak anything except what God gives me to speak. Stay here to-night, and I will ask my God what I may say to you.”
Now Bā́ laam knew very well what God wished him to say; but Bā́ laam, though he was a prophet of the Lord, wished to be rich. He wanted to go with the men, and get Bā́ lăk's money, but he did not dare to go against God's command. And that night God said to Bā́ laam:
"If these men ask you to go with them, you may go; but when you go to Bā́ lăk's country, you shall speak only the words that I give you to speak.”
At this Bā́ laam was very glad, and the next day he went with the princes of Mṓ ab, to go to their land, which was far to the southwest. God was not pleased with Bā́ laam's going, for Bā́ laam knew very well that God had forbidden him to curse Ĭś̝ ra-el; but he hoped in some way to get King Bā́ lăk's money.
And God sent his angel to meet Bā́ laam in the way. In order to teach Bā́ laam a lesson, the angel appeared first to the ass on which Bā́ laam was riding. The ass could see the angel with his fiery sword standing in front of the way, but Bā́ laam could not see him. The ass turned to one side, out of the road, into an open field; and Bā́ laam struck the ass and drove it back into the road, for he could not see the angel, whom the ass saw.
Then the angel appeared again, in a place where the road was narrow, with a stone wall on each side. And when the ass saw the angel it turned to one side, and crushed Bā́ laam's foot against the wall. And Bā́ laam struck the ass again.
Again the angel of the Lord appeared to the ass in a place where there was no place to turn aside; and the ass was frightened, and fell down, while Bā́ laam struck it again and again with his staff. Then the Lord allowed the ass to speak; and the ass said to Bā́ laam, "What have I done that you have struck me these three times?”
And Bā́ laam was so angry that he never thought how strange it was for an animal to talk: and he said: "I struck you because you will not walk as you should. I wish that I had a sword in my hand; then I would kill you.”
And the ass spoke again to Bā́ laam, "Amos 1 not your ass, the one that has always carried you? Did I ever disobey you before? Why do you treat me so cruelly?”
And then trod opened Bā́ laam's eyes, and let him see the angel standing with a drawn sword in front of him. Then Bā́ laam leaped off from the ass to the ground, and fell down upon his face before the angel. And the angel said to Bā́ laam, "Bā́ laam, you know that you are going in the wrong way. But for the ass, which saw me, I would have killed you. The road that you are taking will lead you to death.”
And Bā́ laam said, "I have sinned against the Lord; now let the Lord forgive me, and I will go home again.”
But the angel knew that in his heart Bā́ laam wanted to go on to meet King Bā́ laam; and the angel said:
"You may go with these men of Mṓ ab; but be sure to say only what God gives you to speak.”
So Bā́ laam went on, and came to the land of Mṓ ab; and King Mṓab said to him:
"So you have come at last! Why did you wait until I sent the second time? Do you not know that I will pay you all that you want, if you will only do what I wish?”
And Bā́ laam said, "I have come to you as you asked; hut I have no power to speak anything except what God gives me.”
King Bā́ lăk thought that all Bā́ laam said about speaking God's word was spoken only to get more money. He did not understand that a true prophet could never say anything except what was the will of God. He took Bā́ laam up to the top of a mountain, from which they could look down upon the camp of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, as it lay with tents spread on the plain, and the Tabernacle in the middle, overshadowed by the white cloud.
Then Bā́ laam said, "Build for me seven altars, and bring me for an offering seven young oxen and seven rams.”
They did so, and while the offering was on the altar God gave a word to Bā́ laam; and then Bā́ laam spoke out God's word:
"The king of Mṓ ab has brought me from the east, saying, `Come, curse Jā́ cob for me; come, speak against Ĭś̝ ra-el.' How shall I curse those whom God has not cursed? How shall I speak against those who are God's own people? From the mountain-top I see this people dwelling alone and not like other nations. Who can count the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el, like the dust of the earth? Let me die the death of the righteous; and let my last end be like his!”
And King Bā́ lăk was surprised at Bā́ laam's words. He said: "What have you done? I brought you to curse my enemies, and instead you have blessed them!”
And Bā́ laam answered, "Did I not tell you beforehand, that I could only say the words that God should put into my mouth?”
But King Bā́ lăk thought that he would try again to obtain from Bā́ laam a curse against Ĭś̝ ra-el. He brought him to another place, where they could look down on the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, and again offered sacrifices. And again God gave a message to Bā́ laam; and Bā́laam said:
"Rise up, King Bā́ lăk, and hear. God is not a man, that he should lie, or that he should change his mind. What God has said, that he will do. He has commanded me to bless this people; yea, and blessed shall they be. The Lord God is their king, and he shall, lead them, and give them victory.”
Then King Bā́ lăk said to Bắ laam:
"If you cannot curse this people, do not bless them, but leave them alone!”
And Bā́ laam said again, "Did I not tell you, that what God gives me to speak, that I must speak?”
But King Bā́ lăk was not yet satisfied. He brought Bā́ laam to still another place, and offered sacrifices as before. And again the Spirit of God came on Bā́ laam. Looking down on the camp of Ĭś̞ ra-el, he said:
"How goodly are your tents, O Ĭś̝ ra-el! and your tabernacles, O Jā́ cob! God has brought him out of Ḗ ġy̆pt; and God shall give him the land of promise. He shall destroy his enemies; Ĭś̝ ra-el shall be like a lion when he rises up. Blessed be everyone who blesses him; and cursed be every one that curses him!”
And Bā́ lăk, the king of Mṓ ab, was very angry with Bā́ laam the prophet.
"I called you," said Bā́ lăk, "to curse my enemies; and you have blessed them over and over again. Go back to your own home. I meant to give you great honor and riches; but your God has kept you back from your reward!”
And Bā́ laam said to Bā́ lăk:
"Did I not say to your messengers, `If Bā́ lăk should give me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot go beyond God's command, to say good or evil? What. God speaks, that I must speak.' Now let me tell you what this people shall do to your people in the years to come. A star shall come out of Jacob, and a scepter shall be stretched forth from Ĭś̝ ra-el that shall rule over Mṓ ab. All these lands, Ḗ dom, and Mount Sḗ ir, and Mṓ ab, and Ammon shall some time be under the rule of Ĭś̝ ra-el.”
And all this came to pass, though it was four hundred years afterward, when Dā́ vid, the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el, made all those countries subject to his rule.
But Bā́ laam soon showed that although for a time God spoke through his lips, in his heart he was no true servant of God. Although he could not speak a curse against the Iś̝ ra-el-ītes, he still longed for the money that King Bā́ lăk was ready to give him if he would only help Bā́ lăk to weaken the power of Ĭś̞ ra-el. And he tried another plan to do harm to Ĭś̝ ra-el.
Bā́ laam told King Bā́ lăk that the best plan for him and his people would be to make the Ĭś̞ ra-el-ītes their friends, to marry among them, and not to make war upon them. And this the Mṓ ab-ītes did; until many of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes married the daughters of Mṓ ab, and then they began to worship the idols of Mṓ ab.
This was worse for the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes than making war upon them. For if the people of Iś̝ ra-el should be friendly with the idol-worshipping people around them, the Mṓ ab-ītes east of the Dead Sea, the Ăḿ mŏn-ītes near the wilderness, and the Ḗ dom-ītes on the south, they would soon forget the Lord, and begin to worship idols.
There was danger that all the people would be led into sin. And God sent a plague of death upon the people, and many died. Then Moses took the men who were leading Ĭś̞ ra-el into sin, and put them to death. And after this the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes made war upon the Mṓ ab-ītes, and their neighbors, the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes, who were joined with them. They beat them in a great battle, and killed many of them. And among the men of Mṓ ab they found Bā́ laam the prophet; and they killed him also, because he had given advice to the Mṓ ab-ītes which brought harm to Ĭś̝ ra-el.
It would have been better for Bā́ laam to have stayed at home, and not to have come when King Bā́ lăk called him; or it would have been well for him to have gone back to his home when the angel met him. He might then have lived in honor; but he knew God's will, and tried to go against it, and died in disgrace among the enemies of God's people.

Story Thirty-Four

HOW MOSES LOOKED UPON THE PROMISED LAND
Num. 26:1 to 4, 63 to 65; 32:1 to 42; Deut. 31:1, to 34:12
WHILE the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were in their camp on the plain beside the river Jôŕ dan, at the foot of the mountains of Mṓ ab, God told Moses to count the number of the men who were old enough and strong enough to go forth to war. And Mṓ s̝es̝ caused the men to be counted who were above twenty years of age, and found them to be a little more than six hundred thousand in number. Besides these were the women and children.
And among them all were only three men who were above sixty years of age, men who had been more than twenty years old forty years before, when the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes came out of Ḗ ġy̆pt. The men who had been afraid to enter the land of Cā́ năan, when they were at Kā́ desh=bāŕ ne-ȧ the first time, had all died. Some of them had been slain by the enemies in war; some had died in the wilderness during the forty years; some had perished by the plague; some had been bitten by the fiery serpents. Of all those who had come out of Ḗ ġy̆pt as men, the only ones living were Mṓ s̝es̝, and Jŏsh-ú ȧ, and Caleb. Moses was now a hundred and twenty years old. 'He had lived forty years as a prince in Ḗ ġy̆pt, forty years as a shepherd in Mĭd́ ĭ-an, and forty years as the leader of Ĭś̝ ra-el in the wilderness. But although he was so very old, God had kept his strength. His eyes were as bright, his mind was as clear, and his arm and heart were as strong as they had been when he was a young man.
The people of Ĭś̝ ra-el had now full possession of all the land on the east of the river Jôŕ dan, from the brook Äŕ nŏn up to the great Mount Hēŕ mon. Much of this land was well fitted for pasture; for grass was green and rich, and there were many streams of water.
There were two of the twelve tribes, and half of another tribe, whose people had great flocks of sheep and goats, and herds of cattle.
These were the tribes which had sprung from Reṳ́ben and Gad, the sons of Jā́cob, and half of the tribe of Mā̇-năśseh, the son of Jṓ s̝eph.
For there were two tribes that had sprung from Jṓ s̝eph, his descendants, the tribes of É̄phră-ĭm and Mā-năś seh.
The men of Reṳ́ben, Găd, and half the men of Mā̇-năś seh came to Mṓ s̝es̝, and said: "The land on this side of the river is good for the feeding of sheep and cattle; and we are shepherds and herdsmen. Cannot we have our possessions on this side of the river, and give all the land beyond the river to our brothers of the, other tribes?” Mó̄ s̝es̝ was not pleased at this; for he thought that the men of these tribes wished to have their home at once in order to avoid going to war with the rest of the tribes; and this may have been in their minds.
So Mṓ s̝es̝ said to them: "Shall your brothers of the other tribes go to the war? And shall you sit here in your own land, and not help them? That would be wicked, and would displease the Lord your God." Then the men of the two tribes and the half-tribe came again to Mṓ s̝es̝, and said to him: "We will build sheepfolds here for our sheep, and we will choose some cities to place our wives and our children in; but we ourselves will go armed with our brothers of the other tribes, and will help them to take the land on the other side of the Jôŕ dan. We will not come back to this side of the river until the war is over, and our brothers have taken their shares of the land, each tribe its own part; and we will take no part on the other side of the river, because our place has been given to us here. And when the land is all won and divided, then we will come back here to our wives and our children.”
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ was satisfied with the promise that they had given, and he divided the land on the east of the Jordan to these tribes. To the men of Reṳ́ ben he gave the land on the south; to the men of Găd the land in the middle; and to the half-tribe of Mā̇-năś seh the land on the north, the country called Bā́ shăn. And after their wives and children and flocks had been placed safely, the men of war came to the camp, ready to go with the other tribes across the river when God should call them.
And now the work of Mṓ s̝es̝ was almost done. God said to, him:
"Gather the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el together, and speak to them your last words, for you are not to lead the people across the Jôŕ dan. You are to die in this land, as I said to you at Kā́ desh." (See Story Thirty-one.)
Then Mṓ s̝es̝ called the leaders of the twelve tribes before his tent, and said to them many things, which you can read in the book of the Bible called Deuteronomy. There all the long speech of Mṓ s̞es̝ is given. He told them what wonderful things God had done for their fathers and for them. He gave them again all the words of God's law. He told them that they must not only keep God's law themselves, but must teach it to their children, so that it might never be forgotten. And Mṓ s̝es̝ sang a song of farewell, and wrote down all his last words.
Then he gave a charge to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, whom God had chosen to take his place as the ruler and leader of the people: though no man could take Moses' place as a prophet of God and the giver of God's law. He laid his hands on Jŏsh́ u-ȧ's head; and God gave to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ some of his spirit that had been on Mṓ s̝es̝.
Then Mṓ s̝es̝, all alone, went out of the camp, while all the people looked at him and wept. Slowly he walked up the mountain side, until they saw him no more. He climbed to the top of Mount Nḗ bō̇, and stood alone upon the height, and looked at the Land of Promise, which lay spread out before him. Far in the north he could see the white crown of Mount Hēŕ mon, where there is always snow. At his feet, but far below, the river Jôŕ dan was winding its way down to the Dead Sea. Across the river, at the foot of the mountains, was standing the city of Jĕŕ ĭ-chō, surrounded with a high wall. On the summits of the mountains beyond he could see Hḗ bron, where Ā́ bră-hăm, and Ĭ́ s̝aac, and Jā́ cob were buried; he could see Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, and Bĕh́-el, and the two mountains where Shḗ-chem lay hidden in the center of the land. And here and there, through the valleys, he could see afar in the west the gleaming water of the Great Sea.
Then Mṓ s̝es̝, all alone, lay down on the mountain's top, and died. Aâŕ on and Hûr, who had held up the hands of Mṓ s̝es̝ in battle, had both died; and there was no man on Mount Nḗ bō̇ to bury Mṓ s̝es̝; so God himself buried him, and no man knows where God laid the body of Mṓ s̝es̝, who had served God so faithfully.
And after Mṓ s̝es̝ there was never a man who lived so neat to God, and talked with God so freely, as one would talk face to face with his friend, until long afterward Jesus Christ, the Son of God, and greater than Mṓ s̝es̝, came among men.
Lesson 12. From the Wilderness to Canaan.
(Omit Stories 28, 29, 30. Tell Stories 31, 32, 34. Omit Story 33.)
1. To what place did the Israelites go after leaving Mount Sinai? To Kadeshbarnea near the land of Canaan.
2. Whom did Moses send to go through the land, and bring word about it? Twelve men, called spies.
3. What did most of the spies say about the land? That the Israelites could not take it.
4. Who said that the Lord would help them to go in and take the land? Caleb and Joshua.
5. Because the people would not believe in God, and go into the land what happened to the Israelites? They were sent back into the wilderness.
6. How long did they live in the wilderness? Forty years.
7. Where did the long journey of the Israelites end? At the river Jordan.
8. On what mountain did Moses die? On Mount Nebo.
9. By what name is Moses spoken of in the Bible? Moses, the man of God.

Story Thirty-Five

THE STORY OF JOB
Job 1:1, to 2:13; 42:1 to 17
AT some time in those early days—we do not know just at what time, whether in the days of Mṓ s̝es̝ or later—there was living a good man named Job. His home was in the land of Uz, which may have been on the edge of the desert, east of the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el. Jōb was a very rich man. He had sheep, and camels, and oxen, and asses, counted by the thousand. In all the east there was no other man so rich as Job.
And Jōb was a good man. He served the Lord God, and prayed to God every day, with an offering upon God's altar, as men worshipped in those times. He tried to live as God wished him to live, and was always kind and gentle. Every day, when his sons were out in the field, or were having a feast together in the house of any of them, Jōb went out to his altar, and offered a burnt-offering for each one of his sons and his daughters, and prayed to God for them; for he said:
"It may be that my sons have sinned or have turned away from God in their hearts; and I will pray God to forgive them.”
At one time, when the angels of God stood before the Lord, Sā́ tan the Evil One came also, and stood among them, as though he were one of God's angels. The Lord God saw Sā́ tan, and said to him, "Sā́ tan, from what place have you come?" "I have come," answered Sā́ tan, "from going up and down in the earth and looking at the people upon it.”
Then the Lord said to Sā́ tan, "Have you looked at my servant Job? And have you seen that there is not another man like him in the earth, a good and a perfect man, one who fears God and does nothing evil?" Then Sā́ tan said to the Lord: "Does Job fear God for nothing? Hast thou not made a wall around him, and around his house, and around everything that he has? Thou hast given a blessing upon his work, and hast made him rich. But if thou wilt stretch forth thy hand, and take away from him all that he has, then he will turn away from thee and will curse thee to thy face.”
Then the Lord said to the Evil One, "Sā́ tan, all that Job has is in your power; you can do to his sons, and his flocks, and his cattle, whatever you wish; only lay not your hand upon the man himself.”
Then Sā́ tan went forth from before the Lord; and soon trouble began to come upon Job. One day, when all his sons and daughters were eating and drinking together in their oldest brother's house, a man came running to Job, and said:
"The oxen were plowing, and the asses were feeding beside them, when the wild men from the desert came upon them, and drove them all away; and the men who were working with the oxen and caring for the asses have all been killed; and I am the only one who has fled away alive!”
While this man was speaking, another man came rushing in; and he said:
"The lightning from the clouds has fallen on all the sheep, and on the men who were tending them; and I am the only one who has come away alive!”
Before this man had ended, another came in; and he said:
"The enemies from Chăl-dé ȧ have come in three bands, and have taken away all the camels. They have killed the men who were with them; and I am the only one left alive!”
Then at the same time, one more man came in, and said to Jōb:
"Your sons and your daughters were eating and drinking together in their oldest brother's house, when a sudden and terrible wind from the desert struck the house, and it fell upon them. All your sons and your daughters are dead, and I alone have lived to tell you of it.”
Thus in one day, all that Jōb had-his flocks, and his cattle, and his sons and his daughters-all were taken away; and Jōb, from being rich, was suddenly made poor. Then Job fell down upon his face before the Lord, and he said:
"With nothing I came into the world, and with nothing I shall leave it. The Lord gave, and the Lord has taken away; blessed be the name of the Lord.”
So even when all was taken from him Jōb did not turn away from God, nor did he find fault with God's doings.
And again the angels of God were before the Lord, and Satan, who had done all this harm to Job, was among them. The Lord said to Sā́ tan, "Have you looked at my servant Jōb? There is no other man in the world as good as he; a perfect man, one that fears God and does no wrong act. Do you see how he holds fast to his goodness, even after I have let you do him so great harm?" Then Sā́ tan answered the Lord, "All that a man has he will give for his life. But if thou wilt put thy hand upon him and touch his bone and his flesh, he will turn from thee, and will curse thee to thy face.”
And the Lord said to Sā́ tan, "I will give Jōb into your hand; do to him whatever you please; only spare his life.”
Then Sā́ tan went out and struck Jōb, and caused dreadful boils to come upon him, over all his body, from the soles of his feet to the crown of his head. And Jōb sat down in the ashes in great pain; but he would not speak one word against God. His wife said to him, "What is the use of trying to serve God? You may as well curse God, and die!”
But Job said to her, "You speak as one of the foolish women. What? shall we take good things from the Lord? and shall we not take evil things also?" So Job would not speak against God. Then three friends of Job came to see him, and to try to comfort him in his sorrow and pain. Their names were Ĕlí -phăz, and Bĭĺ dăd, and Zṓ phar. They sat down with Jōb, and wept, and spoke to him. But their words were not words of comfort. They believed that all these great troubles had come upon Jōb to punish him for some great sin, and they tried to persuade Jōb to tell what evil things he had done, to make God so angry with him.
For in those times most people believed that trouble, and sickness, and the loss of friends, and the loss of what they had owned, came to men because God was angry with them on account of their sins. These men thought that Jōb must have been very wicked because they saw such evils coming upon him. They made long speeches to Jōb, urging him to confess his wickedness.
Jōb said that he had done no wrong, that he had tried to do right; and he did not know why these troubles had come; but he would not say that God had dealt unjustly in letting him suffer. Jōb did not understand God's ways, but he believed that God was good; and he left himself in God's hands. And at last God himself spoke to Jōb and to his friends, telling them that it is not for man to judge God, and that God will do right by every man. And the Lord said to the three friends of Jōb:
"You have not spoken of me what is right, as Jōb has. Now bring an offering to me; and Job shall pray for you, and for his sake I will forgive you.”
So Jōb prayed for his friends, and God forgave them. And because in all his troubles Jōb had been faithful to God, the Lord blessed Jōb once more, and took away his boils from him, and made him well. Then the Lord gave to Jōb more than he had ever owned in the past, twice as many sheep, and oxen, and camels, and asses. And God gave again to Jōb seven sons and three daughters; and in all the land there were no women found so lovely as the daughters of Jōb. After his trouble, Job lived a long time, in riches, and honor, and goodness, under God's care.
Lesson 13. Review of Early Bible People.
(Tell enough of the stories to bring these names to the memory of the children.)
1. Who was the first man? Adam.
2. Who was the first woman? Eve.
3. What son of Adam and Eve killed his brother? Cain.
4. What was the name of Cain's brother whom he killed?
5. Who was the oldest man that ever lived? Methuselah.
6. What good man was taken to heaven without dying? Enoch
7. Who built the ark and was saved from the flood? Noah.
8. Who believed God and went on a long journey when God sent him?
9. Who was saved from the wicked city of Sodom? Lot.
10. What son of Abraham was laid on an altar? Isaac.
11. What son of Isaac sold his birthright for something to eat? Esau.
12. Who saw the heavenly ladder? Jacob.
13. What other name was given to Jacob?
14. Who was sold as a slave but became a prince? Joseph;
15. Who led the Israelites out of Egypt? Moses.
Lesson 14. Review of Early Bible Places.
1. What place did God give to Adam and Eve for their home? The Garden of Eden.
2. On what mountain did the ark rest after the flood? On Mount Ararat.
3. What great city was built after the flood? Babel or Babylon.
4. What land was promised to Abraham as his home? The land of Canaan.
5. What city was destroyed by rain of fire? Sodom.
6. In what country was Joseph first a slave and then the ruler? Egypt.
7. In what part of Egypt did the Israelites live for four hundred years? The land of Goshen.
8. Through what sea did God lead the Israelites? Through the Red Sea.
9. On what mountain did God give the Ten Commandments? Mount Sinai
10. In what land did the Israelites wander forty years after coming out of Egypt? The Wilderness.
11. From what place did Moses send the twelve spies into the land of Canaan, and then afterward lead the Israelites back into the wilderness? From Kadeshbarnea.
12. On what mountain did Moses die? On Mount Nebo

Part Second

STORIES OF JOSHUA AND THE JUDGES

Story One

THE STORY OF A SCARLET CORD
Josh. 1:1, to 2:24
AFTER the death of Mṓ s̝es̝, while the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el were still encamped upon the east bank of the river Jôŕ dan, God spoke to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, and said:
"Now that Mṓ s̝es̝ my servant is dead, you are to take his place and to rule this people. Do not delay, but lead them across the river Jôŕ dan, and conquer the land which I have given to them.”
Then God told Jŏsh́ u-ȧ how large would be the land which the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were to have, if they should show themselves worthy of it. It was to reach from the great river Eū́ phrā-tes̝, far in the north, down to the border of Ḗ ġy̆pt on the south, and from the desert on the east to the Great Sea on the west. And God said to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ:
"Be strong and of a good courage. I will be with you as I was with Mṓ s̝es̝. Read constantly the book of the law which Mṓ s̝es̝ gave you, and be careful to obey all that is written in it. Do this and you will have good success.”
Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ gave orders to his officers. He said, "Go through the camp, and tell the people to prepare food for a journey; for in three days we shall pass over the river Jôŕ dan, and shall go into the land which the Lord has promised us.”
To say this was very bold; for at that time of the year, in the spring, the Jor̂́ dan was much larger than at other times. All its banks were overflowed, and it was running as a broad, deep, swift river, down to the Dead Sea, a few miles to the south. No one could possibly walk through it; only a strong man could swim in its powerful current; and the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had no boats in which they could cross it.
On the other side of the river, a few miles distant, the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes could see the high walls of the city of Jĕŕ ĭ-chō, standing at the foot of the mountains. Before the rest of the land could be won, this city must be taken, for it stood beside the road leading up to the mountain country.
Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, chose two careful, brave, and wise men, and said to them, "Go across the river, and get into the city of Jĕŕ i-chō; find out all you can about it, and come back in two days.”
The two men swam across the river, and walked over to Jĕŕ ĭ-chō, and went into the city. But they had been seen, and the king of Jĕŕ ĭ-chō sent men to take them prisoners. They came to a house which stood on the wall of the city, where was living a woman named Rā́ hăb; and she hid the men.
But these strange men had been seen going into her house, and the king sent his officers after them. The woman hid the men on the roof of the house, and heaped over them stalks of flax, which are like long reeds, so that the officers could not find them. After the officers had gone away, thinking that the two spies had left the city, the woman Rā́ hăb came to the two men, and said to them:
"All of us in this city know that your God is mighty and terrible, and that he has given you this land. We have heard how your God dried up the Red Sea before you, and led you through the desert, and gave you victory over your enemies. And now all the people in this city are in fear of you, for they know that your God will give you this city and all this land.”
"Now," said Rā́ hăb, "promise me in the name of the Lord, that you will spare my life, and the lives of my father and mother, and of my brothers and sisters, when you take this city.”
And the men said, "We will pledge our life for yours, that no harm shall come to you; for you have saved our lives.”
This woman's house stood on the wall of the city. From one of its windows Rā́ hăb let down outside a rope, upon which the men could slide down to the ground. It happened that this rope was of a bright scarlet color.
The two spies said to Rā́ hăb, "When our men come to take this city, you shall have this scarlet rope hanging in the window. Bring your father, and mother, and family into the house, and keep them there while we are taking the city. We will tell all our men not to harm the people who are in the house where the scarlet cord hangs from the window; and thus all your family will be safe when the city is taken.”
Then the two men, at night, slid down the rope and found their way to the river, and swam over it again, and told their story to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ.
They said, "Truly the Lord has given to us all the land; for all the people in it are in terror before us, and will not dare to oppose us.” One fact was a great help to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes in their plans for taking the land of Cā́năan. It was not held by one people, or ruled over by one king, who could unite all his people against the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes.
There were many small nations living in the land, and each little tribe, and even each city, was ruled by its own king. So it would be easy for the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes to destroy them one by one, so long as they kept apart and did not band themselves together into one army.
The Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were now a strong and united people, trained for war, and willing to obey one leader, so that all the twelve tribes were ready to fight as one man.

Story Two

HOW THE RIVER JORDAN BECAME DRY, AND THE WALLS OF JERICHO FELL DOWN
Josh. 3:1, to 6:27
AFTER the two spies had come back from Jĕŕ i-cho to the camp of Ĭś̝ ra-el, Jŏsh́ u-ȧ commanded the people to take down their tents and remove from their camping place to the bank of the river Jôŕ dan. Then the priests took apart the Tabernacle, and covered the ark and all the furniture in the Holy Place; and ran the poles through the rings for carrying the altar, and made ready for leaving the camp. At the same time the people took down their tents, and rolled them up, and brought together their flocks and cattle, and stood ready to march.
Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, gave the word, and they marched down toward the river, which was rolling high and strong in front of them. Jŏsh́ u-ȧ said:
"Let the priests carry the Ark of the Covenant in front, and let there be a space between it and the rest of the people of three thousand feet. Do not come nearer than that space to the ark.”
And all the people stood still, wondering, while the ark was brought on the shoulders of the priests far out in front of the ranks of men, until it came down to the very edge of the water. They could not see the ark, for it was covered, but they knew that it was under its coverings on the shoulders of the priests.
Then said Jŏsh́ u-ȧ to the priests, "Now walk into the water of the river.”
Then a most wonderful thing took place. As soon as the feet of the priests touched the water by the shore, the river above stopped flowing, and far away, up the river, they could see the water rising and piling up like a great heap. And below the place where they were standing the water ran on, until it left a great place dry, and the stones on the river's bed were uncovered. Then, at Jŏsh́ u-ȧ’s command, the priests carried the ark down to the middle of the dry bed of the river, and stood there with it on their shoulders.
And Jŏsh́ u̇-a gave order to the people to march across the river. In front came the soldiers from Reṳ́ ben, Găd, and the half-tribe of Mā̇-năś seh, who had already received their homes on the east of the river, but were with the other tribes to help in the war. After them came all the other tribes, each by itself, until they had all passed over the river; and all this time the priests stood on the river's dry bed holding the ark. Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ called for twelve men, one man from each tribe and he said to them:
"Go down into the river and bring up from it twelve stones, as large stones as you can carry, from the place where the priests are standing.”
They did so; and with these stones Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, made a stone-heap on the bank; and he said:
"Let this heap of stones stand here to keep in memory what has taken place to-day. When your children shall ask you, 'Why are these stones here?' you shall say to them, 'Because here the Lord God made the river dry before the ark of the covenant, so that the people could cross over into the land that God had promised to their fathers. '”
And Jŏsh́ u-ȧ told these twelve men to take also twelve other stones, and heap them up in the bed of the river where the priests stood with the ark, so that these stones also might stand to remind all who should see them of God's wonderful help to his people.
When all this had been done, and the two heaps of stone had been piled up, one on the bank, the other in the bed of the river, Jŏsh́ u-ȧ said to the priests, "Come now up from the river, and bring the ark to the shore.”
They did so; and then the waters began to flow down from above, until soon the river Jordan was rolling by as it had rolled before. So now at last the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el were safely in the land which God had promised to their fathers more than five hundred years before.
They set up a new camp, with the Tabernacle in the middle, the altar before it, and the tents of the tribes around it in order.
The place of the camp was near the river, on the plain of Jôŕ dan, and was called Ḡĭĺ găl. And there the main camp of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes was kept all the time that they were carrying on the war to win the land of Cā́ năan.
When they came into the land, it was the time of the early harvest; and in the fields they found grain and barley in abundance. They gathered it, and ground it, and made bread of it; and some of it they roasted in the ear; and on that day the manna which God had sent them from the sky through forty years ceased to fall, now that it was needed no more.
There, in full view of the new camp, stood the strong walls of Jĕŕ ĭ-chō. Jŏsh́ u-ȧ went out to look at the city; and he saw a man all armed coming toward him. Jŏsh́ u˗ȧ walked boldly up to the man, and said to him, "Are you on our side, or are you one of our enemies?”
And he said, "No; but as captain of the Lord's host have I come.”
Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ saw that he was the angel of the Lord; and Jŏsh́ u-ȧ bowing down before him, said, "What word has my Lord to his servant?”
And the captain of the Lord's host said to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ,
"Take off your shoes from your feet, for it is holy ground where you are standing.”
Jŏsh́ u-ȧ did so; for the one who was speaking to him was not merely an angel, but the Lord himself appearing as a man. And the Lord said to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ., "I have given to you Jĕŕ i-chō, and its king, and its mighty men of war; and I will destroy the city of Jĕŕ i-chō before you.”
Then the Lord told Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, the way in which the city should be taken; and Jŏsh́ u-ȧ went back to the camp at Ḡĭĺ găl, and made ready to march as God commanded. During the next seven days all that was done was according to the word spoken by the Lord to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ.
They drew out the army as if to fight against the city. In front came the soldiers from the tribes on the east of the river. Then came a company of priests with trumpets made of rams' horns, which they blew long and loud. Then came the Ark of the Covenant, borne on the shoulders of the priests. And, last of all came the host of Ĭś̝ ra-el, marching in order. No one shouted, nor was any noise heard, except the sound of the rams'-horn trumpets. They marched around the walls of Jĕŕ ĭ-chō once on that day, and then all marched back to the camp.
The next morning they all formed in the same order, and again marched around the walls of the city; and so they did again and again, marching once each day for six days.
On the seventh day, by God's command, they rose very early in the morning, and did not stop when they had marched around the walls once; but kept on marching round and round, until they had gone about the walls seven times. As they went by they saw at one window on the wall a scarlet cord hanging down; and they knew that this was the house of Rā́ hăb, who had saved the lives of the two spies.
When the seventh march was ended, they all stood still. Even the trumpets ceased, and there was a great silence for a moment, until the voice of Jŏsh́ u-ȧ rang out, "Shout, for the Lord has given you the city!”
Then a great shout went up from the host; and they looked at the wall, and saw that it was trembling, and shaking, and falling! It fell down flat at every place but one. There was one part of the wall left standing, where the scarlet cord was hanging from the window.
And Jŏsh́ u-ȧ said to the two spies, "Go and bring out Rā́ hăb and her family, and take them to a safe place.”
They went into Rā́ hăb's house on the wall and brought her out, and with her her father and mother, and all their family.
They cared for them, and kept them safely in the camp of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes until all the war against the people of the land was ended.
While some of the soldiers were taking care of Rā́ hăb, all the rest of the army was climbing up over the ruined wall. The people in the city were so filled with fear when they saw the walls falling down on every side, that they did not try to defend it, but sank down helpless and were slain or taken prisoners by the Ĭś̝ ra˗el˗ītes.
Thus the city was taken, with all that was within it. But the Ĭś̝ ra˗el˗ītes were forbidden to use for themselves any of the treasures in the city. Jŏsh́ u-ȧ said to them, "Nothing in this city belongs to you. It is the Lord's, and is to be destroyed as an offering to the Lord.”
So they brought together all the gold, and silver, and precious things, and all that was in the houses. They took nothing for themselves, but kept the gold and silver and the things made of brass and iron for the Tabernacle. All the rest of what they found in the city they burned and destroyed, leaving of the city of Jĕŕ i-chō nothing but a waste and a desolation. And Jŏsh́ u-ȧ said:
"Let the Lord's curse rest on any man who shall ever build again the city of Jĕŕ ĭ-chō. With the loss of his oldest born shall he lay its foundation, and with the loss of his youngest son shall he set up the gates of it.”
After this Rā́ hăb, the woman who had saved the spies, was taken among the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el just as though she had been an Ĭś ra-el-īte born. And one of the nobles of the tribe of Jū́ dah, whose name was Săĺ mŏn , took her for his wife. And from her line of descendants, of those who came from her, many years after this, was born Dā́ vid the king. She was saved and blessed, because she had faith in the God of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
PART SECOND—FROM JOSHUA TO SAMUEL
Lesson 15. How Jericho was Taken.
(Tell Stories 1 and 2 in Part Second.)
1. Who became the ruler of the Israelites after Moses died? Joshua.
2. What did God say to Joshua, when he took charge of the Israelites? "Be strong and of a good courage.”
3. Where was the camp of the Israelites at that time? Beside the river Jordan.
4. What land was in front of them across the river? The land of Canaan.
5. What city of Canaan was near to the river? The city of Jericho.
6. Whom did Joshua send to look at the city of Jericho? Two spies.
7. What woman hid the two spies and saved their lives? Rehab.
8. How did God help the Israelites to cross the river Jordan? The river became dry.
9. How did God help them to take the city of Jericho? Its walls fell down.
10. What became of Rahab, who had helped the spies? Her life was saved.

Story Three

THE STORY OF A WEDGE OF GOLD
Josh. 7:1, to 8:35
WHILE the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes at God's word were destroying the city of Jĕŕ ĭ-chŏ there was one man who disobeyed God's command. A man named Ā́ chăn, of the tribe of Judah, saw in one house a beautiful garment that had come from Băb́ y̆-lon, and a wedge-shaped piece of gold and some silver. He looked at it, longed to have it for his own, took it secretly to his tent, and hid it. He thought that no one had seen him do this thing. But God saw it all; and Ā́ chăn's robbery of God, to whom everything belonged that was in Jĕŕ ĭ-chō, brought great trouble to Ĭś̝ ra-el.
From Jĕŕ ĭ-chō there was a road up the ravines and valleys leading to the mountain country. On one of the hills above the plain stood a little city called Jŏsh́ u-ȧ did not think it needful for all the army to go and take Ā́ ī because it was a small place. So he sent a small army of three thousand men. But the men of Ā́ ī came out against them, and killed a number of them, and drove them away, so that they failed to take the city.
And when the rest of the people heard of this defeat they were filled with fear. Jŏsh́ u-ȧ was alarmed, not because he was afraid of the Cā́ năan-ītes, but because he knew that God was not with the men who went against Ā́ ī And Jŏsh́ u-ȧ fell on his face before the Lord, and said:
"O Lord God, why hast thou led us across Jôŕ dan only to let us fall before our enemies? What shall I say, O Lord, now that the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el have been beaten and driven away?”
And God said to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ:
"Ĭś̝ ra-el has sinned. They have disobeyed my words, and have broken their promise. They have taken the treasure that belongs to me, and have kept it. And that is the reason why I have left them to suffer from their enemies. My curse shall rest on the people until they bring back that which is stolen, and punish the man who robbed me." And God told Jŏsh́ u-ȧ how to find the man who had done this evil thing.
The next morning, very early, Jŏsh́ u-ȧ called all the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el to come before him. When the tribe of Jū́ dah came near God showed to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, that this was the tribe. Then as the divisions of Jū́ dah came by God pointed out one division; and in that division one family, and in that family one household, and A in that household one man. Ā́ chăn was singled out as the man who had robbed God.
And Jŏsh́ u-ȧ said to Ā́ chăn, "My son, give honor to the Lord God, and confess your sin to him; and tell me now what you have done. Do not try to hide it from me.”
And Ā́ chăn said, "I have sinned against the Lord. I saw in Jĕŕ ĭ-chō a garment from Băb́ y̆-lon, and a wedge of gold, and some pieces of silver, and I hid them in my tent." Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ sent messengers, who ran to the tent of Ā́ chăn, and found the hidden things, and brought them out before all the people.
Then, because Ā́ chăn's crime had harmed all the people, and because his children were with him in the crime, they took them all, Ā́ chăn, and his sons and his daughters, and the treasure that had been stolen, and even his sheep and his oxen, and his tent, and all that was in it. And the people threw stones upon them until all were dead; then they burned their bodies and all the things in the tent. And over the ashes they piled up a heap of stones, so that all who saw it would remember what came to Ā́ chăn for his sin.
Thus did God show to his people how careful they must be to obey his commands, if they would have God with them. After this Jŏsh́ u-ȧ sent another army, larger than before, against Ā́ ī. And they took the city, and destroyed it, as they had destroyed Jĕŕ ĭ-chō. But God allowed the people to take for themselves what they found in the city of Ā́ ī.
Then they marched on over the mountains, until they came near to the city of Shḗ chem, in the middle of the land of Cā́ năan. The people of the land were so filled with fear that none of them resisted the march of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. Near Shḗ chem are the two mountains, Ḗ bal on the north, and Ḡĕŕ ĭ-zĭm on the south. Between these is a great hollow place, like a vast bowl. There Jŏsh́ u-ȧ gathered all the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el, with their wives and their children.
In the midst of this place they built an altar of unhewn stones heaped up, for they had left the Tabernacle and the brazen altar standing in the camp at by Ḡĭĺ găl Jôŕ dan. On this new altar they gave offerings to the Lord and worshipped.
Then before all the people Jŏsh́ u-ȧ read the law which Mṓ s̝es̝ had written. And all the people, with their wives, and even the little children, listened to the law of the Lord. Half of the tribes stood on the slope of Mount Ḗ bal on the north, and these, as Jŏsh́ u-ȧ read the words of warning which God had given to those who should disobey, all answered with one voice "Amen." And the other half of the tribes stood on the slope of Mount Ḡĕŕ ĭ-zĭm on the south; and as Jŏsh́ u-ȧ read God's words of blessing to those who should obey the law, these answered "Amen.”
When they had done all this, and thus given the land to the Lord and pledged themselves to serve God, they marched again down the mountains, past the smoldering ruins of Ā́ ī, past the heap of stones that covered Ā́ chăn, and past the broken walls of Jĕŕ ĭ-chō, back to the camp at Ḡĭĺ găl beside the river.

Story Four

HOW JOSHUA CONQUERED THE LAND OF CANAAN
THE news of all that Jŏsh́ u-ȧ and the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el had done at Ā́ ī how they had destroyed those cities and slain their people, went through all the land. Everywhere the tribes of Cā́ năan prepared to fight these strangers who had so suddenly and so boldly entered their country.
Near the middle of the mountain region, between Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, and Shḗ chem, were four cities of a race called either the Hī́ vītes, or the Ḡĭb́ e-on-ītes, from their chief city, Ḡĭb́ e-on. These people felt that they could not resist the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes; so they undertook to make peace with them. Their cities were less than a day's journey from the camp at Ḡĭĺ găl, and quite near to Ā́ ī; but they came to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ at the camp, looking as if they had made a long journey.
They were wearing old and ragged garment, and shoes worn out; and they brought dry and moldy bread, and old bags of food, and wine-skins torn and mended. They met Jŏsh́ u-ȧ and the elders of Iś̝ ra-el in the camp, and said to them:
"We live in a country far away; but we have heard of the great things that you have done; the journey you have made, and the cities you have taken on the other side of the river Jordan; and now we have come to offer you our friendship and to make peace with you." And Jŏsh́u-ȧ said to them, "Who are you? And from what land do you come?”
"We have come," they said, "from a country far away. See this bread. We took it hot from the oven, and now it is moldy. These wine-skins were new when we filled them, and you see they are old. Look at our garments and our shoes, all worn out and patched.”
Jŏsh́ u-ȧ and the elders did not ask the Lord what to do, but made an agreement with these men to have peace with them, not to destroy their cities, and to spare the lives of their people. And a very few days after making peace with them they found that the four cities where they lived were very near.
At first the Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte rulers were very angry, and were inclined to break their agreement, but afterward they said:
"We will keep our promise to these people, though they have deceived us. We will let them live, but they shall be made our servants, and shall do the hard work for the camp and for the Tabernacle.”
Even this was better than to be killed, and to have their cities destroyed; and the Gĭb́ e-on-īte people were glad to save their lives. So from that time the people of the four Gĭb́ e-on-īte cities carried burdens, and drew water, and cut wood, and served the camp of Ĭś ra-el.
The largest city near to the camp at Weal was Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, among the mountains, where its king, Mĕl-chĭź e-dĕk, in the days of Ā́ bră-hăm, five hundred years before, had been a priest of the Lord, and had blessed Ā́ bră-hăm. But now, in the days of Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, the people of that city worshipped idols and were very wicked.
When the king of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm heard that the Ḡĭb́ e-on-ītes, who lived near him, had made peace with Ĭś̝ ra-el, he sent to the kings of Hḗ bron and Lā́ chish and several other cities, and said to them:
"Come, let us unite our armies into one great army and fight the Ḡĭb́ e-on-ītes and destroy them; for they have made peace with our enemies, the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el.”
As soon as the people of Ḡĭb́ e-on heard this they sent to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, saying:
"Come quickly and help us; for we are your servants; and the king of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm is coming with a great army to kill us all, and destroy our cities. The whole country is in arms against us; come at once, before it is too late!”
Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, was a very prompt man, swift in all his acts. At once he called out his army, and marched all night up the mountains. He came suddenly upon the five kings and their army at a place called Bĕth=hṓ rŏn. There a great battle was fought, Jŏsh́ u-ȧ leading his men against the Cā́ năan-ĭtes. He did not give his enemies time to form in line, but fell upon them so suddenly that they were driven into confusion, and fled before the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
And the Lord helped his people by a storm which drove great hailstones down on the Cā́ năan-ītes; so that more were killed by the hailstones than by the sword. It is written in an old song that on that day Jŏsh́ u-ȧ said before all his men:
"Sun, stand thou still over Ḡĭb́ e˗on,
And thou, moon, in the valley of Āj́ a-lŏn,
And the sun stood still, and the moon stayed,
Until the people had taken vengeance upon their enemies.”
If ever in all the history of the world there was a battle when the sun might well stand still, and the day be made longer, to make the victory complete, it was that day more than any other. For on that day the land was won by the people of the Lord. If Ĭś̝ ra-el had been defeated and destroyed, instead of Cā́ năan, then the Bible would never have been written, the worship of the true God would have been blotted out, and the whole world would have worshipped idols. The battle that day was for the salvation of the world as well as of Ĭś̝ ra-el. So this was the greatest battle in its results that the world has ever seen. There have been many battles where more men fought, and more soldiers were slain, than at the battle of Bĕth=hṓ rŏn. But no battle in all the world had such an effect in the years and the ages after, as this battle.
After the victory Jŏsh‘u-ȧ, followed his enemies as they fled, and killed many of them, until their armies were broken up and destroyed. The five kings who had led against Jŏsh’u-ȧ were found hidden in a cave, were brought out and were slain, so that they might no more trouble the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. By this one victory all the part of the land of Gā́ năan on the south was won, though there were a few small fights afterward.
Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ turned to the north, and led his army by a swift march against the kings who had united there to fight the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. As suddenly as before he had fallen on the five kings at Bĕth=hṓ rŏn, he fell upon these kings and their army, near the little lake in the far north of Cā́ năan, called "the waters of Mḗ rom." There another great victory was won; and after this it was easy to conquer the land. Everywhere the tribes of Cā́ năan were made to submit to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, until all the mountain country was under Jŏsh́ u-ȧ's rule.
In the conquest of Cā́ năan, there were six great marches and six battles; three in the lands on the east of the Jordan, while Mṓ s̝es̝ was still living, the victories over the Ăḿ ôr-ītes, the Mĭd́ ĭan-ītes, and the people of Bā́ shăn, on the northeast, and there on the west of Jôŕ dan, the victories at Jĕŕ ĭ-chō, at Bĕth=hṓ rŏn, and Lake Merom, under Jŏsh́ u-ȧ.
But even after these marching’s and victories, it was a long time before all the land was taken by the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes.

Story Five

THE OLD MAN WHO FOUGHT AGAINST THE GIANTS
Joshua 14:1, to 19:51
THE great war for the conquest of Cā́ năan was now ended, though in the land some cities were still held by the Cā́ năan-ītes people. Yet the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were now the rulers over most of the country, and Jŏsh́u-ȧ prepared to divide the land among the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
One day the rulers of the tribe of Jū́ dah came to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ's tent at Ḡĭĺ găl, and with them came an old man, Caleb, whom you remember as one of the twelve spies sent by Mṓ s̝es̝ from Kā́ desh=bäŕ ne-ȧ, to go through the land of Cā́ năan. This had, been many years before, and Caleb was now, like Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, an old man, past eighty years of age. He said to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ:
"You remember what the Lord said to Mṓ s̝es̝, the mail of God, when we were in the desert at Kā́ desh=bäŕ ne-ȧ, and you and I with the other spies brought back our report. I spoke to Mṓ s̝es̝ the word that was in my heart, and I followed the Lord wholly, when the other spies spoke out of their own fear, and made the people afraid. On that day, you remember that Mṓ s̝es̝ said to me, `The land where your feet have trodden and over which you have walked shall be yours, because you trusted in the Lord.'
"That was forty-five years ago," Cā́ leb went on to say, "and God has kept me alive all those years. To-day, at eighty-five years of age, I am as strong as I was in that day. And now I ask that the promise made by Mṓ s̝es̝ be kept, and that I have my choice of the places in the land.”
"Well," said Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, "you can take your choice in the land. What part of it will you choose?”
And Cā́ leb answered:
"The place that I will choose is the very mountain on which we saw the city with the high walls, where the giants were living then, and where other giants, their sons, are living now, the city of Hḗ bron. I know that the walls are high, and the giants live there. But the Lord will help me to take the cities, and to drive out the people who live in them. Let me have the city of Hḗ bron.”
This was very bold in so old a man as Cā́ leb, to choose the city which was not yet taken from the enemies, and one of the hardest cities to take, when he might have chosen some rich place already won. But Caleb at eighty-five showed the same spirit of courage, and willingness to war, and faith in God, that he had shown in his prime at forty years of age. Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ said to Cā́ leb, "You shall have the city of Hḗ bron, with all its giants, if you will gather together your men, and take it." And the old soldier brought together his men, and led them against the strong city of Hḗ bron, where was the tomb of Ā́ bra-hăm, Ī́ s̝aac, and Jā́ cob. By the help of the Lord, Caleb was able to drive out the giants, tall and mighty as they were. They fled from Cā́ leb's men and went down to the shore on the west of the land, and lived among the people of that region, who were called the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝; while Cā́ leb, and his children, and his descendants long after him, held the city of Hḗ bron in the south of the land.
After this, by command of the Lord, Jŏsh́ u-ȧ divided the land among the tribes. Two tribes and half of another tribe had already received their land on the east of Jôŕ dan; so there were nine tribes and a half tribe to receive their shares. Jū́ dah, one of the largest, had the mountain country west of the Dead Sea, from Hḗ bron to Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm; Sĭḿ e-on was on the south toward the desert; Bĕń ja-mĭn was north of Jū́ dah on the east, toward the Jôŕ dan, and Dăn north of Jū́ dah on the west, toward the Great Sea.
In the middle of the country, around the city of Shḗ chem, and the two mountains, Ḗ bal and Ḡĕŕ ĭ˗zĭm, where Jŏsh́ u-ȧ had read the law to the people, was the land of the tribe of Ḗ phră-ĭrn. This was one of the best parts of all the country, for the soil was rich and there were many springs and streams of water. And here, near Mount Ḗ bal, they buried the body of their tribe-father Jṓ s̝eph, which they had kept in its coffin of stone, unburied, ever since they left Ḗ ġy̆pt, more than forty years before. As Jŏsh́ u-ȧ himself belonged to the tribe of Ḗ phră-ĭm, his home was also in this land.
North of Ḗ phră-ĭm, and reaching from the river Jôŕ dan to the Great Sea, was the land of the other half of the tribe of Mā̇-năś-seh. Both tribes of Ḗ phră-ĭm and Mā̇-năś seh had sprung from Jṓ s̝eph. So Jṓ s̝eph's descendants had, two tribes, as had been promised by Jā́cob when he was about to die.
The northern part of the land was divided among four tribes. Ĭś sa-cher was in the south, Asher on the west beside the Great Sea, Zĕb́ u-lŭn was in the middle among the mountains, and Năph́ ta-lī was in the north, and by the lake afterward called the Sea of Găĺ ĭ-lee. At that time this lake was called the Sea of Kĭń no-rĕth, because the word "kinnor" means "a harp"; and as they thought that this lake was shaped somewhat like a harp, they named it "the Harp-shaped Sea.”
But although all the land had been divided, it had not all been completely conquered. Nearly all the Cā́ năan-īte people were there, still living upon the land, though in the mountain region they were under the rule of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ĭtes. But on the plain beside the Great Sea, on the west of the land were the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, a very strong people whom the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had not yet met in war, though the time was coming when they would meet them, and suffer from them.
And even among the mountains were many cities where the Cā́ năan-īte people still lived, and in some of these cities they were strong. Years afterward, when Jŏsh́ u-ȧ the great warrior was no longer living, many of these people rose up to trouble the Ĭś̝ ra˗el-ītes. The time came when the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el wished often that their fathers had driven out or entirely destroyed the Cā́ năan˗ĭtes, before they ceased the war and divided the land.
But when Jŏsh́ u-ȧ divided the land, and sent the tribes to their new homes, peace seemed to reign over all the country. Up to this time we have spoken of all this land as the land of Cā́ năan, but now and henceforth it was to be called "The Land of Ĭś̝ er-el," or "The Land of the Twelve Tribes," for it was now their home.

Story Six

THE AVENGER OF BLOOD, AND THE CITIES OF REFUGE
Josh. 20:1, to 21:45
THERE was among the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes one custom which seems so strange, and so different from our ways that it will be interesting to hear about it. It was their rule with regard to any man who by accident killed another man. With us, whenever a man has been killed, the man who killed him, if he can be found, is taken by an officer before the judge, and he is tried. If he killed the man by accident, not wishing to do harm, he is set free. If he meant to kill him he is punished; he may be sentenced to die for the other man's death; and when he is put to death it is by the officer of the law.
But in the lands of the east, where the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes lived, it was very different. There, when a man was killed, his nearest relative always took it upon himself to kill the man who had killed him; and he undertook to kill this man without trial, without a judge, and by his own hand, whether the man deserved to die, or did not deserve it. Two men might be working in the forest together, and one man's ax might fly from his hand and kill the other; or one man hunting might kill another hunter by mistake. No matter whether the man was guilty or innocent, the nearest relative of the one who had lost his life must find the man who had killed him, and kill him in return, wherever he was. If he could not find him, sometimes he would kill any member of his family whom he could find. This man was called "the avenger of blood," because he took vengeance for the blood of his relative, whether the one whom he slew deserved to die or not. When Mṓ s̝es̝ gave laws to the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el he found this custom of having an "avenger of blood" rooted so deeply in the habits of the people that it could not be broken up. In fact, it still remains, even to this day, among the village people in the land where the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes lived.
But Mṓ s̝es̝ gave a law which was to take the place of the old custom, and to teach the people greater justice in their dealings with each other. And when they came into the land of Cā́ năan,. Jŏsh́ u-ȧ carried out the plan which Mṓ s̝es̝ had commanded.
Jŏsh́ u-ȧ chose in the land six cities, three on one side of the river Jôŕ dan, and three on the other side. All of these were well-known places and easy to find. Most of them were on mountains, and could be seen far away. They were so chosen that from almost any part of the land a man could reach one of these cities in a day, or at the most in two days. These cities were called "Cities of Refuge," because in them a man who had killed another, by mistake could find refuge from the avenger of blood.
When a man killed another by accident, wherever he was, he ran as quickly as possible to the nearest of these cities of refuge. The avenger of blood followed him, and might perhaps overtake him and kill him before he reached the city. But almost always the man, having some start before his enemy, would get to the city of refuge first.
There the elders of the city looked into the case. They learned all the facts; and if the man was really guilty, and deserved to die, they gave him up to be killed by the avenger. But if he was innocent, and did not mean to kill the man who was dead, they forbade the avenger to touch him, and kept him in safety.
A line was drawn around the city, at a distance from the wall, within which line the avenger could not come to do the man harm; and within this line were fields, where the man could work and raise crops, so that he could have food.
And there at the city of refuge the innocent man who had killed another without meaning to kill, lived until the high-priest died. After the high-priest died, and another high-priest took his place, the man could go back to his own home and live in peace.
These were the cities of refuge in the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el: On the north, Kḗ desh in the tribe of Năph́̄ ta-lī; in the center, Shḗ chem, at the foot of Mount Ḡĕŕ˗ĭ-zĭm, in the tribe of Ḗ phra-ĭm; and on the south, Hḗ bron, Cā́ leb's city, in the tribe of Jū́ dah. These were among the mountains, on the west of the river Jôŕ dan. On the east of the river Jôŕ dan, the cities were Gṓ lan of Bā́ shăn in Mā̇-năś seh, Rā́ moth of in the tribe of Găd, and Bḗ zēr in the highlands of the tribe of Reṳ́ ben.
This law taught the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes to be patient, and to control themselves, to protect the innocent, and to seek for justice, and not yield to sudden anger.
Among the tribes there was one which had no land given to it in one place. This was the tribe of Lḗ vī, to which Mṓ s̝es̝ and Aâŕ on belonged. The men of this tribe were priests, who offered the sacrifices, and Lḗ vītes, who cared for the Tabernacle and its worship. Mṓ s̝es̝ and Jŏsh́ u-ȧ did not think it well to have all the Lḗ vītes living in one part of the country, so he gave them cities, and in some places the fields around the cities, in many parts of the land. From these places they went up to the Tabernacle to serve, each for a certain part of the year; and the rest of the year stayed in their homes and cared for their fields.
When the war was over, and the land was divided, Jŏsh́ u-ȧ fixed the Tabernacle at a place called Shī́ lōh, not far from the center of the land, so that from all the tribes the people could come up at least once a year for worship. They were told to come from their homes three times in each year, and to worship the Lord at Shī́ lōh.
These three times were for the feast of the Passover in the spring, when the lamb was killed, and roasted, and eaten with unleavened bread; the feast of the Tabernacles in the fall, when for a week they slept out of doors in huts made of twigs and boughs, to keep in mind their life in the wilderness; and the feast of Pentecost, fifty days after the Passover, when they laid on the altar the first ripe fruits from the fields. All these three great feasts were kept at the place of the altar and the Tabernacle.
And at Shī́ lōh, before the Tabernacle, they placed the altar, on which the offerings were laid twice every day.
God had kept his promise, and had brought the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes into a land which was their own, and had given them rest from all their enemies.

Story Seven

THE STORY OF AN ALTAR BESIDE THE RIVER
Josh. 22:1, to 24:33
WHEN the war for the conquest of Cā́ năan was ended, and the tribes were about to leave for their places in the land, Jŏsh́ u-ȧ broke up the camp at Ḡĭĺ găl which had been the meeting-place of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes through all the war.
You remember that two of the tribes and half of another tribe had received their land on the east of Jôŕ dan, but their soldiers crossed the Jōŕ dan with the men of the other tribes. Jŏsh́ u-ȧ now called these soldiers, and said to them:
"You have done all that Mṓ s̝es̝ the servant of the Lord commanded you; you have stood faithfully by your brothers of the other tribes; and now the time has come for you to go back to your wives and your children in your own tribe-lands on the other side of Jordan. Go to your homes, where your wives and children are waiting for you. Only remember always to keep the commandments of the Lord, and be true to the Lord, and serve him with all your heart and all your soul.”
Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ gave them the blessing of the Lord, and sent them away. They left Shī́ lōh, where the Tabernacle was standing, and came to the river Jôŕ dan. There on a great rock where it could be seen from far, they built a high altar of stone.
Soon it was told among the tribes that the men of the two tribes and a half-tribe had built for themselves an altar. God had commanded the people to have but one altar for all the tribes, and one high-priest, and one offering for all the tribes upon the altar. This was for the purpose of keeping all the people together, as one family, with one worship.
The people of Ĭś̝ ra-el were greatly displeased when they found that these tribes had built an altar, while there was already one altar for all the tribes at Shiloh. They were almost ready to go to war against the tribes on the east of the Jôŕ dan on account of this altar.
But before going to war they sent one of the priests, Phĭń e-has, the son of Ē-le-ā́ zar, and with him ten of the princes of Ĭś̝ ra-el, one from each tribe, to ask the men of the tribes on the east for what purpose they had built this altar. These men came to the men of Reṳ́ ben and Gad, and the half-tribe of Mā̇-năś seh, and said to them:
"What is this that you have done in building for yourselves an altar? Do you mean to turn away from the Lord and set up your own gods? Have you forgotten how God was made angry when Ĭś̝ ra-el worshipped other gods? Do not show yourselves rebels against God by building an altar while God's altar is standing at Shī́ lōh.”
Then the men of the two tribes and a half answered:
"The Lord, the only God, he knows that we have not built this altar for the offering of sacrifices. Let the Lord himself be our judge, that we have done no wrong. We have built this altar so that our children may see it, standing as it stands on your side of the river and not on our side: and then we can say to them, 'Let that altar remind you that we are all one people, we and the tribes on the other side of Jôŕ dan.' This altar stands as a witness between us that we are all one people and worship the one Lord God of Ĭś̝ ra-el.”
Then the princes of the nine tribes and a half were satisfied. They were pleased when they knew that it was an altar for witness and not for offerings. They named the altar Ed, a word which means witness. "For," they said, "it is a witness between us that the Lord is our God, the God of us all.”
Jŏsh́ u-ȧ was now a very old man, more than a hundred years old. He knew that he must soon die, and he wished to give to the people his last words. So he called the elders and rulers and judges of the tribes to meet him at Shḗ chem, in the middle of the land and near his own home.
When they were all together before him, Jŏsh́ u-ȧ reminded them of all that God had done for their fathers and for themselves. He told them the story of Ā́ bră-hăm, how he left his home at God's call; the story of Jacob and his family going down to Ḗ ġy̆pt; and how after many years the Lord had brought them out of that land; how the Lord had led them through the wilderness and had given them the land where they were now living at peace Jŏsh́ u-ȧ then said:
"You are living in cities that you did not build, and you are eating of vines and olive-trees that you did not plant. It is the Lord who has given you all these things. Now, therefore, fear the Lord, and serve him with all your hearts. And if any of you have any other gods, such as Ā́ bră-hăm's father worshipped beyond the River and as your fathers sometimes worshipped in Ḗ ġy̆pt, put them away, and serve the Lord only. And if you are not willing to serve the Lord, then choose this day whatever god you will serve; but as for me and my house, we will serve the Lord.”
Then the people answered Jŏsh́ u-ȧ:
"We will not turn away from the Lord to serve other gods; for the Lord brought us out of Ḗ ġy̆pt where we were slaves; and the Lord drove out our enemies before us; and the Lord gave us this land. We will serve the Lord, for he is the God of Ĭś̝ ra-el.”
"But," said Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, "you must remember that the Lord is very strict in his commands. He will be angry with you if you turn away from him after promising to serve him; and will punish you if you worship images, as the people do around you.”
And the people said, "We pledge ourselves to serve the Lord, and the Lord only.”
Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ wrote down the people's promise in the book of the law, so that others might read it and remember it. And he set up a great stone under an oak-tree in Shḗ chem, and he said:
"Let this stone stand as a witness between you and the Lord, that you have pledged yourselves to be faithful to him.”
Then Jŏsh́ u-ȧ sent the people away to their tribe-lands, telling them not to forget the promise that they had made. After this Jŏsh́ u-ȧ died, at the age of a hundred and ten years. And as long as the people lived who remembered Jŏsh́ u-ȧ., the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el continued serving the Lord.
Lesson 16. How the Land of Canaan was Won.
(Tell Stories 3, 4, 5 and 7 in Part Second. Omit Story 6.)
1. To what place did Joshua, lead the Israelites after Jericho had been taken? To Shechem, in the middle of the land.
2. What did Joshua do near Shechem? He read God's law to the people.
3. Where was the great battle fought between Joshua, and the Canaanites? At Bethhoron.
4. What is told about this battle? The sun and moon stood still.
5. What did Joshua and the Israelites do in this war? They took the land from the Canaanites.
6. What was the land of Canaan called after this war? The land of Israel.
7. Into how many parts did Joshua, divide the land? Into twelve parts for the twelve tribes.
8. After whom were these tribes named? After the sons of Jacob.
9. Where, near the middle of the lands did Joshua set up the Tabernacle for the worship of God? At Shiloh.
10. What did Joshua, before he died, tell the people they must do? Fear the Lord and serve him.
11. What promise did the people make to Joshua? "We will serve the Lord, and the Lord only.”

Story Eight

THE PRESENT THAT EHUD BROUGHT TO KING EGLON
Judg. 1:1, to 3:31
YOU would suppose that, after all that God had done for the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, and after their own promises to serve him faithfully, they would never turn to the idols which could not save their own people, the Cā́ năan-ītes. Yet, when Jŏsh́ u-ȧ was no longer living, and the men who knew Jŏsh́ u-ȧ had also died, the people began to forget their own God and to worship images of wood and stone.
Perhaps it was not so strange after all. In all the world, so far as we know, at that time the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were the only people who did not worship idols. All the nations around them, the Ḗ ġy̆ṕ tians̝, from whose land they had come, the Ḗ dom-ītes on the south, the Mṓ ab-ītes on the east, the Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝ on the west beside the Great Sea,-all these bowed down to images, and many of them offered their own children upon the idol-altars.
Then, too, you remember that the Cā́ năan-ītes had not been driven out of the land. They were there still, in their own cities and villages everywhere, and their idols were standing under the trees on many high places. So the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes saw idols all around them, and people bowing down before them; while they themselves had no God that could be seen. The Tabernacle was far away from some parts of the land; and the people were so busy with their fields and their houses that few of them went up to worship.
And so it came to pass that the people began to neglect their own worship of the Lord, and then to begin the worship of the idols around them. And from idol-worship they sank lower still into wicked deeds. For all this the Lord left them to suffer. Their enemies came upon them from the lands around, and became their masters; for when God left them they were helpless. They were made poor, for these rulers who had conquered them robbed them of all their grain, and grapes, and olive-oil.
After a time of suffering the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes would think of what God had done for them in other times. Then they would turn away from the idols, and would call upon God. And God would hear them, and raise up some great man to lead them to freedom, and to break the power of those who were ruling over them. This great man they called "a judge"; and under him they would serve God, and be happy and successful once more.
As long as the judge lived and ruled, the people worshipped God. But when the judge died they forgot God again, and worshipped idols and fell under the power of their enemies as before, until God sent another judge to deliver them. And this happened over and over again in the three hundred years after Jŏsh́ u-ȧ died. Seven nations in turn ruled over the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, and after each "oppression," as this rule was called, a "deliverer" arose to set the people free.
The idols which the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes worshipped most of all were those named Bā́ al and Ăsh-ḗ rah. Ba'al was an image looking somewhat like a man; and Ăsh-ḗ rah was the name given to the one that looked like a woman. These images were set up in groves and on hills by the Cā́ năan-īte people, and to these the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes bowed down, falling on their faces before them.
The first nation to come from another land against the Ĭś̝ ra-el˗ītes was the people of Mĕs-o-pō̇-tā́ mĭ-ȧ, between the great rivers Eū-phrā́ tes̝ and Tī́ gris on the north. Their king led his army into the land and made the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes serve him eight years. Then they cried to the Lord, and the Lord sent to them Oth́ nĭ-el, who was a younger brother of Cā́ leb, of whom we read in Story Five in this Part. He set the people free from the Mĕs-o-pō-tā́ mĭ-ȧns, and ruled them as long as he lived, and kept them faithful to the Lord. Ŏth́ nĭ-el was the first of the judges of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
But after Ŏth́ nĭ-el died the people again began to worship images, and again fell under the power of their enemies. This time it was the Mṓ ab-ītes who came against them from the land east of the Dead Sea. Their king at this time was named Eǵ́ lŏn, and he was very hard in his rule over the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. Again they cried to the Lord, and God called a man named Ḗ hŭd, who belonged to the tribe of Bĕń ja-mĭn, to set the people free.
Ḗ hŭd came one day to visit King Eǵ lŏn, who was ruling over the land. He said:
"I have a present from my people to the king. Let me go into his palace and see him.”
They let Ḗ hŭd into the palace, and he gave to the king a present; then he went out, but soon came back, and said:
"I have a message to the king that no one else can hear. Let me see the king alone.”
As he had just brought a present they supposed that he was a friend to the king. Then, too, he had no sword on the side where men carried their swords. But Ḗ hŭd was left-handed, and he carried on the other side a short, sharp sword which he had made, like a dagger. This sword was out of sight under his garment.
He went into the room where King Eǵ lŏn was sitting alone, and said, "I have a message from the Lord to you, and this is the message.”
And then he drew out his sword and drove it up to the handle into the king's body so suddenly that the king died without giving a sound. Ḗ hŭd left the sword in the dead body of the king, and went out quietly by the rear door. The servants of the king thought he was asleep in his room, and for a while did not go in to see why he was so still; but when they found him dead Ḗ hŭd was far away.
Ḗ hŭd blew a trumpet and called his people together, and led them against the Mṓ ab-ītes. They were so helpless without their king that Ḗ hŭd and his men easily drove them out of Ĭś̝ ra-el and set the people free. Ḗ hŭd became the second judge over the land. And after that it was many years before enemies again held rule over Ĭś̝ ra-el.
The next enemies to Ĭś̝ ra-el were the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, who lived on the shore of the Great Sea on the west. They came up from the plain against the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes; but Shăḿ gär, the third judge, met them with a company of farmers, who drove the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ back with their ox-goads, and so kept them from ruling over the land.

Story Nine

HOW A WOMAN WON A GREAT VICTORY
Judg. 4:1, to 5:31
AGAIN many of the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el were drawn away from the worship of the Lord, and began to live like the people around them, praying to idols and doing wickedly. And again the Lord left them to suffer for their sins. A Cā́ năan-īte king in the north, whose name was Jā́ bin, sent his army down to conquer them under the command of his general, named Sĭś e-rȧ. In Sĭś e-rȧ's army were many chariots of iron, drawn by horses; while soldiers in the chariots shot arrows and threw spears at the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. The men of Ĭś̝ ra-el were not used to horses, and greatly feared these war-chariots.
All the northern tribes in the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el fell under the power of King Jā́ bin and his general, Sĭś e-ra; and their rule was very harsh and severe. This was the fourth of these "oppressions," and it bore most heavily upon the people in the north. But it led those who suffered from it to turn from their idols, and to call upon the Lord God of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
At that time a woman was ruling as judge over a large part of the land; the only woman among the fifteen judges who, one after another, ruled the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. Her name was Dĕb́ o-rah. She sat under a palm-tree north of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, between the cities of Rā́ mah and Bĕth́ el, and gave advice to all the people who sought her. So wise and good was Dĕb́ o-rah that men came from all parts of the land with their difficulties and the questions that arose between them. She ruled over the land, not by the, force of any army, or by any appointment, but because all men saw that God's spirit was upon her.
Dĕb́ o-rah heard of the troubles of the tribes in the north under the hard rule of the Cā́ năan-ītes. She knew that a brave man was living in the land of Năph́ ta-lī, a man named Bā́ răk, and to him she sent this message:
"Bā́ răk, call out the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el who live near you; raise an army, and lead the men who gather about you to Mount Tā́ bôr. The Lord has told me that he will give Sĭś e-rȧ and the host of the Cā́ năan-ītes into your hands.”
But Bā́ răk felt afraid to undertake alone this great work of setting his people free. He sent back to Dĕb́ o-rah this answer:
"If you will go with me, I will go; but if you will not go with me, I will not go.”
"I will go with you," said Dĕb́ o-rah; "but because you did not trust God, and did not go when God called you, the honor of this war will not be yours, for God will deliver Sĭś e-rȧ into the hands of a woman.”
Dĕb́ o-rah left her seat under the palm-tree and went up to Kḗ desh, where Bā́ răk lived. Together Dĕb́ o-rah and Bḗ răk sent out a call for the men of the north, and ten thousand men met together with such arms as they could find. This little army, with a woman for its chief, encamped on Mount Tā́ bôr, which is one of three mountains standing in a row on the east of a great plain called "the plain of Ĕs-dra-ḗ lon," "the plain of Jĕź re-el," and "the plain of Mē̇-gĭd́ dō̇,"—for it bears all these three names. On this plain, both in Bible times and also in the times since the Bible, many great battles have been fought. Over this plain winds the brook Kī́ shŏn, which at some seasons, after heavy rain, becomes a foaming, rushing river.
From their camp on the top of Mount Tā́ bôr the little army of Ĭś̝ ra-el could look down on the great host of Cā́ năan-ītes with their many tents, their horses and chariots, and their general, Sĭś e-rȧ. But Dĕb́ o-rah was not afraid. She said to Bā́ răk:
"March down the mountain with all your men, and fight the Cā́ năan-ītes. The Lord will go before you, and he will give Sĭś e-rȧ and his host into your hand.”
Then Bā́ răk blew a trumpet and called out his men. They ran down the side of Mount Tā́ bôr and rushed upon their enemies.
The Cā́ năan-ītes were taken so suddenly that they had no time to draw out their chariots. They were frightened and ran away, trampling each other under foot, chariots and horses and men in a wild flight.
And the Lord helped the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes; for at that time the brook Kī́ shŏn was swollen into a river, and the Cā́ năan-ītes crowded after each other into it. While many were killed in the battle, many were also drowned in the river.
Sĭś e-rȧ, the general of the Cā́ năan-ītes, saw that the battle had gone against him and that all was lost. He leaped from his chariot and fled away on foot. On the edge of the plain he found a tent standing alone, and he ran to it for shelter and hiding.
It was the tent of a man named Hḗ be͂r, and Helper's wife, Jā́ el, was in front-of it. She knew Sĭś e-rȧ, and said to him, "Come in, my lord; come into the tent; do not be afraid.”
Sĭś e-rȧ, entered the tent, and Jā́ el covered him with a rug, so that no enemy might find him. Sĭś e-rȧ, said to her, "I am very thirsty; can you give me a little water to drink?”
Instead of water she brought out a bottle of milk and gave him some: and then Sĭś e-rȧ, lay down to sleep, for he was very tired from the battle and from running. While he was in a deep sleep, Jā́ el crept into the tent quietly with a tent-pin and a hammer in her hand. She placed the point of the pin upon the side of his head, near his ear, and with the hammer gave blow after blow, driving it into his brain and through his head until it went into the ground underneath. After a moment's struggle Sĭś e-rȧ was dead, and she left his body upon the ground.
In a little time Jā́ el saw Bā́ răk, the chief of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte army, coming toward the tent. She went out to meet him, and said, "Come with me, and I will show you the man whom you are seeking.”
She lifted the curtain of the tent, and led Bā́ răk within; and there he saw lying dead upon the ground the mighty Sĭś e-rȧ, who only the day before had led the army of the Cā́ năan-ītes.
That was a terrible deed which Jā́ el did. We should call it treachery and murder; but such was the bitter hate between Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte and Cā́ năan˗īte at that time that all the people gave great honor to Jā́ el on account of it, for by that act she had set the people free from the king who had been oppressing Ĭś̝ ra-el. After this the land had rest for many years.
Dĕb́ o-rah, the judge, wrote a great song about this victory.
Here are some verses from it :
"Because the elders took the lead in Ĭś̝ ra-el,
Because the people offered themselves willingly,
Bless ye the Lord.

Hear, O ye kings; give ear, O ye princes;
I, even I will sing unto the Lord;
I will sing praise to the Lord, the God of Ĭś́ ra-el.

The kings came and fought.
Then fought the kings of Cā́ năan,
In Tā́ a-năch by the waters of Mē̇˗ḡĭd́ dō̇.
They took no gain of money.

They fought from heaven,
The stars in their courses fought against Sĭś e˗ȧ.
The river Kī́ shŏn swept them away,
That ancient river, the river Kī́ shŏn.
O my soul, march on with strength;

Blessed among women shall Jā́ el be,
The wife of Hḗ be͂r the Kĕń īte,
Blessed shall she be among women in the tent.
He asked water, and she gave him milk,
She brought him butter in a lordly dish.

At her feet he bowed, he fell, he lay;
At her feet he bowed, he fell.
Where he bowed, there he fell clown dead.

Through the window c, woman looked forth and cried,
The mother of Sĭś e-rȧ cried through the lattice,
Why is his chariot so long in coming?
Why tarry the wheels of his chariot?

So let all thine enemies perish, O Lord;
But let them that love him be as the sun,
When he goeth forth in his might."

Story Ten

GIDEON AND HIS BRAVE THREE HUNDRED
Judg. 6:1, to 8:28
AGAIN the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el did evil in the sight of the Lord in worshipping Bā́ al; and the Lord left them again to suffer for their sins. This time it was the Mĭd́-ĭ-an-ītes, living near the desert on the east of Ĭś̝ ra-el, who came against the tribes in the middle of the country. The two tribes that suffered the hardest fate were Ḗ phră-im, and the part of Mā̇-năś seh on the west of Jôŕ dan. For seven years the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes swept over their land every year, just at the time of harvest, and carried away all the crops of grain, until the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had no food for themselves and none for their sheep and cattle. The Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes brought also their own flocks, and camels without number, whichh ate all the grass of the field. These Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes were the wild Arabs, living on the border of the desert, and from their land they made sudden and swift attacks upon the people' of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
The people of Ĭś̝ ra-el were driven away from their villages and their farms; and were compelled to hide in the caves of the mountains. And if any Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte could raise any grain, he buried it in pits covered with earth, or in empty wine-presses, where the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes could not find it.
One day a man named Ḡĭd́ e-on was threshing out wheat in a hidden place, when suddenly he saw an angel sitting under an oak-tree. The angel said to him, "You are a brave man, Ḡĭd́ e-on; and the Lord is with you. Go out boldly, and save your people from the power of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes.”
Ḡĭd́ e-on answered the angel, "O Lord, how can I save Ĭś̝ ra-el? Mine is a poor family in Mā̇-năś seh, and I am the least in my father's house.”
And the Lord said to him, "Surely I will be with you, and I will help you drive out the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes.”
Gĭd́ e-on felt that it was the Lord who was talking with him in the form of an angel. He brought an offering, and laid it on a rock before the angel. Then the angel touched the offering with his staff. At once a fire leaped up and burned the offering; and then the angel vanished from his sight. Gĭd́ e-on was afraid when he saw this; but the Lord said to him, "Peace be unto you, Gĭd́ e on; do not fear, for I am with you.”
On the spot where the Lord appeared to Gĭd́ e-on, under an oak-tree near the village of Ŏph́ rah, in the tribe-land of Mā̇-năś seh, Ḡĭd́ e-on built an altar, and called it by a name which means "The Lord is peace." This altar was standing long afterward in that place.
Then the Lord told Gĭd́ e-on that before setting his people free from the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes, he must first set them free from the service of Bā́ al and Ăsh-ḗ rah, the two idols most worshipped among them. Near the house of Gĭd́ e-on's own father stood an altar to Bā́ al, and the image of Ăsh-ḗ rah.
On that night Gĭd́ e-on went out with ten men, and threw down the image of Bā́ al, and cut in pieces the wooden image of Ăsh-ḗ rah, and destroyed the altar before these idols. And in place he built an altar to the God of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and on it laid the broken pieces of the idols for wood, and with them offered a young ox as a burnt-offering. On the next morning, when the people of the village went out to worship their idols, they found them cut in pieces, the altar taken away; in its place stood an altar of the Lord, and on it the pieces of the Ăsh-ḗ rah were burning as wood under a sacrifice to the Lord. The people looked at the broken and burning idols, and they said, "Who has done this?”
Someone said, "Gĭd́ e-on, the son of Jṓ ăsh, did this last night." Then they came to Jṓ ăsh, Ḡĭd́ e-on's father, and said, "We are going to kill your son because he has destroyed the image of Ba'al, who is our god.”
And Jṓ ăsh, Ḡĭd́ e-on's father, said, "If Bā́ al is a god, he can take care of himself; and he will punish the man who has destroyed his image. Why should you help Bā́ al? Let Mal help himself.”
And when they saw that Bā́ al could not harm the man who had broken down his altar and his image, the people turned from Bā́ al back to their own Lord God.
Ḡĭd́ e-on sent men through all his own tribe of Mā̇-năś seh and the other tribes in that part of the land, to say, "Come and help us drive out the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes." The men came, and gathered around Ḡĭd́ e-on. Very few of them had swords and spears, for the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were not a fighting people, and were not trained for war. They met beside a great spring on Mount Ḡĭl-bṓ ȧ, called "the fountain of Hā́ rod." Mount Gĭl-bṓ ȧ is one of the three mountains on the east of the plain of Ĕs-dra-ḗ lon, or the plain of Jĕź re-el, of which we read in the last Story. On the plain, stretching up the side of another of these mountains, called "the Hill of Mṓ reh,” was the camp of a vast Mĭd́ ĭ-an-īte army. For as soon as the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes heard that Ḡĭd́ e-on had undertaken to set his people free, they came against him with a mighty host. Just as Dĕb́ o-rah and her little army had looked down from Mount Tā́ bôr on the great army of the Cā́ năan-ītes, so now, on Mount Ḡĭl-bṓ ȧ, Ḡĭd́ e-on looked down on the host of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ĭtes in their camp on the same plain.
Ḡĭd́ e-on was a man of faith. He wished to be sure that God was leading him; and he prayed to God, and said, "O Lord God give me some sign that thou wilt save Ĭś̝ ra-el through me. Here is a fleece of wool on this threshing-floor. If to-morrow morning the fleece is wet with dew, while the grass around it is dry, then I shall know that thou art with me, and that thou wilt give me victory over the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes.”
Very early the next morning Ḡĭd́ e-on came to look at the fleece. He found it wringing wet with dew, while all around the grass was dry. But Ḡĭd́ e-on was not yet satisfied. He said to the Lord, "O Lord, be not angry with me; but give me just one more sign. To-morrow morning, let the fleece be dry, and let the dew fall all around it; and then I will doubt no more.”
The next morning Ḡĭd́ e-on found the grass and the bushes and the trees wet with dew, while the fleece of wool was dry. And Ḡĭd́ e-on was now sure that God had called him, and that God would give him victory over the enemies of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
The Lord said to Ḡĭd́ e-on, "Your army is too large. If Ĭś̝ ra-el should win the victory, they would say, 'We won it by our own might.' Send home all those who are afraid to fight." For many of the people were frightened as they looked at the host of their enemies; and the Lord knew that these men in the battle would only hinder the rest.
So Ḡĭd́ e-on sent word through the camp, "Whoever is afraid of the enemy may go home." And twenty-two thousand people went away, leaving only ten thousand in Ḡĭd́ e-on's army. But the army was stronger though it was smaller, for the cowards had gone and only the brave men were left.
But the Lord said to Ḡĭd́ e-on, "The people are yet too many. You need only a few of the bravest and best men to fight in this battle. Bring the men down the mountain, beside the water, and I will show you there how to find the men' whom you need.”
In the morning Ḡĭd́ e-on by God's command called his ten thousand men out, and made them march down the hill, just as though they were going to attack the enemy. And when they were beside the water he noticed how they drank; and set them apart in two companies, according to their way of drinking. As they came to the water, most of the men threw aside their shields and spears, and knelt down and scooped up a draft of the water with both hands together like a cup. These men Ḡĭd́ e-on commanded to stand in one company.
There were a few men who did not stop to take a large draft of water. Holding spear and shield in the right hand, to be ready for the enemy if one should suddenly appear, they merely caught up a handful of the water in passing and marched on, lapping up the water from one hand.
God said to Ḡĭd́ e-on, "Set by themselves these men who lapped up each a handful of water. These are the men whom I have chosen to set Ĭś̝ ra-el free.”
Ḡĭd́ e-on counted these men, and found that there were only three hundred of them; while all the rest bowed down on their faces to drink. The difference between them was that these three hundred were earnest men, of one purpose; not turning aside from their aim even to drink, as the others did. Then, too, they were watchful men, always ready to meet their enemies. Suppose that the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes had rushed out on that army while nearly all of them were on their faces drinking, their arms thrown to one side,-how helpless they would have been! But no enemy could have surprised the three hundred, who held their spears and shields ready, even while they were taking a drink.
Some have thought that this test showed also who were worshippers of idols, and who worshipped God; for men fell on their faces when they prayed to the idols, but men stood up while they worshipped the Lord. Perhaps this act showed that most of the army were used to worship kneeling down before idols, and that only a few used to stand up before the Lord in their worship; but of this we are not certain. It did show that here were three hundred brave, watchful men, obedient to orders, and ready for the battle.
Then Ḡĭd́ e-on, at God's command, sent back to the camp on Mount Gil-bed all the rest of his army, nearly ten thousand men; keeping with himself only his little band of three hundred. But before the battle God gave to Ḡĭd́ e-on one more sign, that he might be the more encouraged.
God said to Ḡĭd́ e-on, "Go down with your servant into the camp of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes, and hear what they say. It will cheer your heart for the fight.”
Then Ḡĭd́ e-on crept down the mountain with his servant, and walked around the edge of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-īte camp, just as though he were one of their own men. He saw two men talking, and stood near to listen. One man said to the other:
"I had a strange dream in the night. I dreamed that I saw a loaf of barley bread come rolling down the mountain; and it struck the tent, and threw it down in a heap on the ground. What do you suppose that dream means?”
"That loaf of bread," said the other, "means Ḡĭd́ e-on, a man of who will come down and destroy this army; for the Lord God has given us all into his hand.”
Ḡĭd́ e-on was glad when he heard this, for it showed that the Mĭd́ ĭ˗an-ītes, for all their number, were in fear of him and of his army, even more than his men had feared the Mid́ ĭ-an-ītes. He gave thanks to God, and hastened back to his camp, and made ready to lead his men against the Mid́ ĭ-an-ītes.
Ḡĭd́ e-on's plan did not need a large army; but it needed a few careful, bold men, who should do exactly as their leader commanded them. He gave to each man a lamp, a pitcher, and a trumpet, and told the men just what was to be done with them. The lamp was lighted, but was placed inside the pitcher, so that it could not be seen. He divided his men into three companies; and very quietly led them down the mountain, in the middle of the night; anal arranged them all in order around the camp of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes.
Then at one moment a great shout rang out in the darkness, "The sword of the Lord and of Ḡĭd́ e-on," and after it came a crash of breaking pitchers, and then a flash of light in every direction. The three hundred men had given the shout, and broken their pitchers, so that on every side lights were shining. The men blew their trumpets with a mighty noise; and the Mĭd́ i-an-ītes were roused from sleep, to see, enemies all round them, lights beaming and swords flashing it the darkness, while everywhere the sharp sound of the trumpets was heard.
They were filled with sudden terror and thought only of escape, not of fighting. But wherever they turned, their enemies seemed to be standing with swords drawn. They trampled each other down to death, flying from the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes. Their own land was in the east, across the river Jôŕ dan, and they fled in that direction, down one of the valleys between the mountains.
Ḡĭd́ e-on had thought that the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes would turn toward their own land, if they should be beaten in the battle; and he had already planned to cut off their flight. The ten thousand men in the camp he had placed on the sides of the valley leading to the Jôŕ dan. There they slew very many of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes as they fled down the steep pass toward the river. And Ḡĭd́ e-on had also sent to the men of the tribe of Ḗ phră-ĭm, who had thus far taken no part in the war, to hold the only place at the river where men could wade through the water. Those of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes who had escaped from Ḡĭd́ e-on's men on either side of the valley were now met by the É phră-ĭm-ītes at the river, and many more of them were slain. Among the slain were two of the princes of the Mĭd́ ĭ˗an-ītes, named Ṓ reb and Zḗ eb.
A part of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-īte army was able to get across the river, and to continue its flight toward the desert; but Ḡĭd́ e-on and his brave three hundred men followed closely after them; fought another battle with them, destroyed them utterly, and took their two kings, Zḗ bah and Zăl-mŭń nȧ, whom they killed. After this great victory the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were freed forever from the Mĭd́ ĭ˗an-ītes. They never again ventured to leave their home in the desert to make war, on the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
The tribe of Ḗ phră˗ĭm, in the middle of the land, was one of the most powerful of the twelve tribes. Its leaders were quite displeased with Gĭd́ e-on, because their part in the victory had been so small. They said to Ḡĭd́ e-on, in an angry manner, "Why did you not send word to us, when you were calling for men to fight the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes?”
But Ḡĭd́ e-on knew how to make a kind answer. He said to them, "What have I done as compared with you? Did you not kill thousands of the Mĭd́ ĭ-an-ītes at the crossing of the Jordan? Did you not take their two princes, Ṓ reb and Zḗ eb? What could my men have done without the help of your men?" By gentle words and words of praise Ḡĭd́ e-on made the men of Ḗ phră-ĭm friendly.
And after this, as long as Ḡĭd́ e-on lived, he ruled as judge in Ĭś̝ ra-el. The people wished him to make himself a king. "Rule over us as king," they said, "and let your son be king after you, and his son king after him." But Ḡĭd́ e-on said, "No; you have a king already; for the Lord God is the King of Ĭś̝ ra-el. No one but God shall be king over these tribes.”
Of all the fifteen men who ruled as judges in Ĭś̝ ra-el, the fifth judge, was the greatest, in courage, in wisdom, and in faith in God.
If all the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el had been like him, there would have been no worship of idols, and no weakness before enemies, Ĭś̝ ra-el would have been strong and faithful before God. But as soon as Ḡĭd́ e-on died, and even before his death, his people began once more to turn away from the Lord and to seek the idol-gods that could give them no help.
Lesson 17. The Earlier Judges.
(Tell Stories 8, 9 and 10 in Part Second.)
1. Did the Israelites keep the promise which they had made to serve the Lord only? No, they forgot God, and served idols.
2. What came upon them because of their sins? They fell under the power of their enemies.
3. Who many times brought the people back to God, and set them free from their enemies? Rulers who were called Judges.
4. How many of these "judges" in turn ruled over the Israelites? Fifteen.
5. Who was the first of the judges? Othniel.
6. What one of the judges was a woman? Deborah, the fourth judge.
7. What did Deborah do for the Israelites? She led them to a great victory over the Canaanites.
8. Who was the greatest of all the judges? Gideon, the fifth judge.
9. What did Gideon do for the people? He won victories over the Midianites.
10. Who helped Gideon to win his first great victory? A band of three hundred brave men.

Story Eleven

JEPHTHAH'S RASH PROMISE, AND WHAT CAME FROM IT
Judg. 8:33, to 11:40
ALTHOUGH Ḡĭd́ e-on had refused to become a king, even when all the tribes desired him, after his death, one of his sons, whose name was Ā̇-bĭḿ e-lĕch, tried to make himself a king. He began by killing all his brothers, except one who escaped. But his rule was only over Shḗ chem and a few places near it, and lasted only a few years; so that he was never named among the kings of Ĭś̝ ra-el. Ā̇-bĭḿ e-lĕch is sometimes called the sixth of the judges, though he did not deserve the title. After him came Tṓ la, the seventh judge and Jā́ ir, the eighth. Of these two judges very little is told.
After this the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes again began to worship the idols of the Cā́ năan-ītes, and again fell under the power of their enemies. The Ăḿ mon-ītes came against them from the southeast and held rule over the tribes on the east of Jôŕ dan. This was the sixth of "the oppressions"; and the man who set Ĭś̝ ra-el free was Jĕph́ thah. He called together the men of the tribes on the east of Jôŕ dan—Reṳ́ ben, Gad, and the half-tribe of Mā̇-năś seh—and fought against Aḿ mon-ītes.
Before Jĕph́ thah went to the battle he said to the Lord: "If thou wilt give me victory over the Ăḿ mon-ītes, then when I come back from the battle, whatever comes out of the house to meet me shall be the Lord's, and I will offer it up as a burnt-offering.”
This was not a wise promise, nor a right one; for God had told the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes long before what offerings were commanded, as oxen and sheep, and what were forbidden. But Jĕph́ thah had lived on the border near the desert, far from the house of God at Shī́ lōh, and he knew very little about God's law.
Jĕph́ thah fought the Ăḿ mon-ītes and won a victory, and drove the enemies out of the land. Then, as he was going back to his home, his daughter, who was his only child, came out to meet him, leading the young girls, her companions, dancing and making music, to welcome his return. When Jĕph́ thah saw her he cried out in sorrow, "Oh, my daughter, what trouble you bring with you! I have given a promise to the Lord, and now I must keep it!”
As soon as his daughter had learned what promise her father had made she met it bravely, as a true daughter of Ĭś̝ ra-el. She said:
"My father, you have made a solemn promise to the Lord, and you shall keep it, for God has given to you victory over the enemies of your people. But let me live a little while and weep with my young friends over the death that I must suffer.”
For two months she stayed with the young girls upon the mountains, for perhaps she feared that if she was at home with her father he would fail to keep his promise. Then she gave herself up to death, and her father did with her as he had promised.
In all the history of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes this was the only time when a living man or woman was offered in sacrifice to the Lord. Among all the nations around Ĭś̝ ra-el the people offered human lives, even those of their own children, to the idols which they worshipped. But the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el remembered what God had taught Ā́ bră-hăm when he was about to offer up Ĭ́ s̝aac; and they never, except this once, laid a human offering upon God's altar. If Jĕph́ thah had lived near the Tabernacle at Shī́ lōh, and had been taught God's law, he would not have give such a promise, for God did not desire it; and his daughter's life would have been saved. From all these stories it is easy to see how the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes lived during the three hundred years while the judges ruled. There was no strong power to which all gave obedience; but each family lived as it chose. Many people worshipped the Lord; but many more turned from the Lord to the idols, and then turned back to the Lord, after they had fallen under the hand of their enemies. In one part of the land they were free; in another part they were ruled by the foreign peoples.

Story Twelve

THE STRONG MAN: HOW HE LIVED AND HOW HE DIED
Judg. 13:1, to 16:31
AFTER Jĕph́ thah three judges ruled in turn, named Ĭb́ zăn, Ḗ lŏn, and Ăb́ dŏn. None of these were men of war, and in their days the land was quiet. But the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el again began to worship idols; and as a punishment God allowed them once more to pass under the power of their enemies. The seventh oppression, which now fell upon Ĭś̝ ra-el, was by far the hardest, the longest, and the most widely spread of any, for it was over all the tribes. It came from the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, a strong and warlike people, who lived on the west of Ĭś̝ ra-el upon the plain beside the Great Sea. They worshipped an idol called Dā́ gon, which was made in the form of a fish's head on a man's body.
These people, the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, sent their armies up from the plain beside the sea to the mountains of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and overran all the land.
They took away from the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes all their swords and spears, so that they could not fight; and they robbed their land of all the crops, so that the people suffered for want of food. And as before, the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes in their trouble cried to the Lord, and the Lord heard their prayer.
In the tribe-land of Dăn, which was next to the country of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, there was living a man named Mā̇˗nṓ ah. One day an angel came to his wife, and said, "You shall have a son; and when he grows up he will begin to save Ĭś̝ ra-el from the hand of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝. But your son must never drink any wine or strong drink as long as he lives. And his hair must be allowed to grow long, and must never be cut, for he shall be a Năź a-rīte under a vow to the Lord.”
When a child was given especially to God, or when a man gave himself to some work for God, he was forbidden to drink wine, and as a sign, his hair was left to grow long while the vow or promise, to God was upon him. Such a person as this was called a Năź a-rīte, a word which means "one who has a vow," and Mā̇-nṓ ah's child was to be a Năź a-rīte, and under a vow, as long as he lived.
The child was born, and was named Săḿ son. He grew up to become the strongest man of whom the Bible tells. Săḿ son was no general, like Ḡĭd́ e-on or Jĕph́ thah, to call out his people and lead them in war. He did much to set his people free; but all that he did was by his own strength, without any help from other men.
When Săḿ son became a young man he went down to Tĭḿ nath, in the land of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne. There he saw a young Phĭ-lĭś tĭne woman whom he loved, and wished to have as his wife. His father and mother were not pleased that he should marry among the enemies of his own people. They did not know that God would make this marriage the means of bringing harm upon the Phĭ-lĭś́˗tĭnes̝, and of helping the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes.
As Săḿ son was going down to Tĭḿ nath, to see this young woman, a hungry young lion came out of the mountain, growling and roaring. Săḿ son seized the lion, and tore him in pieces as easily as another man would have killed a little kid of the goats; and then went on his way. He made his visit, and came home, but said nothing to anyone about the lion.
After a time Săḿ son went again to Tĭḿ nath, for his marriage with the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne woman. On his way he stopped to look at the dead lion; and in its body he found a swarm of bees, and honey which they had made. He took some of the honey, and ate it as he walked; but told no one of it.
At the wedding-feast, which lasted a whole week, there were many Phĭ-lĭś tĭne young men; and they amused each other with questions and riddles.
"I will give you a riddle," said Săḿ son. "If you answer it during the feast, I will give you thirty suits of clothing. And if you cannot answer it, then you must give me thirty suits of clothing.”
"Let us hear your riddle," they said. And this was Săḿ son's riddle for the young men of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ to answer:
"Out of the eater came forth meat.
And out of the strong came forth sweetness.'
They could not find the answer, though they tried to find it, all that day, and the two days that followed. And at last they came to Săḿ son's wife, and said to her, "Coax your husband to tell you the answer. If you do not find it out, we will set your house on fire, and burn you and all your people.”
And Săḿ son's wife urged him to tell her the answer. She cried and pleaded with him, and said, "If you really love me, you would not keep this a secret from me.”
At last Săḿ son yielded, and told his wife how he had killed the lion and afterward found the honey in its body. She told her people, and just before the end of the feast they came to Săḿ son with the answer. They said, "What is sweeter than honey? And what is stronger than a lion?”
And Săḿ son said to them, "If you had not plowed with my heifer, you had not found out my riddle.”
By his "heifer"—which is a young cow—of course Săḿ son meant his wife. Then Săḿ son was required to give them thirty suits of clothing. He went out among the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝, killed the first thirty men whom he found, took off their clothes, and gave them to the guests at the feast. But all this made Săḿ son very angry. He left his new wife and went home to his father's house. Then the parents of his wife gave her to another man.
But after a time Săḿ son's anger passed away, and he went again to Tĭḿ nath to see his wife. But her father said to him, "You went away angry, and I supposed that you cared nothing for her. I gave her to another man, and now she is his wife. But here is her younger sister; you can take her for your wife instead.”
But Săḿ son would not take his wife's sister. He went out very angry, determined to do harm to the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, because they had cheated him. He caught all the wild foxes that he could find, until he had three hundred of them. Then he tied them together in pairs, by their tails; and between each pair of foxes he tied to their tails a piece of dry wood which he set on fire. These foxes with firebrands on their tails he turned loose among the fields of the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ when the grain was ripe. They ran wildly over the fields, set the grain on fire, and burned it; and with the grain the olive-trees in the fields.
When the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ saw their harvests destroyed, they said, "Who has done this?”
And people said, "Săḿ son did this, because his wife was given by her father to another man.”
The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ looked on Săḿ son's father-in-law as the cause of their loss; and they came, and set his house on fire, and burned the man and his daughter whom Săḿ son had married. Then Săḿ son came down again, and alone fought a company of Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝, and killed them all, as a punishment for burning his wife. After this Săḿ son went to live in a hollow place in a split rock, called the rock or Ḗ tam. The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ came up in a great army, and overran the fields in the tribe-land of Jū́ dah.
"Why do you come against us?" asked the men of Jū́ dah. "What do you want from us?" "We have come," they said, "to bind Săḿ son, and to deal with him as he has dealt with our people.”
The men of Judah said to Săḿ son, "Do you not know that the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ are ruling over us? Why do you make them angry by killing their people? You see that we suffer through your pranks.
Now we must bind you, and give you to the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes; or they will ruin us all.”
And Săḿ son said, "I will let you bind me, if you will promise not to kill me yourselves; but only to give me safely into the hands of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝.”
They made the promise; and Săḿ son gave himself up to them, and allowed them to tie him up fast with new ropes. The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ shouted for joy as they saw their enemy brought to them, led in bonds by his own people. Little did they know what was to happen. For as soon as Săḿ son came among them he burst the bonds as though they had been light strings; and picked up from the ground the jawbone of an ass, and struck right and left with it as with a sword. He killed almost a thousand of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ with this strange weapon. Afterward he sang a song about it, thus:
“With the jawbone of an ass, heaps upon heaps,
With the jawbone of an ass, have I slain a thousand men.”
After this Săḿ son went down to the chief city of the Phĭ-lĭś˗tĭnes̝, which was named Gā́ za. It was a large city; and like all large cities was surrounded with a high wall. When the men of Gā́ za found Săḿ son in their city, they shut the gates, thinking that they could now hold him as a prisoner. But in the night, Săḿ son rose up, went to the gates, pulled their posts out of the ground, and put the gates with their posts upon his shoulder. He carried them twenty miles away, and left them on the top of a hill not far from the city of Hḗ bron.
After this Săḿ son saw another woman among the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, and he loved her. The name of this woman was Dē-lī́ lah. The rulers of the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ came to Dē-lī́ lah, and said to her:
"Find out, if you can, what it is that makes Săḿ son so strong; and tell us. If you help us to get control of him, so that we can have him in our power, we will give you a great sum of money.”
And Dē-lī́ lah coaxed and pleaded with Săḿ son to tell her what it was that made him so strong. Săḿ son said to her, "If they will tie me with seven green twigs from a tree, then I shall not be strong anymore.”
They brought her seven green twigs, like those of a willow tree; and she bound Săḿ son with them while he was asleep. Then she called out to him, "Wake up, Săḿ son, the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ are coming against you!”
And Săḿ son rose up, and broke the twigs as easily as if they had been charred in the fire, and went away with ease.
And Dē-lī́ lah tried again to find his secret. She said, "You are only making fun of me. Now tell me truly how you can be bound.”
And Săḿ son said, "Let them bind me with new ropes, that have never been used before; and then I cannot get away.”
While Săḿ son was asleep again, Dē-lī́ lah bound him with new ropes. Then she called out as before, "Get up, Săḿ son, for the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ are coming!" And when Săḿ son rose up, the ropes broke as if they were thread. And Dē-lī́ lah again urged him to tell her; and he said:
"You notice that my long hair is in seven locks. Weave it together in the loom, just as if it were the threads in a piece of cloth.”
Then, while he was asleep, she wove his hair in the loom, and fastened it with a large pin to the weaving-frame. But when he awoke, he rose up, and carried away the pin and the beam of the weaving-frame, for he was as strong as before.
And Dē-lī́ lah said, "Why do you tell me that you love me, as long as you deceive me, and keep from me your secret!" And she pleaded with him day after day, until at last he yielded to her, and told her the real secret of his strength. He said:
"I am a Năź a-rīte, under a vow to the Lord not to drink wine, and not to allow my hair to be cut. If I should let my hair be cut short, then the Lord would forsake me, and my strength would go from me, and I would be like other men.”
Then Dē-lī́ lah knew that she had found the truth at last. She sent for the rulers of the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝, saying, "Come up this once, and you shall have your enemy; for I am sure now that he has told me all that is in his heart.”
Then, while the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes were watching outside, Dē-lī́ lah let Săḿ son go to sleep, with his head upon her knees. While he was sound asleep, they took a razor and shaved off all his hair. Then she called out as at other times, "Rise up, Săḿ son; the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ are upon you.”
He awoke, and rose up, expecting to find himself strong as before; for he did not at first know that his long hair had been cut off. But he had broken his vow to the Lord, and the Lord had left him. He was now as weak as other men, and helpless in the hands of his enemies. The Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ easily made him their prisoner; and that he might never do them more harm, they put out his eyes. Then they chained him with fetters, and sent him to prison at Gā́ za. And in the prison they made Săḿ son turn a heavy millstone to grind grain, just as though he were a beast of burden.
But while Săḿ son was in prison his hair grew long again; and with his hair his strength came back to him, for Săḿ son renewed his vow to the Lord.
One day a great feast was held by the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ in the temple of their fish-god Dā́ gon. For they said, "Our god has given Săḿ son our enemy into our hands. Let us be glad together and praise Dā́ gon.”
And the temple was thronged with people, and the roof over it was also crowded with more than three thousand men and women. They sent for Săḿ son, to rejoice over him; and Săḿ son was led into the court of the temple, before all the people, to amuse them. After a time, Săḿ son said to the boy who was leading him:
"Take me up to the front of the temple, so that I may stand by one of the pillars, and lean against it.”
And while Săḿ son stood between two of the pillars, he prayed to the Lord God of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and said, "O Lord God, remember me,
I pray thee, and give me strength only this once, O God; and help me, that I may obtain vengeance upon the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ for my two eyes!”
Then he placed one arm around the pillar on one side, and the other arm around the pillar on the other side, and he said, "Let me die with the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝.”
And he bowed forward with all his might, and pulled the pillars over with him, bringing down the roof and all upon it upon those that were under it. Săḿ son himself was among the dead; but in his death he killed more of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̆ than he had killed during his life.
Then in the terror which came upon the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ the men of Săḿ son's tribe came down and found his dead body, and buried it in their own land. After that it was years before the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ tried again to rule over the Ĭś̝ 'ra-el-ītes.
Săḿ son did much to set his people free, but he might have done much more, if he had led his people, instead of trusting alone to his own strength; and if he had lived more earnestly, and not done his deeds as though he was playing pranks and making jokes upon his enemies. There were deep faults in Săḿ son, but at the end he sought God's help and found it; and God used Săḿ son to begin to set his people free.
The tribe to which Săḿ son belonged was the tribe of Dăn, a people who lived on the edge of the mountain country, between the mountains and the plains by the sea-coast, which was the home of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝. The tribe-land of Dăn was northwest of Jū́ dah, southwest of Ḗ phră-ĭm, and west of Bĕń ja-mĭn. Săḿ son ruled over his own tribe, but not much over the other tribes. Yet his deeds of courage and strength kept the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, during his lifetime, from getting control over the lands of Jū́ dah and Bĕń ja-mĭn; so that Săḿ son helped to save Ĭś̝ ra-el from its enemies.

Story Thirteen

THE IDOL TEMPLE AT DAN, AND ITS PRIEST
Judges 17:1, to 18:31
WHILE the judges were ruling in Ĭś̝ ra-el, at one time there was living in the mountains of Ḗ phră-ĭm, near the road which ran north and south, a man named Mī́ cah, His mother, who was dwelling with him, found that someone had stolen from her a large sum of money. Now, the money had been taken by her son Mī́ cah, and after a time he said to her:
"Those eleven hundred pieces of silver which you lost, and of which you spoke, are with me; for I took them myself.”
And his mother answered, "May the blessing of God rest upon you, my son, for bringing again to me my silver. This money shall be the Lord's. I will give it back to you, to be used in the service of the Lord.”
But instead of taking the money to the Tabernacle of the Lord at Shī́ lōh, Mī́ cah used it to make two images of silver, one carved and the other cast in metal. These he set up in his house to be worshipped. He appointed one of his sons as a priest, and thus made of his house an idol temple.
One day a man on a journey was passing by Mī́ cah's house. Mī́ cah saw from his dress that he belonged to the tribe of Lḗ vī, from which the priests came. He said to him, "Who are you? From what place do you come?”
The young man said, "I am a Lḗ vīte, from Bĕth́=lĕ-hĕm in the land of Judah, and I am trying to find a place where I can earn my living.”
"Stay here with me," said Mī́ cah, "and be a priest in my house. I wi a give you your food, and a place to sleep, and for each year a suit of clothes and ten pieces of silver.”
The Lḗ vīte was well pleased at this, and stayed in Mī́ cah's house, and became his priest. And Mī́ cah’s said to himself:
"I am sure that now the Lord will be pleased with me, since I have a house with gods and a Lḗ vīte as my priest.”
Already many in Ĭś̝ ra-el had forgotten that God would not bless those who set up idols when they should worship the Lord God.
The tribe of Dăn was living at that time between the country of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ and the tribe of Bĕń ja-mĭn, having Jū́ dah on the south and Ḗ phră-ĭm on the north. The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ pressed closely upon them, and they sought some place where they could live with more room and at peace.
They sent out from their tribe-land five men as spies, to go through the country and find some better place for the home of their tribe. These five men walked through the land, and they came to the house of Mī́ cah. Mī́ cah took them into his house, for it was the custom thus to care for people who were on a journey.
These men from Dăn, who were called Dăń ītes, had seen Mī́ cah's priest before in his earlier home. They knew him, and asked him how he came to be there. The young Lḗ vīte told them that Micah had hired him to become his priest. He took them into the temple-room and showed them the images and the altar, and he offered a sacrifice and a prayer for them.
Then the five men left Mī́ cah's house and went on their way. They walked through all the 'tribes in the north; and far up among the mountains, near one of the great fountains where the river Jôŕ dan begins, they found a little city called Lā́ ish. The people of Lā́ ish were not Īś̝ ra-el-ītes, but came from the country of Zī́ don. The Dăń ītes saw that their little city was far from Zī́ don, and that its people were living alone, with none of their own race to help them.
The men of Dăn walked back over the mountains to their own people, near the Phĭ-lĭś tine country; and they brought back an account of their journey through the land. They said:
"We have found a good place, far up in the north, where there is room for us, and a rich soil, and plenty of water. Come with us, and let us take that place for our home.”
So a large part of the tribe of Dăn, with their wives and their children, went up toward this place. Among them were six hundred men with shields, and swords, and spears for war. As they came near to Mī́ cah’s house, one of the five men who had been there before said to them;
"Do you know that in one of these houses there is an altar, and a carved image, and another image, both of silver? Now think what you would better do.”
Then the five men came again into Mī́ cah's temple while the six hundred soldiers stood outside. They were just about to carry away the silver images when the Lḗ vīte said to them, "What are you doing?”
And the men said to him, "Never mind what we are doing. Keep still and come with us. Is it not better for you to be a priest to a whole tribe than to one man?”
Then the young priest said no more. He took away all the priestly robes, and the silver ornaments, and the images, and went away with the people of Dăn. When Mī́ cah came home he found that his temple had been robbed and his images and his priest were taken away.
He gathered some of his neighbors, and they hastened after the people of Dăn. When they caught up with them Mī́ cah cried out aloud to them. The men of Dăn turned, and said to Mī́ cah: "What is the matter with you, that you come after us with a company and make such a noise?”
And Mī́ cah answered, "You have taken away my gods which I made, and my priest; and now what is left to me? And you say to me, 'What is the matter? '”
Then the men of Dăn said, "Be careful what you say, or you may make some of our men angry, and they will fall on you, and then you will lose your life!”
Mĭ́ cah saw that the men of Dăn were too strong for him to fight them, so he went back to his house without his priest and without his images. The Dăń ītes went up to the little city of Lā́ ish, in the north. They took it, and killed all the people who were living there. Then they built the city again, and changed its name to Dan, the name of the father of their tribe.
There, at Dan, they built a temple, and in it they set up the images, and this Lḗ vīte became their priest. And the strangest part of all the story is, that this Lḗ vīte was a grandson of Mṓ s̝es̝ the man of God and the great prophet. So soon did the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el fall into sin, and so deeply, that the grandson of Mṓ s̝es̝ became the priest in a temple of idols. And at this time the house of God was at Shiloh; yet at Dăn during those years and for many years afterward was a temple of idols, and within its walls a line of priests descended from Mṓ s̝es̝ were worshipping and offering sacrifices to images.
And as the temple of idols in Dăn was much nearer to the people in the northern part of the land than was the house of the Lord, the Tabernacle at Shī́ lōh, very many of those who lived in the north, went to this idol-temple to worship. So the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el were led away from God to serve idols. This was very displeasing to God.

Story Fourteen

HOW RUTH GLEANED IN THE FIELD OF BOAZ.
Ruth 1:1, to 4:22
IN the time of the judges in Ĭś̝ ra-el, a man named Ē̇-lĭḿ e-lĕch was living in the town of Bĕth=lĕ-hem, in the tribe of Jū́ dah, about six miles south of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm. His wife's name was Nā̇˗ṓ mī, and his two sons were Mäh́ lon and Chĭĺ ĭ-on. For some years the crops were poor, and food was scarce in Jū́ dah; and Ē˗lĭḿ e-lĕch, with his family, went to live in the land of Mṓ ab, which was on the east of the Dead Sea, as Jū́ dah was on the west.
There they stayed ten years, and in that time Ē-lĭḿ e-lĕch died. His two sons married women of the country of Mṓ ab, one woman named Ôŕ pah, the other named Rṳth. But the two young men also died in the land of Mṓ ab, so that Nā̇-ṓ mī and her two daughters-in-law were all left widows.
Nā̇˗ó mī heard that God had again given good harvests and bread to the land of Jū́ dah, and she rose up to go from Mṓ ab back to her own land and her own town of Bĕth=lĕ˗hĕm. Her two daughters-in-law loved her and both would have gone with her, though the land of Jū́ dah was a strange land to them, for they were of the Mṓ ab-īte people.
Nā̇˗mī said to them, "Go back, my daughters, to your own mothers' homes. May the Lord deal kindly with you, as you have been kind to your husbands and to me. May the Lord grant that each of you may yet find another husband and a happy home." Then Nā̇-ṓ mī kissed them in farewell, and tile three women all wept together. The two young widows said to her, "You have been a good mother to us, and we will go with you, and live among your people.”
"No, no," said Nā̇-ṓ mī. "You are young, and I am old. Go back and be happy among your own people.”
Then Ôŕ pah kissed and went back to her people; but Ruth would not leave her. She said, "Do not ask me to leave you, for I never will. Where you go, I will go; where you live,. I will live; your people shall be my people; and your God shall be my God.
Where you die, I will die, and be buried. Nothing but death itself shall part you and me.”
When Nā̇-ṓ mī: saw that Rṳth was firm in her purpose, she ceased trying to persuade her; so the two women went on together.
They walked around the Dead Sea, and crossed the river Jôŕ dan, and climbed the mountains of Jū́ dah, and came to Bĕth́=lĕ-hĕm.
Nā̇-ṓ mī had been absent from Bĕth'=lĕ-hĕm for ten years, but her friends were all glad to see her again. They said, "Is this Nā̇-ṓ mī, whom we knew years ago?" Now the name Nā̇-ṓ mi means "pleasant." And Nā̇-ṓ mī said:
"Call me not Nā̇-ṓ mī; call me Mā́ rȧ, for the Lord has made my life bitter. I went out full, with my husband and two sons; now I come home empty, without them. Do not call me `Pleasant'; call me 'Bitter.'" The name "Mā́ rȧ," by which Nā̇˗ṓn mī wished to be called, means "bitter." But Nā̇-ṓ mī learned later that "Pleasant" was the right name for her after all.
There was living in Bĕth=lĕ-hĕm at that time a very rich man named Bṓ ăz. He owned large fields that were abundant in their harvests; and he was related to the family of Ḗ lĭm-e-lĕch, Nā̇-ṓ mī's husband, who had died.
It was the custom in Ĭś̝ ra-el when they reaped the grain not to gather all the stalks, but to leave some for the poor people, who followed after the reapers with their sickles, and gathered what was left. When Nā̇-ṓ mī and Rṳth came to Bĕth́=lĕ-hĕm it was the time of the barley harvest; and Ruth went out into the fields to glean the grain which the reapers had left. It so happened that she was gleaning in the field that belonged to Bṓ ăz, this rich man.
Bṓ ăz came out from the town to see his men reaping, and he said to them, "The Lord be with you"; and they answered him, "The Lord bless you." And Bṓ ăz said to his master of the reapers, "Who is this young woman that I see gleaning in the field?”
The man answered, "It is the young woman from the land of Mṓ ab, who came with Nâ-ṓ mi. She asked leave to glean after the reapers, and has been here gathering grain since yesterday.”
Then Bṓ ăz said to Rṳth, "Listen to me, my daughter. Do not go to any other field, but stay here with my young women. No one shall harm you; and when you are thirsty, go and drink at our vessels of water.”
Then Rṳth bowed to Bṓ ăz, and thanked him for his kindness, all the more kind because she was a stranger in Ĭś̝ ra-el. Bṓ ăz said:
"I have heard how true you have been to your mother-in-law, Nâ-ṓ mī, in leaving your own land and coming with her to this land.
May the Lord, under whose wings you have come, give you a reward!" And at noon, when they sat down to rest and to eat, Bṓ ăz gave her some of the food. And he said to the reapers: "When you are reaping, leave some of the sheaves for her; and drop out some sheaves from the bundles, where she may gather them.”
That evening Ruth showed Nā̇-ṓ mī how much she had gleaned, and told her of the rich man Bṓ ăz, who had been so kind to her. And 'Nā̇-ṓ mī said, "This man is a near relation of ours. Stay in his fields as long as the harvest lasts." And so Ruth gleaned in the fields of Boaz until the harvest had been gathered.
At the end of the harvest Bṓ ăz held a feast on the threshing-floor. And after the feast, by the advice of Nā̇-ṓ mī, Ruth went to him, and said to him, "You are a near relation of my husband and of his father, Ē̇-lĭḿ e-lĕch. Now will you not do good to us for his sake?”
And when Bṓ ăz saw Rṳth he loved her; and soon after this he took her as his wife. And Nā̇-ṓ mī and Ruth went to live in his home; so that Nā̇˗ṓ mī's life was no more bitter, but pleasant. And Bṓ ăz and Ruth had a son, whom they named Ṓ bed; and later Ṓ bed had a son named Jesse; and Jĕś se was the father of Dā́ vid, the shepherd boy who became king. So Rṳth, the young woman of Mṓ ab, who chose the people and the God of Ĭś̝ ra-el, became the mother of kings.
Lesson 18. The Later Judges.
(Omit Stories 11 and 13. Tell Stories 12 and 14 in Part Second.)
1. What enemies gave to the Israelites the greatest trouble in the time of the judges? The Philistines.
2. Who began to set Israel free from the Philistines? Samson.
3. For what was Samson famed? For his great strength.
4. What did Samson once carry away from a city? The gates of
5. What did the Philistines do to Samson when they made him prisoner? They put out his eyes.
6. What did Samson do to the Philistines afterward? He pulled down a temple upon them.
7. What good woman came to live among the Israelites in the time of the judges? Ruth.
8. In what city did Ruth live? Bethlehem.
9. What rich man married Ruth? Boaz.
10. What king was the great grandson of Boaz and Ruth? David.

Story Fifteen

THE LITTLE BOY WITH A LINEN COAT
1 Sam. 1:1, to 3:21
SĂḾ SON the strong man (see Story Twelve) ruled Ĭś̝ ra-el as the thirteenth of the judges; and after him came Ḗ lī as the fourteenth judge. Ḗ lī was also the high-priest of the Lord in the Tabernacle at Shī́ lōh. While Ḗ lī was the priest and the judge, a man was living at Rā́ mah in the mountains of Ḗ phră-ĭm, whose name was Ĕĺ kă˗nah. He had two wives, as did many men in that time. One of these wives had children, but the other wife, whose name was Hăń nah, had no child.
Every year Ĕĺ kă-nah and his family went up to worship at the house of the Lord in Shiloh, which was about fifteen miles from his home. And at one of these visits Hăń nah prayed to the Lord, saying:
"O Lord, if thou wilt look upon me, and give me a son, he shall be given to the Lord as long as he lives.”
The Lord heard Hăń nah’s prayer, and gave her a little boy; and she called his name Săḿ u-el, which means "Asked of. God," because he had been given in answer to her prayer. While he was still a little child she brought him to Ḗ lī, the priest, and said to him:
"My lord, I am the woman who stood here praying. I asked God for this child; and now I have promised that he shall be the Lord's as long as he lives. Let him stay here with you and grow up in God's house.”
So the child Săḿ u-el stayed at Shī́ lōh and lived with Ḗ lī the priest in one of the tents beside the Tabernacle. As he grew up he helped Ḗ lī in the work of the Lord's house. He lit the lamps, and opened the doors, and prepared the incense, and waited on Ḗ lī, who was now growing old and was almost blind.
Săḿ u-el was all the more a help and a comfort to Ḗ lī because his own sons, who were priests, were very wicked young men. Ḗ lī had not trained them to do right, nor punished them when they did wrong, when they were children; so they grew up to become evil, to disobey God's law, and to be careless in God's worship. Ḗ lī’s heart was very sad over the sins of his sons; but now that he was old he could do nothing to control them.
It had been a long time since God had spoken to men, as in other days God had spoken to Mṓ s̝es̝, to Jŏsh́ u-ȧ, and to Ḡĭd́ e-on. The men of Ĭś̝ ra-el were longing for the time to come when God would speak again to his people as of old.
One night Săḿ u-el, while yet a child, was lying down upon his bed in a tent beside the Tabernacle; he heard a voice calling him by name. It was the Lord's voice, but Săḿ u-el did not know it.
He answered, "Here I am!" and then he ran to Ḗ lī saying, "Here I am. You called me; what do you wish me to do?”
And Ḗ lī said, "My child, I did not call you. Go and lie down again.” Săḿ u-el lay down, but soon again heard the voice calling to him, "Săḿ u-el! Săḿ u-el!”
Again he rose up and went to É lī, and said, "Here I am;, tor I am sure that you called me.''
"No," said Ḗ lī, "I did not call you. Lie down again.”
A third time the voice was heard; and a third time the boy rose up from his bed and went to É̄ lī, sure that El had called him. Eli now saw that this was the Lord's voice that had spoken to Săḿ u-el. He said:
"Go, lie down once more; and if the voice speaks to you again, say 'Speak, Lord, for thy servant heareth." ”
Săḿ u-el went and lay down, and waited for the voice. It spoke as if someone unseen were standing by his bed, and saying, "Săḿ u-el! Săḿ u-el!”
Then Săḿ u-el said to the Lord, "Speak, Lord, for thy servant heareth.”
And the Lord said to Săḿ u-el:
"Listen to what I say. I have seen the wickedness of Ḗ lī’s sons. And I have seen that their father did not punish them when they were doing evil. I am going to give to them such a punishment that the story shall make every one's ears tingle who hears it.”
Săḿ u-el lay in his room until the morning. Then he arose and went about his work as usual, preparing for the daily worship and opening the doors. He said nothing of God's voice until Ḗ lī asked him. Ḗ lī said to him:
"Săḿ u-el, my son, tell me what the Lord said to you last night. Hide nothing from me.”
And Săḿ u-el told Ḗ lī all that God had said, though it was a sad message to Ḗ lī. And Ḗ lī said, "It is the Lord; let him do what seems good to him.”
And then the news went through all the land that God had spoken once more to his people. And Hannah, the lonely mother in the mountains of Ḗ phră-ĭm, heard that her son was the prophet to whom God spoke as his messenger to all Ĭś̝ ra-el.
From that time God spoke to Săḿ u-el, and Săḿ u-el gave God's word to the twelve tribes.

Story Sixteen

HOW THE IDOL FELL DOWN BEFORE THE ARK
1 Sam. 4:1, to 7:1
WHILE the old priest Ḗ lī was still the judge, though he was now very feeble, the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ came up against Ĭś̝ ra-el from the plain beside the sea. A battle was fought, and many of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were slain. Then the chiefs of the people said:
"We have been beaten in the battle, because the Lord was not with us. Let us take with us against our enemies the Ark of the Covenant from the Tabernacle, and then the Lord will be among us.”
So they went to Shiloh, and they took out from the Holy of Holies in the Tabernacle the Ark of the Covenant, and the two sons of the priest went with the ark to care for it. When the ark was brought into the camp of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes all the men of war gave a great shout, so that the earth rang with the sound.
And when the Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝ heard the shouting they wondered what caused it, and someone told them that it was because the God of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had come into their camp. The Phĭ-lĭś˗tĭnes were afraid, and they said to each other:
"Woe unto us, for such a thing as this has never been seen! Who shall save us from this great God who sent plagues on the Ē̇˗ġy̆ṕ tians̝? Let us be bold, and act like men, and fight, so that we may not be made servants to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes, as they have been to us!”
The next day there was a great battle. The Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝ overcame the Ĭś̝ ra -el-ītes and slew thousands of them. They killed the two sons of Eta, and they took the ark of the Lord away with them into their own land.
On the day of the battle Ḗ lī, old and blind, was sitting beside the door of the Tabernacle, his heart trembling for the ark of the Lord. A man came from the army running, with his garments torn, and with earth on his head as a sign of sorrow. As the man came near the city and brought the news of the battle a great cry rose up from the people. When Ḗ lī heard the noise he said:
"What does this noise mean? What has happened?”
The man came before Ḗ lī, and said:
"I have just come from the army. There has been a great battle. Ĭś̝ ra-el has fled before the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, and very many of the people have been killed. Your two sons are dead, and the ark of God has been taken by the enemy.”
When the old man heard this last word, that the ark of God was taken, he fell backward from his seat and dropped dead upon the ground. And all the land mourned and wept over the loss of the ark more than over the victory of the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝.
The Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ took the ark of God down to Ăsh́ dŏd, one of their chief cities. They set it in the temple of Dā́ gon, their fish-headed idol. The next morning, when they came into the temple, the image of Dā́ gon was lying upon its face before the ark of the Lord. They stood the image up again; but on the next morning, not only was Dā́ gon fallen down before the ark, but the hands and the head of Dā́ gon had been cut off and were lying on the floor.
Besides all this, in the city of Ashdod, where the ark had been taken, all the people began to have boils and sores. They saw in this the hand of the God of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and they sent the ark to Găth, another of their cities. There, too, the people broke out with boils and sores. They sent the ark to Ĕḱ rŏn, but the people of that city said:
"We will not have the ark of God among us. Send it back to its own land, or we shall all die.”
Then the rulers of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ resolved to send back the ark of God into the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el. They placed it upon a wagon, and before the wagon they yoked two cows. The cows had calves, but they tied the calves at home, in order to find whether the cows would go home to their calves or would take the ark away. But the cows took the road which led away from their own calves, straight up the hills toward the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and they turned neither to the right hand nor the left.
The cows drew the ark up to the village of Bĕth=shḗ mesh, where the people were reaping their wheat harvest on the hillsides. They saw the ark, and were glad. The cows stopped beside a great stone in the field. Then the men of Bĕth=shé̄ mesh cut up the wagon, and with it made a fire, and on the stone as an altar offered the two cows as an offering to the Lord.
But the men of Bĕth=shḗ mesh opened the ark and looked into it. This was contrary to God's command, for none but the priests were allowed to touch the ark. God sent a plague upon the people of that place, and many of them died, because they did not deal reverently with the ark of God.
They were filled with fear and sent to the men of Kiŕ jath=jḗ a-rĭm, asking them to take the ark away. They did so, and for twenty years the ark stood in the house of a man named Ā̇-bĭń a-dăb in Kīŕ jath=jḗ a-rĭm.
They did not take the ark back to Shī́ lōh, for after the death of the place was deserted, the Tabernacle fell into ruins, and no man lived there again.

Story Seventeen

THE LAST OF THE JUDGES
1 Sam. 7:2 to 17
WHEN the ark of God was taken and the Tabernacle fell into ruins, Săḿ u-el was still a boy. He went to his father's house at Rā́ mah, which was in the mountains, about four miles north of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lem.
Rā́ mah was the home of Săḿ u-el after this as long as he lived.
For some years, while Săḿ u-el was growing up, there was no judge in Ĭś̝ ra-el, and no head of the tribes. The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ ruled the people and took from them a large part of their harvests, their sheep, and their oxen. Often in their need they thought of the ark of the Lord, standing alone in the house at Ki͂ŕ jath=jḗ a-rĭm. And the eyes of all the people turned to the young Săḿ u-el growing up at Rā́ mah. For Săḿ u-el walked with God, and God spoke to Săḿ u-el, as God had spoken to Ā́ bră-hăm, and to Mṓ s̝es̝, and to Jŏsh́ u-a.
As soon as Săḿ u-el had grown up to be a man, he began to go among the tribes and to give to the people everywhere God's word to them. And this was what Săḿ u-el said:
"If you will really come back with all your heart to the Lord God of Ĭś̝ ra-el, put away the false gods, the images of Bā́ al, and of Ăsh-ḗ rah, and seek the Lord alone and serve him, then God will set you free from the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝.
After Săḿ u-el's words the people began to throw down the idols and to pray to the God of Ĭś̝ ra-el. And Săḿ u-el called the people from all the land to gather in one place, as many as could come. They met at a place called Mĭź pah, in the mountains of Bĕń ja-mĭn, not far from jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm.
There Săḿ u-el prayed for the people, and asked God to forgive their sin in turning away from God to idols. They confessed their wrong-doings, and made a solemn promise to serve the Lord, and to serve the Lord only.
The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ upon the plain beside the Great Sea heard of this meeting. They feared that the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes̝ were about to, break away from their rule, and they came up with an army to drive the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes̝ away to their homes and keep them under the rule of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝.
When the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes̝ saw the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ coming against them they were greatly alarmed. The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ were men of war, with swords, and shields, and spears, and they were trained in fighting; while the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el had not seen war. It was more than twenty years since their fathers had fought the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ and twice had been beaten by them. They had neither weapons nor training, and they felt themselves helpless against their enemies. They looked to just as children would look to a father, and they said to him, "Do not cease praying and crying to the Lord for us, that he may save us from the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝.”
Then Săḿ u-el took a lamb and offered it up to the Lord as a burnt-offering for the people, and he prayed mightily that God would help Ĭś̝ ra-el; and God heard his prayer.
Just as the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ were rushing upon the helpless men of Īś̝ ra-el there came a great storm with rolling thunder and flashing lightning. Such storms do not come often in that land, and this was so heavy that it frightened the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes. They threw down their spears and swords in sudden terror and ran away.
The men of Ĭś̝ ra-el picked up these arms and gathered such other weapons as they could find, and they followed the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ and killed many of them, and won a great victory over them. By this one stroke the power of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ was broken, and they lost their rule over Ĭś̝ ra-el. And it so happened that the place where Săḿ u-el won this great victory was the very place where the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had been beaten twice before, the place where the ark of God had been taken, as we read in the last Story. On the battlefield Săḿ u-el set up a great stone to mark the place, and he gave it the name Ēb́ en=ḗ zēr, which means "The Stone of Help.”
"For," said Săḿ u-el, "this was the place where the Lord helped us.”
After this defeat the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ came no more into the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el in the years while Săḿ u-el ruled as judge over the tribes. He was the fifteenth of the judges, and the last. He went throughout the land, and people everywhere brought to him their questions and their differences for Săḿ u-el to decide, for they knew that he was a good man and would do justly between man and man. From each journey he came back to Rā́ mah: There was his home, and there he built an altar to the Lord.
Săḿ u-el lived many years, and ruled the people wisely, so that all trusted in him. He taught the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes̝ to worship the Lord God, and to put away the idols, which so many of them had served. While Săḿ u-el ruled there was peace in all the tribes, and no enemies came from the lands around to do harm to the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes̝. But the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ were still very strong, and held rule over some parts of Ĭś̝ ra-el near their own land, although there was no war. Săḿ u-el was not a man of war, like Ḡĭd́ e-on or Jĕph́ thah, but a man of peace, and his rule was quiet, though it was strong.
Lesson 19. The Last of the Judges.
(Omit Stories 13 and 14 in Part Second. Tell Stories 15, 16, 17.)
1. Who was the fourteenth of the fifteen judges in Israel? Eli, who was also priest.
2. What woman brought her little child to Eli in the house of God? Hannah.
3. What was her little boy's name? Samuel.
4. Where did Samuel grow up? In the house of the Lord.
5. What came to Samuel while he was a child? The voice of the Lord.
6. What did Samuel answer when the Lord spoke to him? "Speak, for thy servant heareth.”
7. What was Samuel when he became a man? The last of the judges in Israel.
8. What did Samuel do as judge? He brought the people back to God.
9. What did the prayers of Samuel give to the people? Victory over their enemies.
10. What is said of Samuel as a ruler? He was wise and good.
11. At what place did Samuel live while he was judge? At Ramah.

Story Eighteen

THE TALL MAN WHO WAS CHOSEN KING
1 Sam. 8:1, to 10:27
WHEN Săḿ u-el, the good man and the wise judge, grew old he made his sons judges in Ĭś̝ ra-el, to help him in the care of the people. But Săḿ u-el's sons did not walk in his ways. They did not try always to do justly. When men brought matters before them to be decided, they would decide for the one who gave them money and not always for the one who was in the right.
The elders of all the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el came to Săḿ u-el at his home in Rā́ mah, and they said to him, "You are growing old, and your sons do not rule as well as you have ruled. All the lands around us have kings. Let us have a king also, and do you choose the king for us.”
This was not pleasing to Săḿ u-el, not because he wished to rule, but because the Lord God was their king, and he felt that for Ĭś̝ ra-el to have such a king as those who ruled the nations around them would be turning away from the Lord. Săḿ u-el prayed to the Lord, and the Lord said to him, "Listen to the people in what they ask, for they have not turned away from you; they have turned away from me in asking for a king. Let them have a king, but tell them of the wrong that they are doing, and show them what trouble their king will bring upon them.”
Then Săḿ u-el called the elders of the people together, and he said to them, "If you have a king, as do the nations around, he will take your sons away from you, and will make some of them soldiers, and horsemen, and men to drive his chariots. He will take others of your sons to wait on him, to work in his fields, and to make his chariots and his weapons for war. Your king will take the best of your fields and your farms, and will give them to the men of his court who are 'around him. He will make your daughters cook for him, and make bread, and serve in his palace. He will take a part of 'your sheep, and your oxen, and your asses. You will find that he will be your master and you shall be his servants. The time shall come when you will cry out to the Lord on account of the king that you have chosen, and the Lord will not hear you." But the people would not follow Săḿ u-el's advice. They said, "No, we will have a king to reign over us, so that we may be like other nations, and our king shall be our judge and shall lead us out to war.”
It was God's will that Ĭś̝ ra-el should be a quiet, plain people, living alone in the mountains, serving the Lord and not trying to conquer other nations. But they wished to be a great people, to be strong in war and to have riches and power. And the Lord said to Săḿ u-el, "Do as the people ask, and choose a king for them.”
Then Săḿ u-el sent the people to their homes, promising to find a king for them.
There was at that time in the tribe of Bĕń ja-mĭn a young man named Saul, the son of Kish. He was a very large man and noble looking. From his shoulders he stood taller than any other man in Ĭś̝ ra-el. His father Kĭsh was a rich man, with wide fields and many flocks. Some asses that belonged to Kĭsh had strayed away, and Sa̤ul went out with a servant to find them. While they were looking for the asses they came near to Rā́ mah, where Săḿ u-el lived. The servant said to Sa̤ul, "There is in this city a man of God whom all men honor. They say that he can tell what is about to happen, for he is a seer. Let us go to him and give him a present. Perhaps he can tell us where to find the asses.”
In those times a man to whom God made known his will was called a seer; in later times he was called a prophet.
So Saul and his servant came to Rā́ mah and asked for the seer; and while they were coming the seer, who was Săḿ u-el, met them. On the day before the Lord had spoken to Săḿ u-el, and had said:
"To-morrow, about this time, I will send you a man out of the tribe of Bĕń ja-mĭn, and you shall make him the prince of my people, and he shall save my people from the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne.”
And when Săḿ u-el saw this tall and noble-looking young man coming to meet him, he heard the Lord's voice, saying:
"This is the man of whom I spoke to you. He is the one that shall rule over my people.”
Then Saul came near to Săḿ u-el, not knowing who he was, and he said, "Can you tell me where the seer's house is?" And Săḿ u-el answered Sa̤ul, "I am the seer; come with me up to the hill. We are to have an offering and a feast there. As for the asses that were lost three days ago, do not be troubled about them, for they have been found. But on whom is the desire of all Ĭś̝ ra˗el? Is it not on you and on your father's house?" Saul could not think what the seer meant in those last words. He said, "Is not my tribe of Bĕń ja-min the smallest of all the tribes? And is not my family the least of all the families in the tribe? Why do you say such things to me?”
But Săḿ u-el led Saul and his servant into the best room at his house; at the table, where thirty had been invited, he gave Sa̤ul the best place, and he put before him the choicest of the meat, and he said, "This has been kept for you of all those invited to the feast.”
That night Saul and his servant slept in the best room, which was on the roof of Săḿ u-el's house. And the next morning Săḿ u-el sent the servant on while he spoke with Saul alone. He brought out a vial of oil and poured it on Saul's head, and said:
"The Lord has anointed you to be prince over his land and his people.”
Then he told Saul just what he would find on the way, where he would meet certain people, and what he must do. He said:
"When you come to the tomb where Rā́ chel is buried, two men will meet you and will say to you, 'The asses for which you were looking have been found, and now your father is looking for you.' Then under an oak you will meet three men carrying three kids, three loaves of bread, and a skin-bottle full of wine; and these men will give you as a present two loaves of bread. Next' you will meet a company of prophets, men full of God's Spirit, with instruments of music, and the Lord's Spirit shall come upon you and a new heart shall be given to you. All these things will show you that God is with you. Now go, and do whatever God tells you to do.”
And it came just as Sāḿ u-el had said. These men met Saul, and when the prophets came near, singing and praising God, Saul joined them and also sang and praised the Lord. And in that hour a new spirit came to Sa̤ul. He was no more the farmer's son, for in him was the soul of a king.
He came home, and told at home how he had met Săḿ u-el, and that Săḿ u-el said to him that the asses had been found. But he did not tell them that Săḿ u-el had poured oil upon his head and said that he was to be the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
Then Săḿ u-el called all the people to the meeting place at Mĭź peh. And he told them that they had wished for a king, and God had chosen a king for them.
"Now," said Săḿ u-el, "let the men of the tribes pass by, each tribe and each family by itself.”
The people passed by Săḿ u-el, and when the tribe of Bĕń ja-mĭn came, out of all the tribes Bĕń ja-mĭn was taken; out of Bĕń ja-mĭn one family, and out of that family Saul's name was called. But Sa̤ul was not with his family; he had hidden away. They found him and brought him out; and when he stood among the people his head and shoulders rose above them all. And Săḿ u-el, said: "Look at the man whom the Lord has chosen! There is not another like him among all the people!" And all the people shouted "God save the king! Long live the king!”
Then Săḿ u-el told the people what should be the laws for the king and for the people to obey. He wrote them down in a book, and placed the book before the Lord. Then Săḿ u-el sent the people home, and Sa̤ul went back to his own house at a place called Ḡĭb́˗e-ah, and with Saul went a company of men to whose hearts God had given a love for the king. So after three hundred years under the fifteen judges Ĭś̝ ra-el now had a king. But among the people there was some who were not pleased with the new king, because he was an unknown man from the farm. They said, "Can such a man as this save us?" They showed no respect to the king and in their hearts looked down upon him. But Saul said nothing and showed his wisdom by appearing not to notice them.
Lesson 20. The First King of Israel.
(Tell Story 18 in Part Second.)
1. When Samuel grew old, what did the people ask him to do? To give them a king.
2. Why did the Israelites wish for a king? To be like the others around them.
3. Why was Samuel not pleased at this? Because he wished God to be the king of Israel.
4. What did God tell Samuel to do? To let the people have a king.
5. Whom did God choose as the first king of Israel? A young man named Saul.
6. How did Saul look when he was made king? He was the tallest man of all the people.
7. What did the people say when they saw their new king? "Long live the King.”
8. What did Samuel do for the king and the people? He wrote the laws of the land in a book.
9. Where did Saul live as king? At Gibeah.
Lesson 21. Review of Bible People, from Joshua to Saul.
(With each name, tell enough of the story to recall it to the minds of the pupils.)
1. Who was the ruler of the Israelites after Moses died? Joshua.
2. What woman hid the spies and was saved by the Israelites when her city was taken? Rahab.
3. Who ruled the Israelites in turn after Joshua? Fifteen judges.
4. Who was the first judge? Othniel.
5. Who was the woman judge? Deborah.
6. Who was the greatest of the judges? Gideon.
7. What judge offered up his daughter? Jephthah.
8. What judge was a very strong man? Samson.
9. What old man was at the same time judge and priest? Eli.
10. Who was the last of the judges? Samuel.
11. Who was the mother of Samuel? Hannah,
12. Who was the first king of Israel? Saul.
Lesson 22. Review of Bible Places in Part Second.
(Tell enough of the story with each place to recall the name to the pupils.)
1. What land was won by Joshua and the Israelites in war? The land of Canaan.
2. What river stopped flowing while the Israelites walked across its bed? The Jordan river.
3. What city was taken by the Israelites when its walls fell down? Jericho.
4. Near what place did Joshua read the law of God to the Israelites? Near the city of Shechem.
5. At what battle do we read that the sun and moon stood still? The battle of Bethhoron.
6. What name was given to the land of Canaan after it was taken by the Israelites? The land of Israel.
7. Where were the Tabernacle and the ark of God placed after the land was won? At Shiloh.
8. Where did Samuel live while he was judge? At Ramah.
9. Where did Saul live while he was king? At Gibeah.

Part Third

STORIES OF THE THREE GREAT KINGS OF ISRAEL

Story One

HOW SAUL SAVED THE EYES OF THE MEN OF JABESH
1 Sam. 11:1, to 12:25
SA̤UL was now the king of all the twelve tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el, but he did not at once in his manner of life set up the state of a king. He lived at home, and worked in the fields on his father's farm, just as he had always done.
One day, while Sa̤ul was plowing in the field with a yoke of oxen, a man came running with sad news. He said that the Ăḿ mon-ītes, a fierce people living near the desert on the east, beyond the Jôŕ dan, had come up against Jā́ besh in Ḡĭĺ e-ăd, led by their king, Nā́ hăsh. The people in that city were too few to fight the Ăḿ mon-ītes, and they said, "We will submit to your rule, if you will promise to spare our lives.”
And Nā́ hăsh, the king of the Ăḿ mon-ītes, said to the people of Jā́ besh, "You shall live; but within seven days I will come with my soldiers, and I will put out the right eye of every man in your city.”
When a city was taken by its enemies in those times, such cruel deeds were common. Often all the people in it, young and old, were slain without mercy. The men of Jā́ besh sent a messenger to go to Sa̤ul as swiftly as possible, and to tell him of the terrible fate that was hanging over them.
When Sa̤ul heard of it the spirit of a king rose within him. He killed the oxen that he was driving, cut them into twelve pieces, and sent swift messengers through all the land, to say to every fighting man in the twelve tribes, "Whoever will not come out after Sa̤ul and after Săḿ u-el, so shall it be done to his oxen.”
And the Lord gave to all the people the spirit of obedience to their king. At once a great army gathered at a place called' Bḗ zĕk, and he sent word to Jā́ besh, saying, "To-morrow, by the time the sun is hot, you will be set free from all fear of the Ăḿ mon-ītes.”
Sa̤ul and his men marched swiftly over the mountains of Bĕń ja-mĭn and down into the Jôŕ dan valley. They walked across the river where it was shallow and climbed the mountains of Ḡĭĺ e-ăd. There they fell furiously upon the Ăḿ mon-ītes, early in the morning, killed many of them and scattered the rest, so that not even two of their men could be found together.
We read in the last Story that when Sa̤ul was made king some men were not pleased and were unwilling to submit to him. Now that a great victory had been won under Sa̤ul as leader, the people said with one voice, "Where are those men who would not honor our king? Bring them out, and let them be put to death.”
But King Sa̤ul said, "There shall not a man be put to death this day, for to-day the Lord has set his people free from their enemies." Săḿ u-el was with Sa̤ul, and he said, "Let us go to Ḡĭĺ găl, where Jŏsh́ u-ȧ encamped long ago when our fathers crossed the Jordan; and there let us set up the kingdom again.”
They came to Ḡĭĺ găl, and offered sacrifices to the Lord and worshipped. There Săḿ u-el gave up to the new king the rule over the land and spoke words of farewell. He said to the people:
"I have done as you asked me, and have given you a king. Your king stands before you now. I am old and gray-headed, and I have lived before you from my youth up to this day. Here I am; now, in the presence of the Lord and of his anointed king, is there any man whom I have wronged? Have I taken any man's ox or ass? Have I taken a present from any man to make me favor him as judge? If I have robbed any man, let him speak, and I will pay him all that I have taken.”
And all the people said to Săḿ u-el, "You have ruled justly, and have wronged no man, and have robbed no man.”
And Săḿ u-el said, "The Lord is witness, and his anointed, the king, is witness, that I have taken nothing from any man." And all the people said, "He is witness.”
Then Săḿ u-el called to their minds all that God had done for his people since he had led them out of É ġy̆pt; how he had saved them from their enemies, and had given them judges. And he said, "Now the Lord has set a king over you. If you will fear the Lord, and will serve him, then it shall be well with you. But if you disobey the Lord, then God will punish you, as he punished your fathers.”
Then Săḿ u-el called upon God, and God sent thunder and rain on that day, showing his power. The people were filled with fear, and they cried to Săḿ u-el, "Pray to the Lord for us, for we have done wrong in asking for a king.”
"Yes," said Săḿ u-el, "you have done wrong; but if you from this time do right, and seek the Lord, God will not forsake you. He will forgive you and bless you. I will always pray for you, and will teach you the right way. But if you do evil, God will destroy you and your king. So fear the Lord, and serve him in truth with all your heart.”
After this Săḿ u-el went again to his own house at Rā́ mah, and Sa̤ul ruled the people from Gĭb́ e-ah, the home of his family.

Story Two

THE BRAVE YOUNG PRINCE
1 Samuel 13: 1, to 14:46
THE people had hoped that when they should have a king to lead them in war they might break the power of the Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝, who were still rulers over a large part of the land. But after Saul had been king two years the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ seemed to be stronger than ever.
They held many walled towns on the hills, and from these their warriors went out robbing the villages and taking away the crops from the farmers, so that the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el were kept very poor and in great fear.
The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ would not allow the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes to do any work in iron, in order to keep them from making swords and spears for themselves. When a man wished to have his iron plowshare sharpened or to have a new one made, he must go to the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes for the work. So when Sa̤ul gathered an army, scarcely any of the men could find swords or spears, and Sa̤ul and his son Jŏń a-than were the only ones who wore suits of armor to protect them from the darts of the enemy.
Sa̤ul gathered together a little army, of which a part was with him at Mĭch́ mash, and another part with his son Jŏń a-than at Ḡĭb́ e-ah, five miles to the south. Jŏń a-than, who was a very brave young man, led his band against the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ at Ḡḗ bȧ, halfway between Ḡĭb́ e-ah and Mĭch́ mash, and took that place from them. The news of this fight went through the land, and the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ came up the mountains with a great army, having chariots and horsemen. Sa̤ul blew a trumpet and called the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes to the old camp at Ḡĭĺ gal, down in the valley of the Jôŕ dan; and many came, but they came trembling with fear of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝. Săḿ u-el had told him not to march from Ḡĭĺ găl until he should come to offer a sacrifice and to call upon God. But Săḿ u-el delayed coming, and Saul grew impatient, for he saw his men scattering. At last Sa̤ul could wait no longer. He offered a sacrifice himself, though he was no priest. But while the offering was still burning on the altar Săḿ u-el came. He said to Sa̤ul, "What is this that you have done?”
And Sa̤ul answered, "I saw that my men were scattering, and I feared that the enemy might come down upon me, so I offered the sacrifice myself, since you were not here.”
"You have done wrong," said Săḿ u-el. "You have not kept God's commands. If you had obeyed and trusted the Lord, he would have kept you in safety. But now God will find some other man who will do his will, a man after his own heart, and God will in his own time take the kingdom from you and give it to him.”
And Săḿ u-el left the camp and went away, leaving Sa̤ul. Sa̤ul led his men, only six hundred, up the mountains to Ḡḗ bȧ, the place which Jŏń a-than had taken. Across the valley near Mĭch́˗mash was the host of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ in plain sight. One morning Jŏń a-than and the young man who waited on him went down the hill toward the camp of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝. This servant of Jŏń a-than was called his armor-bearer, because he carried Jŏń a-than's shield, and sword, and spear, to have them ready when needed.
Jŏń a-than could see the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ just across the valley. He said, "If the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ say to us, 'Come over,' we will go and fight them, even though we two are alone, for we will take it as a sign that God will help us.”
The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes saw the two Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes standing on a rock across the valley, and they called to them, "Come over here, and we will show you something.”
Then Jŏń a-than said to his armor-bearer, "Come on, for the Lord has given them into our hand.”
Then they crossed the valley and came suddenly up to the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, and struck them down right and left, without giving them a moment. Some fell down, but others ran away, and soon, as their fellow-soldiers saw them running, they, too, became frightened, and everybody began to run to and fro. Some fought the men who were running away, and before many minutes the Ĭś̝ ra-el˗ītes on the hill across the valley could see the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ fighting and killing each other, the men running in every direction and their army melting away.
Then Sa̤ul and his men came across the valley and joined in' the fight; and other Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes who were in the camp of the Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝, and under their control, rose against them; and the tribes near at hand came forth and pursued them as they fled. So on that day a great victory was won over the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝.
But a great mistake was made by King Saul on the day of the victory. He feared that his men would turn aside from following the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ to seize the spoil in their camp, and when the battle began King Sa̤ul said, "Let the curse of God light on any man who takes food until the evening. Whoever takes any food before the sun goes down shall die, so that there may be no delay in destroying our enemies.”
So on that day no man ate any food until it was evening, and they were faint and feeble from hunger. They were so worn out that they could not chase the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ further, and many of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ escaped. That afternoon, as they were driving the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ through a forest, they found honey on the trees; but no man tasted it, because of Sa̤ul's oath before the Lord, that whoever took a mouthful of food should be put to death.
But Jŏń a-than had not heard of his father's command. He took some honey and was made stronger by it. They said to Jŏń a-than, "Your father commanded all the people not to take any food until the sun goes down, saying, 'May the curse of God come upon any one who eats anything until the evening. ' When Jŏń a-than heard of his father's word, he said, "My father has given us all great trouble; for if the men could have taken some food they would have been stronger to fight and to kill their enemies.”
On that night Saul found that Jŏń a-than had broken his command, though he knew it not at the time. He said, "I have taken an oath before the Lord, and now, Jŏń a-than, you must die, though you are my own son.”
But the people would not allow Jŏń a-than to be put to death, even to keep Sa̤ul's oath. They said, "Shall Jŏń a-than die, after he has done such a great deed, and won the victory, and saved the people? Not a hair of his head shall fall, for he has done God's work this day!”
And they rescued Jŏń a-than from the hand of the king and set him free. A great victory had been won, but Sa̤ul had already shown that he was not fit to rule, because he was too hasty in his acts and his words, and because he was not careful to obey God's command.
The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ after this battle stayed for a time in their own land beside the Great Sea, and did not trouble the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes upon the mountains.

Story Three

SAUL'S GREAT SIN AND HIS GREAT LOSS
1 Sam. 15:1 to 35
AFTER the great victory over the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes Sa̤ul led his men against the enemies of Ĭś̝ ra-el on every side of the land. He drove back the Mṓ ab-ītes to their country east of the Dead Sea, and the Ăḿ mon-ītes to the desert regions across the Jôŕ dan. He fought the Ḗ dom-ītes on the south and the kings of Zṓ bah in the far north. For a time the land of Ĭs̝ ra-el was free from its oppressors.
On the south of the land, in the desert where the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had journeyed for forty years, were living the wild and wandering Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes, a people who had sought to harm the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes soon after they came out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, and had killed many of their people when they were helpless on their journey. For this God had said that Ĭś̝ ra-el should have war against the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes until they were destroyed.
The time had now come for God's word against the Ăḿ a-lĕk ītes to be fulfilled, and Săḿ u-el said to Sa̤ul, "Thus says the Lord, the God of hosts, go down and make war against the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes, and destroy them utterly.”
Then Sa̤ul called out the men of war in all the tribes, and they marched southward into the desert where many years before their fathers had lived for forty years. There Sa̤ul made war on the Ăḿ́ a-lĕk-ītes, and took their city and destroyed it. But he did not do what God had commanded him. He brought Ā́ găg, the king of the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes, and many of his people as prisoners, and a great train of their sheep and oxen, intending to keep them.
Then the word of the Lord came to Săḿ u-el, saying, "It would have been better never to have chosen Sa̤ul as king, for he does not obey my commands.”
All that night Săḿ u-el prayed to the Lord, and the next day he went to meet Sa̤ul. When Sa̤ul saw him, he said, "May the blessing of the Lord be upon you. I have done what the Lord commanded me to do.”
Then said Săḿ u-el, "If you have obeyed God's command and destroyed all the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes and all that they possessed, what is the meaning of this bleating of the sheep and the bellowing of the oxen which I hear?”
"They have brought them from the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes," answered Saul, "for the people spared the best of the sheep and of the oxen, to offer in sacrifice to the Lord your God. All the rest we have utterly destroyed." This he said to excuse his wrongdoing and to put the blame for his disobedience to God's command on the people. Then Săḿ u-el said, "I will tell you what God said to me last night. When you were humble in your own sight, God chose you to be king over Ĭś̝ ra-el. He sent you on a long journey to the southward into the desert and said to you, 'Go and utterly destroy the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes and leave nothing of them.' Why did you not obey God's word but did seize their oxen and sheep and save many of their people alive, disobeying God's voice?”
And Sa̤ul said, "I have done as God commanded, and have destroyed the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes. But the people took some things that should have been destroyed, to offer in sacrifice to the Lord.”
And Săḿ u-el said, "Is the Lord as well pleased with offerings as he is with obeying his words? To obey is better than sacrifice, and to listen to God's word is more precious than to place offerings on his altar. To disobey God's word is as evil as to worship idols. You have refused to obey the voice of the Lord, and the Lord will take away your kingdom from you.”
Sa̤ul saw now how great was the harm that he had done, and he said, "I have sinned in not obeying God's word; but I was afraid of the people, and yielded to them. Now forgive my sin. Come with me, and I will worship the Lord.”
"No," said Săḿ u-el, "I will not go with you, for God will refuse you as king.”
As Săḿ u-el turned away, Sa̤ul took hold of his garment, and it tore in his hand. And Săḿ u-el said, "Even so has God torn the kingdom away from you; and he will give it to a man that is better than you are. And God is not like a man, to say one thing and do another. What God has said shall surely come to pass.”
Sa̤ul begged Săḿ u-el so hard not to leave him, but to give him honor in presence of the people, that Săḿ u-el went with Sa̤ul and Sa̤ul worshipped the Lord with Săḿ u-el.
After this Săḿ u-el went to his house at Rā́ mah, and he never again met Sa̤ul as long as he lived; but he mourned and wept for Sa̤ul, because he had disobeyed the Lord, and the Lord had rejected him as king.
PART THIRD—FROM SAUL TO SOLOMON.
Lesson 23. Saul as King.
(Tell Stories 1, 2 and 3 in Part Third.)
1. How did Saul begin his rule as king of Israel? He began by doing brave deeds.
2. What good things did Saul do soon after he became king? He drove away the enemies of Israel.
3. Who helped Saul in his wars? His brave son Jonathan.
4. Over what enemies did Jonathan win a great victory? Over the
5. Who spoke to Saul the word of the Lord? Samuel, the prophet.
6. What is a prophet? A man who speaks God's word.
7. What did Saul do that was wrong? He disobeyed God's words.
8. What did Samuel say to Saul? "Obeying God is better than offerings.”
9.What did Samuel say that the Lord would do to Saul? That he would take the kingdom from him.
10. How did Samuel feel when he saw that Saul would not obey the Lord? He wept for Saul.

Story Four

THE SHEPHERD BOY OF BETHLEHEM
1 Sam. 16:1 to 23
WHEN Săḿ u-el told Sa̤ul that the Lord would take away the kingdom from him, he did not mean that Sa̤ul should lose the kingdom at once. He was no longer God's king; and as soon as the right man in God's sight should be found, and should be trained for his duty as king, then God would take away Sa̤ul's power, and would give it to the man whom God had chosen. But it was many years before all this came to pass.
Săḿ u-el, who had helped in choosing Sa̤ul as king, still loved him, and he felt very sorry to find Sa̤ul disobeying God's commands. He wept much, and mourned for Sa̤ul. But the Lord said to Săḿ u-el:
"Do not weep and mourn any longer over Sa̤ul, for I have refused him as king. Fill the horn with oil, and go to Bĕth=lĕ-hem in Jŭ́ dah. There find a man named Jĕś se, for I have chosen a king among his sons.”
But Săḿ u-el knew that Sa̤ul would be very angry, if he should learn that Săḿ u-el had named any other man as king in his place. He said to the Lord, "How can I go? If Sa̤ul hears of it, he will kill me.”
Then the Lord said to Săḿ u-el, "Take a young cow with you; and tell the people that you have come to make an offering to the Lord. And call Jĕś se and his sons to the sacrifice. I will tell you what to do; and you shall anoint the one whom I name to you.”
Săḿ u-el went over the mountains southward from Rā́ mah to Bĕth́ =lĕ˗hĕm, about ten miles, leading a cow. The rulers of the town were alarmed at his coming, for they feared that he had come to judge the people for some evil-doing. But Săḿ u-el said, "I have come in peace to make an offering and to hold a feast to the Lord. Make yourselves ready and come to the sacrifice.”
And he invited Jĕś se and his sons to the service. When they had made themselves ready they came before Săḿ u-el. He looked at the sons of Jĕś se very closely. The oldest was named Ē̇-lī́ ab; and he was so tall and noble-looking that Săḿ u-el thought: "Surely this young man must be the one whom God has chosen." But the Lord said to Săḿ u-el:
"Do not look on his face, nor on the height of his body; for I have not chosen him. Man judges by the outward looks, but God looks at the heart.”
Then Jĕś se's second son, named Shăḿ mah, passed by. And the Lord said, "I have not chosen this one." Seven young men came, and Săḿ u-el said:
"None of these is the man whom God has chosen. Are these all your children?”
"There is one more," said Jĕś se. "The youngest of all. He is a boy in the field caring for the sheep.”
And Săḿ u-el said:
"Send for him; for we will not sit down until he comes." So after a time the youngest son was brought in. His name was Dā́ vid, a word that means "darling," and he was a beautiful boy, perhaps fifteen years old, with fresh cheeks and bright eyes.
As soon as the young Dā́ vid came, the Lord said to Săḿ u-el:
"Arise; anoint him, for this is the one whom I have chosen.”
Then Săḿ u-el poured oil on Dā́ vid's head, in the presence of all his brothers. But no one knew at that time the anointing to mean that Dā́ vid was to be the king. Perhaps he thought that Dā́ vid was chosen to be a prophet like Sāḿ u-el.
From that time the Spirit of the Lord came upon Dā́ vid; and he began to show signs of coming greatness. He went back to his sheep on the hillsides around Bĕth=lĕ-hĕm, but God was with him. Dā́ vid grew up strong and brave; not afraid of the wild beasts which prowled around and tried to carry away his sheep. More than once he fought with lions and bears, and killed them, when they seized the lambs of his flock. And Dā́ vid, alone all day, practiced throwing stones in a sling, until he could strike exactly the place for which he aimed. When he swung his sling, he knew that the stone would go to the very spot at which he was throwing it.
And, young as he was, Dā́ vid thought of God, and prayed to God. And God talked with Dā́ vid, and showed to Dā́ vid his will. And Dā́ vid was more than a shepherd and a fighter of wild beasts. He played upon the harp, and made music, and sang songs about the goodness of God to his people.
One of these songs of Dā́ vid we have all heard, and perhaps know so well that we can repeat it. It is called "The Shepherd Psalm," and begins with the words:
"The Lord is my Shepherd; I shall not want.
He maketh me to lie down in green pastures:
He leadeth me beside the still waters.
He restoreth my soul;
He leadeth me in the paths of righteousness for his name's sake.
Yea, though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death
I will fear no evil; for thou art with me;
Thy rod and thy staff, they comfort me.
Thou preparest a table before me in the presence of mine enemies;
Thou anointest my head with oil; my cup runneth over.
Surely goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life:
And I will dwell in the house of the Lord forever.”
Some think that Dā́ vid made this Psalm, while he was himself a shepherd, tending his flock. But it seems rather like the thoughts of a man than of a boy; and it is more likely that long after those days, when Dā́ vid was a king, and remembered his youth, and his flock in the fields, that he saw how God had led him, just as he had led his sheep; and then he wrote this Psalm.
But while the Spirit of God came to Dā́ vid among his sheep, that Spirit left King Sa̤ul, because he no longer obeyed God's words. Then Sa̤ul became very unhappy, and gloomy in his feelings. There were times when he seemed to lose his mind, and a madness would come upon him; and at almost all times Sa̤ul was sad and full of trouble, because he was no more at peace with God.
The servants around Sa̤ul noticed that when someone played on the harp and sang, Sa̤ul's gloom and trouble passed away, and he became cheerful. At one time Sa̤ul said:
"Find someone who can play well, and bring him to me. Let me listen to music; for it drives away my sadness.”
One of the young men said:
"I have seen a young man, a son of Jesse in Bĕth=lĕ-hĕm, who can play well. He is handsome in his looks, and agreeable in talking. Then I have heard that he is a brave young man, who can fight as well as he can play; and the Lord is with him.”
Then Sa̤ul sent a message to Jesse, Dā́ vid's father. He said: "Send me your son Dā́ vid, who is with the sheep. Let him come and play before me.”
Then Dā́ vid came to Sa̤ul, bringing with him a present for the king from Jĕś se. When Sa̤ul saw him, he loved him, as did everybody who saw the young Dā́ vid. And Dā̤vid played on the harp, and sang before Sa̤ul. And Dā́ vid's music cheered Sa̤ul's heart, and drove away his sad feelings.
Sa̤ul liked Dā́ vid so well that he made him his armor-bearer; and Dā́ vid carried the shield and spear and sword for Sa̤ul when the king was before his army. But Sa̤ul did not know that Dá̤ vid had been anointed by Săḿ u-el. If he had known it, he would have been very jealous of Dā́ vid.
After a time Sa̤ul seemed well, and Dā́ vid left him, to be a shepherd once more at Bĕth́=lĕ-hĕm.

Story Five

THE SHEPHERD BOY'S FIGHT WITH THE GIANT
1 Sam. 17:1 to 54
ALL through the reign of Saul there was constant war with the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, who lived upon the lowlands west of Ĭś̝ ra-el. At one time, when Dā́ vid was still with his sheep, a few years after he had been anointed by Săḿ u-el, the camp of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ and the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were set against each other on opposite sides of the valley of Ḗ lah ready to fight each other. In the army of Ĭś̝ ra-el were the three oldest brothers of Dā́ vid, who were soldiers under King Sa̤ul.
Every day a giant came out of the camp of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, and dared someone to come from the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes' camp and fight with him. The giant's name was Gō̇-lī́ ath. He was nine feet high; and he wore armor from head to foot, and carried a spear twice as long and as heavy as any other man could hold; and his shield-bearer walked before him. He came every day and called out across the little valley:
"I am a Phĭ-lĭś tĭne, and you are servants of Sa̤ul. Now choose one of your men, and let him come out and fight with me. If I kill him, then you shall submit to us; and if he kills me, then we will give up to you. Come, now, send out your man!”
But no man in the army, not even King Sa̤ul, dared to go out and fight with the giant. The Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were mostly farmers and shepherds, and were not fond of war, as were the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne. Then, too, very few of the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had swords and spears, except such rude weapons as they could make out of their farming tools. Forty days the camps stood against each other, and the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne giant continued his call.
One day old Jĕś se, the father of Dā́ vid, sent Dā́ vid from Bĕth=lĕ-hĕm to visit his three brothers in the army. Dā́ vid came, spoke to his brothers, and gave them a present from his father.
While he was talking with them, Gō̇-lī́ ath, the giant, came out as before in front of the camp, calling for someone to fight with him.
The Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes said to one another, "If any man will go out and kill this Phĭ-lĭś tĭne, the king will give him a great reward and a high rank; and the king's daughter shall be his wife.”
And Dā́ vid said, "Who is this man that speaks in this proud manner against the armies of the living God? Why does not someone go out and kill him?”
Dā́ vid's brother Ē̇lī́ ab said to him, "What are you doing here, leaving your sheep in the field? I know that you have come down just to see the battle.”
But Dā́ vid did not care for his brother's angry words. He was thinking out some way to kill this boasting giant. While all the men were in terror, this boy thought of a plan. He believed that he knew how to bring down the big warrior, with all his armor. Finally, Dā́ vid said:
"If no one else will go, I will go out and fight with this enemy of the Lord's people.”
They brought Dā́ vid before King Sa̤ul. Some years had passed since Sa̤ul had met Dā́ vid, and he had grown from a boy to a man, so that Sa̤ul did not know him as the shepherd who had played on the harp before him in other days.
Sa̤ul said to Dā́ vid, "You cannot fight with this giant. You are very young; and he is a man of war, trained from his youth.”
And Dā́ vid answered King Sa̤ul, "I am only a shepherd, but I have fought with lions and bears, when they have tried to steal my sheep. And I am not afraid to fight with this Phĭ-lĭś tĭne. The Lord saved me from the lion's jaw and the bear's paw, and he will save me from this enemy, for I shall fight for the Lord and his people." Then Sa̤ul put his own armor on Dā́ vid, a helmet on his head, and a coat of mail on his body, and a sword at his waist. But Sa̤ul was almost a giant, and his armor was far too large for Dā́ vid. Dā́ vid said:
"I am not used to fighting with such weapons as these. Let me fight in my own way.”
So Dā́ vid took off Sa̤ul's armor; for Dá̤ vid's plan to fight the giant did not need an armor, but did need a quick eye, a clear head, a sure aim, and a bold heart; and all these Dā́ vid had, for God had given them to him. Dā́ vid's plan was very wise. It was to make Gō̇˗lī́ ath think that his enemy was too weak for him to be on his guard against him; and while so far away that the giant could not reach him with sword or spear, to strike him down with a weapon which the giant would not expect, and would not be prepared for Dā́ vid took his shepherd's staff in his hand, as though that were to be his weapon. But out of sight, in a bag under his mantle, he had five smooth stones carefully chosen, and a sling,—the weapon he knew how to use. Then he came out to meet the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne. The giant looked down on the youth and despised him, and laughed at him.
"Am I a dog," he said, "that this boy comes to me with a staff! I will give his body to the birds of the air and the beasts of the field.”
And the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne cursed Dā́ vid by the gods of his people And Dā́ vid answered him:
"You come against me with a sword and a spear and a dart; but I come to you in the name of the Lord of hosts, the God of the armies of Ĭś̝ ra-el. This day will the Lord give you into my hand; I will strike you down, and take off your head; and the hosts of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ shall be dead bodies, to be eaten by the birds and the beasts; so that all may know that there is a God in Īś̝ ra-el, and that he can save in other ways besides with sword and spear.”
And Dā́ vid ran toward the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne, as if to fight him with his shepherd's staff. But when he was just near enough for a good aim he took out his sling, and hurled a stone aimed at the giant's forehead. Dā́ vid's aim was good, the stone struck the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne in his forehead. It stunned him, and he fell to the ground.
While the two armies stood wondering, and scarcely knowing what had caused the giant to fall so suddenly, Dā́ vid ran forward, drew out the giant's own sword, and cut off his head.
Then the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne knew that their great warrior in whom they trusted was dead. They turned to fly back to their own land; and the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes followed after them, and killed them by the hundred and thousand, even to the gates of their own city of Gath.
So in that day Dā́ vid won a great victory; and stood before all the land as the one who had saved his people from their enemies.
Lesson 24. The Boy David.
(Tell Stories 4 and 5 in Part Third.)
1. To what place did God send Samuel to find a king in the place of Saul? To Bethlehem.
2. Whom did God show to Samuel at Bethlehem, as the one whom he had chosen? A boy named David.
3. Whose son was David? The son of an old man named Jesse.
4. What was David at this time? He was a shepherd.
5. What did Samuel do, to show that David was to be king? He poured oil on his head.
6. What did David do while caring for his sheep? He made music on his harp.
7. Who sent for David to play before him? King Saul.
8. With what people were the Israelites at war most of the time while Saul was king? The Philistines.
9. What Pristine dared the Israelites to choose a man to fight with him? A giant named Goliath.
10. Who fought the giant and killed him? The boy David.
11. With what did David fight the giant? With a sling and stone.

Story Six

THE LITTLE BOY LOOKING FOR THE ARROWS
1 Sam. 17:55, to 20:42.
AFTER Dắ vid had slain the giant he was brought before King Saul, still holding the giant's head. Sa̤ul did not remember in this bold fighting man the boy who a few years before had played in his presence. He took him into his own house, and made him an officer among his soldiers. Dā́ vid was as wise and as brave in the army as he had been when facing the giant, and very soon he was in command of a thousand men. All the men loved him, both in Sa̤ul's court and in his camp, for Dā́ vid had the spirit that drew all hearts toward him.
When Dā́ vid was returning from his battle with the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ the women of Ĭś̝ ra-el came to meet him out of the cities, with instruments of music, singing and dancing, and they sang:
"Sa̤ul has slain his thousands,
And Dā́ vid his ten thousands.”
This made Sa̤ul very angry, for he was jealous and suspicious in his spirit. He thought constantly of Săḿ u-el’s words, that God would take the kingdom from him and would give it to one who was more worthy of it. He began to think that perhaps this young man, who had come in a single day to greatness before the people, might try to make himself king.
His former feeling of unhappiness again came over Sa̤ul. He raved in his house, talking as a man talks who is crazed. By this time they all knew that Dā́ vid was a musician, and they called him again to play on his harp and to sing before the troubled king. But now, in his madness, Sa̤ul would not listen to Dā́ vid's voice. Twice he threw his spear at him; but each time Dā́ vid leaped aside, and the spear went into the wall of the house.
Sa̤ul was afraid of Dā́ vid, for he saw that the Lord was with Dā́ vid, as the Lord was no longer with himself. He would have killed Dā́ vid, but did not dare kill him, because everybody loved Dā́ vid. Sa̤ul said to himself, "Though I cannot kill him myself, I will have him killed by the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne.”
And he sent Dā́ vid out on dangerous errands of war; but Dā́ vid came home in safety, all the greater and the more beloved after each victory. Sa̤ul said, "I will give you my daughter Mḗ răb for your wife if you will fight the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ for me.”
Dā́ vid fought the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝; but when he came home from the war he found that Mḗ răp, who had been promised to him, had been given as wife to another man. Sa̤ul had another daughter, named Mī́ chal. She loved Dā́ vid, and showed her love for him. Then Sa̤ul sent word to Dā́ vid, saying, "You shall have Mī́chal, my daughter, for your wife when you have killed a hundred Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝.'
Then Dā́ vid went out and fought the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, and killed two hundred of them; and they brought the word to Sa̤ul. Then Sa̤ul gave him his daughter Mī́ chal as his wife; but he was all the more afraid of Dā́ vid as he saw him growing in power and drawing nearer to the throne of the kingdom.
But if Sa̤ul hated Dā́ vid, Sa̤ul's son, Jŏń a-than, loved Dā́ vid with all his heart. This was the brave young warrior of whom we read in Story Two of this Part, who with his armor-bearer went out alone to fight the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne army. Jŏń a-than saw Dā́ vid's courage and, nobility of soul, and loved him with all his heart. He took off his own royal robe, and his sword, and his bow, and gave them all to Dā́ vid. It grieved Jŏń a-than greatly that his father, Sa̤ul, was so jealous of Dá̄vid. He spoke to his father, and said: "Let not the king do harm to Dā́vid; for Dā́vid has been faithful to the king, and he has done great things for the kingdom. He took his life in his hand, and killed the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne, and won a great victory for the Lord and for the people. Why should you seek to kill an innocent man?"
For the time Sa̤ul listened to Jŏń a-than, and said, "As the Lord lives, Dā́ vid shall not be put to death.”
And again Dā́ vid sat at the king's table, among the princes; and when Sa̤ul was troubled again Dā́vid played on his harp and sang before him. But one more Sa̤ul's jealous anger arose, and he threw his spear at Dā́ vid. Dā́ vid was watchful and quick. He leaped aside, and, as before, the spear fastened into the wall.
Sa̤ul sent men to Dā́ vid's house to seize him; but Mī́ chal, Sa̤ul's daughter, who was Dā́ vid's wife, let Dā́ vid down out of the window, so that he escaped. She placed an image on Dā́ vid's bed and covered it with the bed-clothes. When the men came, she said, "Dā́ vid is ill in the bed, and cannot go.”
They brought the word to Sa̤ul, and he said, "Bring him to me in the bed, just as he is.”
When the image was found in Dā́ vid's bed, Dā́ vid was in a safe place, far away. Dā́ vid went to Săḿ u-el at Rā́ mah, and stayed with him among the men who were prophets worshipping God and singing and speaking God's word. Sa̤ul heard that Dā́ vid was there, and sent men to take him. But when these men came and saw Săḿ u-el and the prophets praising God and praying, the same spirit came on them, and they began to praise and to pray. Sa̤ul sent other men, but these also, when they came among the prophets, felt the same power, and joined in the worship.
Finally, Sa̤ul said, "If no other man will bring Dā́ vid to me, I will go myself and take him.”
And Sa̤ul went to Rā́ mah; but when he came near to the company of the worshippers, praising God, and praying, and preaching, the same spirit tame on Sa̤ul. He, too, began to join in the songs and the prayers, and stayed there all that day and that night, worshipping God very earnestly. When the next day he went again to his home in Ḡĭb́ e-ah, his feeling was changed for the time, and he was again friendly to David.
But Dā́ vid knew that Sa̤ul was at heart his bitter enemy and would kill him if he could as soon as his madness came upon him. He met Jŏń a-than out in the field away from the place. Jŏń a-than said to Dā́ vid:
"Stay away from the king's table for a few days, and I will find out how he feels toward you, and will tell you. Perhaps even now my father may become your friend. But if he is to be your enemy, I know that the Lord is with you, and that Sa̤ul will not succeed against you. Promise me that as long as you live you will be kind to me, and not only to me while I live, but to my children after me.”
Jŏń a-than believed, as many others believed, that Dā́ vid would yet become the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and he was willing to give up to Dā́ vid his right to be king, such was his great love for him. That day a promise was made between Jŏń a-than and Dā́ vid, that they and their children, and those who should come after them, should be friends forever.
Jŏń a-than said to Dā́ vid, "I will find how my father feels toward you, and will bring you word. After three days I will be here with my bow and arrows, and I will send a little boy out near your place of hiding, and I will shoot three arrows. If I say to the boy, `Run, find the arrows, they are on this side of you,' then you can come safely, for the king will not harm you. But if I call out to the boy, 'The arrows are away beyond you,' that will mean that there is danger, and you must hide from the king.”
So Dā́ vid stayed away from Sa̤ul's table for two days. At first Sa̤ul said nothing of his absence, but at last he said:
"Why has not the son of Jĕś se come to meals yesterday and to-day?"
And Jŏń a-than said, "Dā́ vid asked leave of me to go to his home at Bĕth=lĕ-hĕm and visit his oldest brother.”
Then Saul was very angry. He cried out, "You are a disobedient son! Why have you chosen this enemy of mine as your best friend? Do you not know that as long as he is alive you can never be king? Send after him, and let him be brought to me, for he shall surely die!”
Sa̤ul was so fierce in his anger that he threw his spear at his own son Jŏń a-than. Jŏń a-than rose up from the table, so anxious for his friend Dā́ vid that he could eat nothing. The next day, at the hour agreed upon, Jŏń a-than went out into the field with a little boy. He said to the boy, "Run out yonder, and be ready to find the arrows that I shoot.”
And as the boy was running Jŏń a-than shot arrows beyond him, and he called out, "The arrows are away beyond you; run quickly and find them.”
The boy ran and found the arrows, and brought them to Jŏń a-than. He gave the bow and arrows to the boy, saying to him, "Take them back to the city. I will stay here a while.”
And as soon as the boy was out of sight Dā́ vid came from his hiding-place and ran to Jŏń a-than. They fell into each other's arms and kissed each other again and again, and wept together. For Dā́ vid knew now that he must no longer hope to be safe in Sa̤ul's hands. He must leave home, and wife, and friends, and his father's house, and hide wherever he could from the hate of King Sa̤ul.
Jŏń a-than said to him, "Go in peace; for we have sworn together saying, 'The Lord shall be between you and me, and between your children and my children forever.'”
Then Jŏń a-than went again to his father's palace, and Dā́ vid went out to find a hiding-place.

Story Seven

WHERE DAVID FOUND THE GIANT'S SWORD
1 Sam. 21:1, to 22:23
FROM his meeting with Jŏń a-than, Dā́ vid went forth to be a wanderer, having no home as long as Sa̤ul lived. He went away so suddenly that he was without either bread to eat, or a sword for defense. On his way he called at a little city called Nŏb, where the Tabernacle was then standing, although the holy ark was still in another place by itself. The chief priest, Ā̇-hĭḿ e-lĕch, was surprised to see Dā́ vid coming alone. Dā́ vid said to him, "The king has sent me upon an errand of which no one is to be told, and my men are to meet me in a secret place. Can you give me a few loaves of bread?”
"There is no bread here," said the priest, "except the holy bread from the table in the holy house. The priests have just taken it away to put new bread in its place.”
"Let me have that bread," said Dā́ vid, "for we are the Lord's, and are holy.”
So the priest gave Dā́ vid the holy bread, which was to be eaten by the priests alone. Dā́ vid said also, "Have you a spear, or a sword, which I can take with me? The king's errand was so sudden that I had no time to bring my weapons.”
"There is no sword here," said the priest, "except the sword of Gō̇˗lī́ ath of Gath, whom you slew in the valley of Ḗ lah. It is wrapped in a cloth, in the closet with the priest's robe. If you wish that sword, you can have it.”
"There is no sword like that," said Dā́ vid; "give it to me." So Dā́ vid took the giant's sword, and five loaves of bread, and went away. But where should he go? Nowhere in Sa̤ul's kingdom would he be safe; and he went down to live among his old enemies, the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, on the plain.
But the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ had not forgotten Dā́ vid, who had slain their great Gō̇-lī́ ath, and beaten them in many battles. They would have seized him and killed him; but Dā́ vid acted as though he was crazy. Then the king of the Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝ said, "Let this poor crazy-man go! We do not want him here.”
And Da˗́ vid escaped from among them, and went to live in the wilderness of Jú̄ dah. He found a great cave, called the cave of Ā̇-dŭĺ lăm, and hid in it. Many people heard where he was, and from all parts of the land, especially from his own tribe of Jŭ́ dah, men who were not satisfied with the rule of King Sa̤ul, gathered around Dā́ vid. Soon he had a little army of four hundred men, who followed Dā́ vid as their captain.
All of these men with Dá̄vid were good fighters, and some of them were very brave in battle. Three of these men at one time wrought a great deed for Dā́ vid. While Dā́ vid was in the great cave, with his men, the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ were holding the town of Bĕth=lĕ-hĕm, which had been Dā́ vid's home. Dā́ vid said one day: "How I wish that I could have a drink of the water from the well that is beside the gate of Bĕth=lĕ˗ hĕm!”
This was the well from which he had drawn water and drank when a boy; and it seemed to him that there was no water so good to his taste.
Those three brave men went out together, walked to Bĕth=lĕ-hĕm, fought their way through the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ who were on guard, drew a vessel of water from the well, and then fought their way back through the enemies.
But when they brought the water to Dā́ vid, he would not drink it. He said:
"This water was bought by the blood of three brave men. I will not drink it; but I will pour it out as an offering to the Lord, for it is sacred." So Dā́ vid poured out the water as a most precious gift to the Lord. Sa̤ul soon heard that Dā́ vid, with a band of men, was hiding among the mountains of Jū́ dah. One day while Sa̤ul was sitting in Ḡĭb́ e-ah, out of doors under a tree, with his nobles around him, he said, "You are men of my own tribe of Bĕń ja-mĭn, yet none of you will help me to find this son of Jĕś se, who has made an agreement with my own son against me, and who has gathered an army, and is waiting to rise against me. Is no one of you with me and against mine enemy?”
One man, whose name was Dṓ eg, an Ḗ dom-īte, said, "I was at the city of the priests some time ago, and saw the son of Jesse come to the chief priest, Ā̇-hĭḿ e-lĕch; and the priest gave him loaves of bread and a sword." "Send for Ā̇-hĭḿ e-lĕch and all the priests,” commanded King Sa̤ul; and they took all the priests as prisoners, eighty-five men in all, and brought them before King Sa̤ul. And Sa̤ul said to them, "Why have you priests joined with Dā́ vid, the son of Jĕś se, to rebel against me, the king? You have given him bread, and a sword, and have shown yourselves his friends.”
Then Ā̇-hĭḿ e-lĕch, the priest, answered the king, "There is no one among all the king's servants as faithful as Dā́ vid; and he is the king's son-in-law, living in the palace, and sitting in the king's council. What wrong have I done in giving him bread? I knew nothing of any evil that he had wrought against the king.”
Then the king was very angry. He said, "You shall die, Ā̇-hĭḿ e-lĕch, and all your father's family, because you have helped this man, my enemy. You knew that he was hiding from me, and did not tell me of him.”
And the king ordered his guards to kill all the priests. But they would not obey him, for they felt that it was a dreadful deed to lay hands upon the priests of the Lord. This made Sa̤ul all the more furious, and he turned to Dṓ eg, the Ḗ dom-īte, the man who had told of Dā́ vid's visit to the priest, and Saul said to Dṓ eg, "You are the only one among my servants who is true to me. Do you kill these priests who have been unfaithful to their king.”
And Dṓ eg, the Ḗ dom-īte, obeyed the king, and killed eighty-five men who wore the priestly garments. He went to the city of the priests, and killed all their wives and children, and burned the city.
One priest alone escaped, a young man named Ā̇-bī́ a-thār, the son of Ā̇-hĭḿ e-lĕch. He came to Dā́ vid with the terrible news, that Sa̤ul had slain all the priests, and he brought the high-priest's breastplate and his robes.
Dā́ vid said to him, "I saw this man Dṓ eg, the Ḗ dom-īte, there on that day, and I knew that he would tell Sa̤ul. Without intending to do harm, I have caused the death of all your father's house. Stay with me, and fear not. I will care for your life with my own.”
Ā̇-bī́ a-thär was now the high-priest, and he was with Dā́ vid, and not with Sa̤ul. All through the land went the news of Saul's dreadful deed, and everywhere the people began to turn from Saul, and to look toward Dā́ vid as the only hope of the nation.

Story Eight

HOW DAVID SPARED SAUL'S LIFE
1 Sam. 23:1, to 27:12
AFTER this Dā́ vid and his men hid in many places in the mountains of Jū́ dah, often hunted by Sa̤ul, but always escaping from him. At one time Jŏń a˗than Sa̤ul’s son, came to meet Dā́ vid in a forest, and said to him, "Fear not, for the Lord is with you; and Sa̤ul, my father, shall not take you prisoner. You will yet be the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and I shall stand next to you; and my father knows this.”
And Jŏń a-than and Dā́ vid made again the promise to be true to each other, and to each other's children always. Then they parted; and Dā́ vid never again saw his dear friend, Jŏń a-than.
At one time Dā́ vid was hiding with a few men in a great cave near the Dead Sea, at a place called Ĕn=ḡḗ dī. They were far back in the darkness of the cave, when they saw Sa̤ul come into the cave alone, and lie down to sleep. Dā́ vid's men whispered to him, "Now is the time of which the Lord said, 'I will give your enemy into your hand, and you may do to him whatever you please." ”
Then Dā́ vid went toward Sa̤ul very quietly with his sword in his hand. His men looked to see him kill Sa̤ul, but instead, he only cut off a part of Sa̤ul's long robe. His men were not pleased at this; but Dā́ vid said to them, "May the Lord forbid that I should do harm to the man whom the Lord has anointed as king.”
And Dā́ vid would not allow his men to harm Sa̤ul. After a time Sa̤ul rose up from sleep and went out of the cave. Dā́ vid followed him at a distance, and called out to him. "My lord the king!” Sa̤ul looked around, and there stood Dā́ vid, bowing to him and holding up the piece of his royal robe. Dā́ vid said to Sa̤ul, "My lord, O king, why do you listen to the words of men who tell you that Dā́ vid is trying to do you harm? This very day the Lord gave you into my hand in the cave, and some told me to kill you, but I said, 'I will not do harm to my lord, for he is the Lord's anointed king.' See, my father, see the skirt of your robe. I cut it off to show you that I would do you no harm, though you are hunting after me to kill me. May the Lord judge between you and me, and may the Lord do justice for me upon you; but my hand shall not touch you.”
When Sa̤ul heard these words his old love for Dā́ vid came back to him, and he cried out, "Is that your voice, my son Dā́ vid?" And Sa̤ul wept, and said, "You are a better man than I am, for you have done good to me, while I have been doing harm to you. May the Lord reward you for your kindness to me this day! I know that it is God's will that you shall be king, and you will rule over this people. Now give to me your word, in the name of the Lord, that you will not destroy my family, but that you will spare their lives.”
And Dā́ vid gave his promise to Sa̤ul in the name of the Lord; and Sa̤ul led his men away from hunting Dā́ vid to his palace at Ḡĭb́ e-ah; but Dā́ vid kept still in his hiding-place, for he could not trust Sa̤ul's promises to spare his life.
And it was not long before Sa̤ul was again seeking for Dā́ vid in the wilderness of Jū́ dah, with Ab́ ne͂r, Sa̤ul's uncle, the commander of his army, and under him three thousand men. From his hiding-place in the mountains Dā́ vid looked down on the plain, and saw Sa̤ul's camp almost at his feet. That night Dā́ vid and Ā̇-bĭsh́ a-ī., one of Dā́ vid's men, came down quietly and walked into the middle of Sa̤ul's camp, while all his guards were asleep. Sa̤ul himself was sleeping, with his spear standing in the ground at his head, and a bottle of water tied to it.
Dā́ vid's follower, knew that Dā́ vid would not kill King Sa̤ul, and he said to Dā́ vid, "God has given your enemy into your hand again. Let me strike him through to the ground at one stroke; only once; I will not need to strike twice.”
But Dā́ vid said, "You shall not destroy him. Who can strike the anointed of the Lord without being guilty of a crime? Let the Lord strike him, or let him die when God wills it, or let him fall in battle; but he shall not die by my hand. Let us take his spear and his water-bottle, and let us go.”
So Dā́ vid took Sa̤ul's spear and his bottle of water, and then Dā́ vid and Ā̇-bĭsh́ a-ī walked out of the camp without awakening any one. In the morning Dā́ vid called out to Sa̤ul's men and to Ăb́ nēr, the chief of Sa̤ul's army, "Ăb́ nēr, where are you? Why do you not answer, Ăb́ nēr?”
And Ăb́ nēr answered, "Who are you, calling to the camp?”
Then Dā́ vid said, "Are you not a great man, Ăb́ nēr? Who is like you in all Ĭś̝ ra-el? Why have you not kept your watch over the king? You deserve to be put to death for your neglect! See, here is the king's spear and his bottle of water!”
Sa̤ul knew Dā́ vid's voice, and he said, "Is that your voice, my son Dā́ vid?”
And Dā́ vid answered, "It is my voice, my lord, O king. Why do you pursue me? What evil have I done? May God deal with the men who have stirred you up against me. I am not worth all the trouble you are taking to hunt for me. The king of Ĭś̝ ra-el is seeking for one who is as small as a flea or a little bird in the mountains!”
Then Sa̤ul said, "I have done wrong; come back, my son Dā́ vid, and I will no longer try to do harm to you, for you have spared my life to-day!" Dā́ vid said, "Let one of the young men come and take the king's spear. As I have spared your life to-day, may the Lord spare mine.”
So Dā́ vid went his way, for he would not trust himself in Sa̤ul's hands, and Sa̤ul led his men back to his home at Ḡĭb́ e-ah. Dā́ vid now was leading quite an army and was a powerful ruler. He made an agreement with the king of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ who lived at Gath, King Ā́ chish, and went down to the plain by the Great Sea, to live among the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝. And Ā́ chish gave him a city called Zĭḱ lăg, on the south of the tribe-land of Jū́ dah. To this place Dā́ vid took his followers, and there he lived during the last year of Sa̤ul's reign.
Lesson 25. David and Saul.
(Tell Stories 6, 7 and 8 in Part Third.)
1. What did Saul do with David after David had killed the Philistine giant? He made David an officer in his army.
2. Whom did David marry after this? A daughter of King Saul.
3. How did King Saul feel toward David? He was very jealous.
4. How did Saul show that he was jealous? He tried to kill David.
5. Who loved David greatly? Saul's son Jonathan.
6. What promise did David make to Jonathan? To be true to him and kind to his children.
7. What did David do on account of Saul's hate? He hid in the wilderness.
8. How did David treat Saul, when he found him asleep in a cave? He spared his life.

Story Nine

THE LAST DAYS OF KING SAUL
1 Samuel 28:1, to 31:13
ONCE more the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ gathered together to make war on King Sa̤ul and the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el. The king of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, Ā́ chish, sent for Dā́ vid, and said to him, "You and your men shall go with me in the army, and fight against the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el.”
For Dā́ vid was now living in the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne country, and under their rule. So Dā́ vid came from Zĭḱ lăg, with all his six hundred men, and they stood among the armies of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝. But when the lords of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ saw Dā́ vid and his men, they said, "Why are these Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes here? Is not this the man of whom they sang,
‘Sa̤ul slew his thousands,
And Dā́ vid his ten thousands.'
Will not this man turn from us in the battle, and make his peace with his king by fighting against us? This man shall not go with us to the war.”
Then Ā́ chish, the king of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, sent away Dā́ vid and his men, so that Dā́ vid was not compelled to fight against his own people. But when he came to his own city, Zĭḱ lăg, he found it had been burned and destroyed; and all the, people in it, the wives and children of Dā́ vid's men, and Dā́ vid's own wives also, had been carried away by the Āḿ a-lĕk-ītes into the desert on the south.
The Lord spoke to Dā́ vid through the high-priest, Ā̇́ bī́ a-thār, saying, "Pursue these men, and you will overtake them, and take back all that they have carried away.”
So Dā́ vid followed the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes into the wilderness. His march was so swift that a part of his men could not endure it, but stopped to rest at the brook Bḗ sôr, while four hundred men went on with Dā́ vid. He found the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes in their camp, without guards, feasting upon the spoil that they had taken. And Dā́ vid and his men fell upon them suddenly and killed all of them, except four hundred men who escaped on camels far into the desert, where Dā́ vid could not follow them. And Dā́ vid took from these robbers all the women and children that they had carried away from Zĭk-1ăg, and among them Dā́ vid's own two wives; also he took a great amount of treasure and of spoil, not only all that these men had found in Zĭk-1ăg, but what they had taken in many other places.
Dā́ vid divided all these things between himself and his men, giving as much to those who had stayed at the brook Bḗ sôr as to those who had fought with the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes. This treasure taken from the Ăḿ a-lĕk-ītes made Dā́ vid very rich; and from it he sent presents to many of his friends in the tribe of Jū́ dah.
While Dā́ vid was pursuing his enemies in the south, the Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝ were gathering a great host in the middle of the land, on the plain of Ĕs-dra-ḗ lon, at the foot of Mount Gĭl-bṓ ȧ. Saul and his men were on the side of Mount Gil-bed, near the same spring where Ḡĭd́ e-on's men drank, as we read in Story Ten in Part Second. But there was no one like Ḡĭd́ e-on now, to lead the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el, for King Saul was old, and weakened by disease and trouble; Săḿ u-el had died many years before; Dā́ vid was no longer by his side; Sa̤ul had slain the priests, through whom in those times God spoke to men; and Sa̤ul was utterly alone, and knew not what to do, as he saw the mighty host of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ on the plain. And the Lord had forsaken Sa̤ul, and would give him no word in his sore need.
Sa̤ul heard that there was living at Ĕń =dôr, on the north side of the Hill Mṓ reh, not far from his camp, a woman who could call up the spirits of the dead. Whether she could really do this, or only pretended to do it, we do not know, for the Bible does not tell. But Sa̤ul was so anxious to have some message from the Lord, that at night he sought this woman. He took off his kingly robes and came dressed as a common man, and said to her, "Bring me up from the dead the spirit of a man whom I greatly long to meet.”
And the woman said, "What spirit shall I call up?”
And Sa̤ul answered, "Bring me up the spirit of Săḿ u-el, the prophet.”
Then the woman called for the spirit of Săḿ u-el; and whether spirits had ever arisen from the dead before or not, at that time the Lord allowed the spirit of Săḿ u-el to rise up from his place among the dead, to speak to King Sa̤ul.
When the woman saw Săḿ u-el's spirit she was filled with fear.
She cried out, and Sa̤ul said to her, "Do not fear; but tell me whom you see.”
For Sa̤ul himself could not see the spirit whom the woman saw. And she said, "I see one like a god rising up. He is an old man, covered with a long robe.”
Then out of the darkness a voice came from the spirit whom Sa̤ul's eyes could not see. "Why have you troubled me, and called me out of my rest?”
And Sa̤ul answered Săḿ u-el, "I am in great distress, for the Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝ make war upon me, and God has forsaken me. He will not speak to me either by a prophet, or a priest, or in a dream. And I have called upon you that you may tell me what to do." And the spirit of Săḿ u-el said to Sa̤ul, "If the Lord has forsaken you and has become your enemy, why do you call upon me to help you? The Lord has dealt with you as I warned you that he would do. Because you would not obey the Lord, he has taken the kingdom away from you and your house, and has given it to Dā́ vid. And the Lord will give Ĭś̝ ra-el into the hands of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝; and to-morrow you and your three sons shall be as I am, among the dead." And then the spirit of Săḿ u-el the prophet passed from sight. When Sa̤ul heard these words he fell down as one dead, for he was very weak, as he had taken no food all that day. The woman and Saul's servants who were with him raised him up, and gave him food, and tried to speak to him words of cheer. Then Sa̤ul and his men went over the mountain to their camp.
On the next day a great battle was fought on the side of Mount Ḡĭl-bṓ ȧ. The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ did not wait for Sa̤ul's warriors to attack them. They climbed up the mountain, and fell upon the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes in their camp. Many of the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el were slain in the fight, and many more fled away. Sa̤ul's three sons were killed, one of them, the brave and noble Jŏń a-than.
When Sa̤ul saw that the battle had gone against him, that his sons were slain, and that the enemies were pressing closely upon him, he called to his armor-bearer, and said, "Draw your sword and kill me; it would be better for me to die by your hand than for the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ to come upon me and slaughter me.”
But the armor-bearer would not draw his sword upon his king, the Lord's anointed. Then Sa̤ul took his own sword and fell upon it, and killed himself among the bodies of his own men.
On the next day the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ came to strip off the armor and carry away the weapons of those who had been slain. The crown of King Sa̤ul and the bracelet on his arm had been already carried away; but the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ took off his armor and sent it to the temple of their idol, Dā́ gon; and the body of Sa̤ul and those of his three sons they fastened to the wall of Bĕth́=shăn, a Cā́ năan-īte city in the valley of the Jordan.
You remember how Sa̤ul, in the beginning of his reign, had rescued the city of Jā́ besh=ḡĭĺ e-ăd from the Ăḿ mon-ītes. The men of Jā́ besh had not forgotten Sa̤ul's brave deed. When they heard what had been done with the body of Sa̤ul they rose up in the night and went down the mountains and walked across the Jordan, and came to Bĕth́=shăn. They took down from the wall the bodies of Sa̤ul and his sons, and carried them to Jā́ besh; and that they might not be taken away again, they burned them and buried their ashes under a tree; and they mourned tor Sa̤ul seven days. Thus came to an end the reign of Sa̤ul, which began well, but ended in failure and in ruin, because Sa̤ul forsook the Lord God of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
Sa̤ul had reigned forty years. At the beginning of his reign the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ĭtes were almost free from the Phĭ˗lĭś tĭnes̝, and for a time Sa̤ul seemed to have success in driving the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ out of the land. But after Sa̤ul forsook the Lord, and would no longer listen to Săḿ u-el, God's prophet, he became gloomy and full of fear, and lost his courage, so that the land fell again under the power of its enemies. Dā́ vid could have helped him, but he had driven Dā́ vid away; and there was no strong man to stand by Sa̤ul and win victories for him. So at the end, when Sa̤ul fell in battle, the yoke of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ was on Ĭś̝ ra-el heavier than at any time before.

Story Ten

THE SHEPHERD BOY BECOMES A KING
2 Sam. 1; 1 to 4:12
ON the third day after the battle on Mount Ḡĭl˗bṓ ȧ Dā́ vid was at his home in Zĭḱ lăg, on the south of Judah, when a young man came into the town, running, with garments torn and earth on his head, as was the manner of those in deep grief. He hastened to Dā́ vid, and fell down before him. And Dā̆ vid said to him, "From what place have you come?”
And the young man said, "Out of the camp of Ĭś̝ ra-el I have escaped.”
And Dā́ vid said to him, "What has taken place? Tell me quickly.”
Then the man answered, "The men of Ĭś̝ ra-el have been beaten in the battle; very many of them are slain, and the rest have fled away. King Sa̤ul is dead, and so is Jŏń a-than, his son.”
"How do you know that Sa̤ul and Jŏń a-than are dead?" asked Dā́ vid.
And the young man said, "I happened to be on Mount Ḡĭl-bṓ ȧ in the battle; and I saw Sa̤ul leaning upon his spear wounded, and near death, with his enemies close upon him. And he said to me, `Come to me, and kill me, for I am suffering great pain.' So I stood beside and killed him, for I saw that he could not live. And I took the crown that was on his head, and the bracelet on his arm, and I have brought them to you, my lord Dā́ vid.”
Then Dā́ vid and all the men that were with him tore their clothes, and mourned, and wept, and took no food on that day, on account of Sa̤ul, and of Jŏń a-than, and for the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el who had fallen by the sword.
And Dā́ vid said to the young man who had brought to him the news, "Who are you? To what people do you belong?”
And he said, "I am no Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte; I am an Ăḿ a-lĕk-īte.”
"How was it," said Dā́ vid to him, "that you were not afraid to slay the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el, the anointed of the Lord? You shall die for this deed.”
And Dā́ vid commanded one of his men to kill him, because he had said that he had slain the king. He may have told the truth, but it is more likely that he was not in the battle, and that after the fighting he came upon the field to rob the dead bodies, and that he brought a false story of having slain Sa̤ul, hoping to have a reward. But as Dā́ vid would not slay the anointed king, even though he were his enemy, he would not reward, but would rather punish the stranger who claimed to have slain him.
And Dā́ vid wrote a song over the death of Sa̤ul and Jŏń a-than. He taught it to the people of Jū́ dah, and called it
THE SONG OF THE BOW
Thy glory, O Ĭś̝ ra-el, is slain upon thy high places!
How are the mighty fallen!
Tell it not in Găth.
Publish it not in the streets of Ăś ke-lŏn;
Lest the daughters of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes rejoice,
Lest the daughters of the heathen triumph.
Ye mountains of Ḡĭl-bṓ ȧ,
Let there be no dew nor rain upon you, neither fields of offerings:
For there the shield of the mighty was cast away as a vile thing,
The shield of Sa̤ul, not anointed with oil.
From the blood of the slain, from the fat of the mighty,
The bow of Jŏń a-than turned not back,
And the sword of Sa̤ul returned not empty.
Saul and Jŏń a-than were lovely and pleasant in their lives,
And in their death they were not divided;
They were swifter than eagles,
They were stronger than lions.
Ye daughters of Ĭś̝ ra-el, weep over Sa̤ul,
Who clothed you in scarlet delicately,
Who put ornaments of gold upon your apparel.
O Jŏń a-than, slain upon thy high places!
I am distressed for thee, my brother Jŏń a-than.
Very pleasant hast thou been unto me;
Thy love to me was wonderful,
Passing the love of women.
How are the mighty fallen,
And the weapons of war perished!”
After this, at the command of the Lord, Dā́ vid and his men went up from Ziḱ lăg to Hḗ bron, in the middle of the tribe-land of Jū́ dah. And the men of Jū́ dah met together at Hḗ bron, and they made Dá̄ vid king over their tribe. And Dā́ vid reigned in Hḗ bron, over the tribe of Jū́ dah, for seven years.
But Sa̤ul's uncle, Ăb́ nēr, who had been the chief over his house and over his army, was not willing to have the kingdom go out of the family of Sa̤ul. He made a son of Sa̤ul king over all the tribes in the north of the land. This king was called Ĭsh=bó̄ sheth, a name which means "a worthless man." He was weak and helpless, except for the strong will and power of Ăb́ ne͂r, who had made him king. For six years seemingly under Ĭshbṓ sheth, but really under Ăb́ ne͂r, the form of a kingdom was kept up, while Ĭsh=bṓ sheth was living at Mā-hā̇-ná im, on the east of Jordan.
Thus for a time there were two kingdoms in Ĭś̝ ra-el, that of the north under Ĭsh=bṓ sheth and that of the south under Dā́ vid.
But all the time Dā́vid's kingdom was growing stronger, and Ĭsh=bó sheth's kingdom was growing weaker.
After a 'time Āb́ ne͂r was slain by one of Dā́ vid's men, and at once Ĭsh=bṓ sheth's power dropped away. Then two men of his army killed him, and cut off his head, and brought it to Dā́ vid. They looked for a reward, since Ĭsh=bó̄ sheth had been king against Dā́ vid. But Dā́ vid said, "As the Lord lives, who has brought me out of trouble, I will give no reward to wicked men, who have slain a good man in his own house, and upon his own bed. Take these two murderers away, and kill them!”
So the two slayers of the weak king, Ĭsh=bṓ sheth, were punished with death, and the head of the slain man was buried with honor. Dā́ vid had not forgotten his promise to Sa̤ul to deal kindly with his children.
Lesson 26. The End of Saul's Reign.
(Tell Stories 9 and 10 in Part Third.)
1. What is said of Saul, in the latter part of his reign? The Lord had left Saul.
2. Why did the Lord leave Saul? Because Saul would not obey the Lord.
3. What showed that the Lord had left Saul? There was no one to help him in his need.
4. What people were at war with the Israelites nearly all the time that Saul was king? The Philistines.
5. Where was fought the last battle of Saul's reign? On Mount
6. Which side was beaten in the battle of Mount Gilboa? Saul and the Israelites.
7. What brave man was killed in the battle? Saul's son Jonathan.
8. What did Saul do after this battle? He killed himself.
9. How long had Saul ruled as king? Forty years.
10. What did David do when he heard of Saul's death? He mourned for Saul and Jonathan.
11. After Saul's death what tribe chose David as its king? The tribe of Judah.

Story Eleven

THE SOUND IN THE TREE-TOPS
2 Sam. 5:1, to 7:29
AFTER Dā́ vid had reigned as king over the tribe of Jū́ dah for seven years, and when Sa̤ul's son, Ĭsh=bṓ sheth was dead, all the men in Ĭś̄ ra-el saw Dā́ vid was the one man who was fit to be king over the land. So the rulers and elders of all the twelve tribes came to Dā́ vid in Hḗ bron, and said to him, "We are all your brothers; and in time past, when Sa̤ul was king, it was you who led the people; and the Lord said, Dā́ vid shall be the shepherd of my people, and shall be prince over Ĭś̝ ra-el.' Now we are ready to make you king over all the land.”
Then Dā́ vid and the elders of Ĭś̝ ra-el made an agreement together before the Lord in Hḗ bron; and they anointed Dā́ vid as king over all the twelve tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el, from Dan in the far north to Bḗ ershḗ bȧ in the south. Dā́ vid was now thirty-seven years old, and he reigned over all Ĭś̝ ra-el thirty-three years.
He found the land in a helpless state, everywhere under the power of the Phĭ-lĭś tines, and with many of its cities still held by the Cā́ năan-īte people. The city of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, on Mount Zī́ ŏn, had been kept as a stronghold by a Cā́ ná an-īte tribe called the Jĕb́ u-sītes, ever since the days of Jŏsh́ u-ȧ. Dā́ vid led his men of war against it, but the Jĕb́ u-sītes, from their high walls and steep rocks, laughed at him.
To mock King Dā́ vid, they placed on the top of the wall the blind and lame people, and they called aloud to Dā́ vid, "Even Hind men and lame men can keen you out of our city.”
This made Dā́ vid very angry, and he said to his men, "Whoever first climbs up the wall, and strikes down the blind and the lame upon it, he shall be the chief captain and general of the whole army.”
Then all the soldiers of Dā́ vid rushed against the wall, each striving to be first. The man who was able first to reach the enemies and strike them down was Jṓ ăb, the son of Dā́ vid's sister Zĕr-u-ī́ ah; and he became the commander of Dā́ vid's army, a place which he held as long as Dā́ vid lived. After the fortress on Mount Zī́ on was taken from the Jĕb́ u-sītes, Dā́ vid made it larger and stronger, and chose it for his royal house; and around it the city of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇˗lĕm grew up as the chief city in Dā́ vid's kingdom.
The Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ soon found that there was a new king in Ĭś̝ ra-el and a ruler very different from King Sa̤ul. They gathered their army and came against Dā́ vid. He met them in the valley of Rĕph́ a-ĭm, a little to the south of Jē̇-rṳ́ sa-lĕm, and won a great victory over them, and carried away from the field the images of their gods; but that the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes might not be led to worship them, Dā́ vid burned them all with fire.
A second time the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ came up and encamped in the valley of Rĕph́ a-ĭm. And when Dā́ vid asked of the Lord what he should do, the Lord said to him, "Do not go against them openly. Turn to one side, and be ready to come against them from under the mulberry-trees; and wait there until you hear a sound overhead in the tops of the trees. When you hear that sound, it will be a sign that the Lord goes before you. Then march forth and fight the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝.”
And Dá̄ vid did as the Lord commanded him; and again a great victory was won over the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝. But Dā́ vid did not rest when he had driven the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝ back to their own land. He marched with his men into the Phĭ-lĭś tines̝ country, and took their chief city, Găth, which was called "the mother city of the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝." He conquered all their land; and ended the war of a hundred years by making all the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne plain subject to Ĭś̝ ra-el.
Now that the land was free, Dá̝ vid thought that the time had come to bring the holy ark of the Lord out from its hiding-place, where it had remained all through the rule of Săḿ u-el and the reign of Sa̤ul. This was in Kīŕ jath=jḗ a-rĭm, called also Bā́ al-ē, a town on the northern border of Jū́ dah. Dā́ vid prepared for the ark a new Tabernacle on Mount Zī́ ŏn; and with the chosen men of all the tribes, he went to bring up the ark to Mount Zī́ ŏn.
They did not have the ark carried by the priests, as it had been taken from place to place in the earlier days; but they stood it on a wagon, to be drawn by oxen, driven by the sons of the man, in whose house the ark had been standing, though these men were not priests. And before the ark walked Dā́ vid and the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el, making music upon all kinds of musical instruments.
At one place the road was rough, and the oxen stumbled, and the ark almost fell from the wagon. Uź zah, one of the men driving the oxen, took hold of the ark to steady it. God's law forbade anyone except a priest from touching the ark, and God was displeased with Uź zah for his carelessness; and Uź zah fell dead by the ark of the Lord.
This death alarmed Dā́ vid and all the people. Dā́ vid was afraid to have the ark of God come into his city. He stopped the procession and placed the ark in the house nearby of a man named Ṓ bed=ḗ dom. There it stayed three months. They were afraid that it night bring harm to Ṓ bed=ḗ dom and his family; but instead it brought a blessing upon them all.
When Dā́ vid heard of the blessings that had come to Ṓ bed=é dom with the ark, he resolved to bring it into his own city on Mount Zī́ ŏn. This time the priests carried it as the law commanded, and sacrifices were offered upon the altar. They brought up the ark into its new home on Mount Zī́ ŏn, where a Tabernacle was standing ready to receive it. Then as of old the priests began to offer the daily sacrifices, and the services of worship were held, after having been neglected through so many years.
Dā́ vid was now living in his palace on Mount Zī́ ŏn, and he thought of building a temple to take the place of the Tabernacle, for the ark and its services. He said to Nā́ than, who was a prophet, through whom the Lord spoke to the people, "See, now I live in a house of cedar; but the ark of God stands within the curtains of a tent.”
"Go, do all that is in your heart," answered Nā́ than, the prophet, "for the Lord is with you.”
And that night the voice of the Lord came to Nā́ than, saying, "Go and tell my servant Dā́ vid, thus saith the Lord, 'Since the time when the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el came out of Ḗ ġy̆pt, my ark has been in a tent; and I have never said to the people, build me a house of cedar. Say to my servant Dā́ vid, I took you from the sheep-pasture, where you were following the sheep, and I have made you a prince over my people Ĭś̝ ra-el, and I have given you a great name and great power. And now, because you have done my will, I will give you a house. Your son shall sit on the throne after you, and he shall build me a house and a Temple. And I will give you and your children and your descendants, those who shall come from you, a throne and a kingdom that shall last forever.”
This promise of God, that under Dā́ vid's line should rise a kingdom to last always, was fulfilled in Jesus Christ, who came long afterward from the family of Dā́ vid, and who reigns as King in heaven and in earth,

Story Twelve

THE CRIPPLE AT THE KING'S TABLE
2 Sam. 8:1, to 9:13
AS soon as the kings of the nations around Ĭś̝ ra-el saw that a strong man was ruling over the tribes, they began to make war upon Dā́ vid, for they feared to see Ĭś̝ ra-el gaining in power. So it came to pass that Dắ vid had many wars. The Mṓ ab-ītes, who lived on the east of the Dead Sea, went to war with Dā́ vid, but Dā́ vid conquered them, and made Mṓ ab submit to Ĭś̝ ra-el. Far in the north, the Sy̆ŕ ĭ-ans̝ came against Dā́ vid; but he won great victories over them, and took Dā̇-măś cus, their chief city, and held it as a part of his kingdom. In the south, he made war upon the Ḗ dom-ītes, and brought them under his rule.
For a number of years Dā́ vid was constantly at war, but at last he was at peace, the ruler of all the lands from the great river Eū-phrā́ tes̝ on the north, down to the wilderness on the south, where the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had wandered; and from the great desert on the east to the Great Sea on the west. All these lands were under the rule of King Dā́ vid, except the people of Tȳre and Sī́ dŏn, who lived beside the Great Sea on the north of Ĭś̝ ra-el. These people, the Ty̆ŕ ̆-ans, never made war on Ĭś̝ ra-el, and their king, Hiram, was one of Dā́ vid's best friends. The men of Tyre cut down cedar-trees on Mount Lĕb́ a-non for Dā́ vid, and brought them to Jē̇-rṳ́˗sā̇-lĕm, and built for Dā́ vid the palace which became his home.
When Dā́ vid's wars were over, and he was at rest, he thought of the promise that he had made to his friend Jŏú a-than, the brave son of Saul (see Story Six in this Part), that he would care for his children. Dā́ vid asked of his nobles and the men at his court, "Are there any of Sa̤ul's family living, to whom I can show kindness for the sake of Jŏń a-than?”
They told Dā́ vid of Sa̤ul's servant, Zī́ ba, who had the charge of Sa̤ul's farm in the country; and Dā́ vid sent for him. Zī́ bȧ had become a rich man from his care of the lands that had belonged" to Sa̤ul.
Dā́ vid said to Zī́ bȧ, "Are there any of Saul's family living, to whom I can show some of the kindness which God has shown toward me?”
And Zī́ bä said, "Sa̤ul's son Jŏń a-than left a little boy, named Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, who is now grown to be a man. He is living at Lō̇=dḗ bär, on the east of Jôŕ dan.”
This child of Jŏń a-than was in the arms of his nurse when the news came of the battle at Mount Ḡĭl-bṓ ȧ, where Jŏń a-than was slain. The nurse fled with him, to hide from the Phĭ-lĭś tĭnes̝, and in running fell; and the child's feet were so injured that ever after he was lame.
Perhaps he was kept hidden in the distant place on the east of Jôŕ dan, from fear lest Dā́ vid, now that he was king, might try to kill all those who were of Sa̤ul's family; for such deeds were common in those times, when one king took the power away from another king's children.
Dā́ vid sent for Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, Jŏń a-than's son; and he was brought into Dá vid's presence, and fell down on his face before the king, for he was in great fear. And Dā́ vid said to him, "Mē̇-phĭb́˗o-shĕth, you need have no fear. I will be kind to you, because I loved Jŏń a-than, your father, and he loved me. You shall have all the lands that ever belonged to Sa̤ul and his family; and you shall always sit at my table in the royal palace.”
Then the king called Zī́ bȧ, who had been the servant of Sa̤ul, and said to him, "All the lands and houses that once belonged to Sa̤ul I have given to Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth. You shall care for them, and bring the harvests and the fruits of the fields to him. But Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth shall live here with me, and shall sit down at the king's table among the princes of the kingdom.”
So Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, the lame son of Jŏń a-than, was taken into Dā́ vid's palace, and sat at the king's table, among the highest in the land. And Zī́ bȧ, with his fifteen sons and his twenty servants, waited on him, and stood at his command.
This kindness of Dā́ vid to Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth might have brought trouble to Dā́ vid; for Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, the son of Jŏń a-than, and the grandson of Sa̤ul, might have been the king if Dā́ vid had not won the crown. By giving to Sa̤ul's grandson a place at his table, showing him honor, Dā́ vid might have helped him to take the kingdom away from himself, if Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth had been a stronger man, with a purpose to win the throne of Ĭś̝ ra-el. But Dā́ vid was generous, and Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth was grateful, and was contented with his place in the palace.
Lesson 27. David, King of Israel.
(Tell Stories 11 and 12 in Part Third.)
1. How long did David reign as king over the tribe of Judah only? Seven years.
2. What did the people of the land do seven years after Saul was killed? They made David king over all Israel.
3. How did David find the land when he became king? It was weak and in the power of enemies.
4. What great city did David take from his enemies? The city of Jerusalem
5. On what mountain was the city of Jerusalem? On Mount Zion.
6. What did David do with Jerusalem after he had taken it? He made it strong and lived in it.
7. What enemies did David drive out of the land? The Philistines.
8. What did David bring to Jerusalem? The ark of God.
9. What did David win by war? Rule over all the lands around Israel.
10. Whose son did David treat kindly after he became king? The son of Jonathan.

Story Thirteen

THE PROPHET'S STORY OF THE LITTLE LAMB
2 Samuel 11:1 to 25; Psa. 51
WHEN Dā́ vid first became king he went with his army upon the wars against the enemies of Ĭś̝ ra-el. But there came a time when the cares of his kingdom were many, and Dā́ vid left Jṓ ab, his general, to lead his warriors, while he stayed in his palace on Mount Zion. One evening, about sunset, Dā́ vid was walking upon the roof of his palace. He looked down into a garden nearby, acid saw a woman, who was very beautiful. Dā́ vid asked one of his servants who this woman was, and he said to him, "Her name is Băth= shĕ-bȧ, and she is the wife of U-rī́ ah.”
Now U-rī́ ah was an officer in Dā́ vid's army, under Jṓ ăb; and at that time he was fighting in Dā́ vid's war against the Aḿ˗mon-ītes, at Răb́ bah, near the desert, on the east of Jôŕ dan. Dā́ vid sent for U-rī́ ah's wife, Băth=shĕ˗bȧ, and talked with her. He loved her, and greatly longed to take her as one of his own wives,—for in those times it was not thought a sin for a man to have more than one wife. But Dā́ vid could not marry Băth́ =shĕ-bȧ while her husband, U-rī́ ah, was living. Then a wicked thought came into Dā́ vid's heart, and he formed a plan to have U-rī́ ah killed, so that he could then take Băth́=shĕ-bȧ, into his own house.
Dā́ vid wrote a letter to Jṓ ab, the commander of his army. And in the letter he said, "When there is to be a fight with the Ăḿ mon-ītes, send U-rī́ ah into the middle of it, where it will be the hottest; and manage to leave him there, so that he may be slain by the Ăḿ mon-ītes.”
And Jṓ ăb did as Dā́ vid had commanded him. He sent U-rī́ ah with some brave men to a place near the wall of the city, where he knew that the enemies would rush out of the city upon them; there was a fierce fight beside the wall; U-rī́ ah was slain, and other brave men with him. Then Join sent a messenger to tell King Dā́ vid how the war was being carried on, and especially that U-rī́ah, one of his brave officers, had been killed in the fighting.
When Dā́ vid heard this, he said to the messenger, "Say to Jṓ ăb, ‘Do not feel troubled at the loss of the men slain in battle. The sword must strike down some. Keep up the siege; press forward, and you will take the city.”
And after Băth́=shĕ˗bȧ had mourned over her husband's death for a time, then Dā́ vid took her into his palace, and she became his wife. And a little child was born to them, whom Dā́ vid loved greatly. Only Jṓ ăb, and Dā́ vid, and perhaps a few others, knew that Dā́ vid had caused the death of U-rī́ ah; but God knew it, and God was displeased with Dā́ vid for this wicked deed.
Then the Lord sent Nā́ than, the prophet, to Dā́ vid to tell him that, though men knew not that Dā́ vid had done wickedly, God had seen it, and would surely punish Dā́ vid for his sin. Nā́ than came to Dā́ vid, and he spoke to him thus:
"There were two men in one city; one was rich, and the other poor. The rich man had great flocks of sheep and herds of cattle; but the poor man had only one little lamb that he had bought. It grew up in his home with his children, and drank out of his cup, and lay upon his lap, and was like a little daughter to him.
"One day a visitor came to the rich man's house to dinner. He did not take one of his own sheep to kill for his guest. He robbed the poor man of his lamb, and killed it, and cooked it for a meal with his friend.”
When Dā́ vid heard this, he was very angry. He said to Nā́ than, "The man who did this thing deserves to die! He shall give back to his poor neighbor fourfold for the lamb taken from him. How cruel to treat a poor man thus, without pity for him!”
And Nā́ than said to Dā́ vid, "You are the man who has done this deed. The Lord made you king in place of Sa̤ul, and gave you a kingdom. You have a great house, and many wives. Why, then, have you done this wickedness in the sight of the Lord? You have slain U-rī́ ah with the sword of the men of Ăḿ mon; and you have taken his wife to be your wife. For this there shall be a sword drawn against your house; you shall suffer for it, and your wives shall suffer, and your children shall suffer, because you have done this.”
When Dā́ vid heard all this, he saw, as he had not seen before, how great was his wickedness. He was exceedingly sorry; and said to Nā́ than, "I have sinned against the Lord.”
And Dā́ vid showed such sorrow for his sin that Nā́ than said to him, "The Lord has forgiven your sin; and you shall not die on account of it. But the child that U-rī́ ah's wife has given to you shall surely die.”
Soon after this the little child of Dā́ vid and Băht́=shĕ-bȧ, whom Dā́ vid loved greatly, was taken very ill. Dā́ vid prayed to God for the child's life; and Dá̄ vid took no food, but lay in sorrow, with his face upon the floor of his house. The nobles of his palace came to him, and urged him to rise up and take food, but he would not. For seven days the child grew worse and worse, and Dā́ vid remained in sorrow. Then the child died; and the nobles were afraid to tell Dā́ vid, for they said to each other, "If he was in such grief while the child was living, what will he do when he hears that the child is dead?”
But when King Dā́ vid saw the people whispering to one another with sad faces, he said, "Is the child dead?"
And they said to him, "Yes, O king, the child is dead.”
Then David rose up from the floor where he had been lying. He washed his face, and put on his kingly robes. He went first to the house of the Lord, and worshipped; then he came to his own house, and sat down to his table, and took food. His servants wondered at this, but Dā́ vid said to them, "While 'the child was still alive, I fasted, and prayed, and wept; for I hoped that by prayer to the Lord, and by the mercy of the Lord, his life might be spared. But now that he is dead, my prayers can do no more for him. I cannot bring him back again. He will not come back to me, but I shall go to him.”
And after this God gave to Dā́ vid and to Băth́=shĕ-bȧ, his wife, another son, whom they named Sŏĺ o-mon. The Lord loved Sŏĺ o-mon, and he grew up to be a wise man.
After God had forgiven Dā́ vid's great sin, Dā́ vid wrote the Fifty-first Psalm, in memory of his sin and of God's forgiveness. Some of its verses are these:
Have mercy upon me, O God, according to thy loving kindness:
According to the multitude of thy tender mercies blot out my transgressions.
Wash me thoroughly from mine iniquity,
And cleanse me from my sin.
For I acknowledge my transgressions:
And my sin is ever before me.
Against thee, thee only, have I sinned,
And done that which is evil in thy sight:
Purge me with hyssop, and I shall be clean:
Wash me, and I shall be whiter than snow.
Hide thy face from my sins,
And blot out all mine iniquities.
Create in me a clean heart, O God,
And renew a right spirit within me.
Cast me not away from thy presence;
And take not thy holy spirit from me.
Restore unto me the joy of thy salvation;
And uphold me with a free spirit.
Then will I teach transgressors thy ways;
And sinners shall be converted unto thee.
For thou delightest not in sacrifice; else would I give it
Thou hast no pleasure in burnt-offering.
The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit:
A broken and a contrite heart. O God, thou will not despise,

Story Fourteen

DAVID'S HANDSOME SON, AND HOW HE STOLE THE KINGDOM
2 Samuel 13:1, to 17:23
NOT long after Dā́ vid's sin, the sorrows of which the prophet had foretold him, began to fall upon Dā́ vid. He had many wives, and his wives had many sons; but most of his sons had grown up wild and wicked, because Dā́ vid had not watched over them, and not taught them in their youth to love God and do God's will. He had been too busy as a king to do his duty as a father.
One of Dā́ vid's sons was Ăb́ sa-lŏm, whose mother was the daughter of Tăĺ mai, the king of a little country called Ḡḗ shŭr, on the north of Ĭś̝ ra-el. Ăb́ sa-lŏm was said to be the most beautiful young man in all the land. He had long locks of hair, of which he was very proud, because all the people admired them. Ăb́ sa-lŏm became very angry with Ăḿ nŏn, another of Dā́ vid's sons, because Ăḿ nŏn had done wrong to Ăb́ sa-lŏm's sister, named Tā́ mar.
But Ăb́ sa-lŏm hid his anger against Ăḿ nŏn, and one day invited Amnon with all the king's sons to a feast at his house in the country. They all went to the feast; and while they were all at the table, Ăb́ sa-lŏm's servants, by his orders, rushed in and killed Ăḿ nŏn. The other princes, the king's sons, were alarmed, fearing that they also would be slain; and they ran away in haste. But no harm was done to the other princes, and they came back in safety to Dā́ vid.
Dā́ vid was greatly displeased with Ăb́ sa-lŏm, though he loved him more than any other of his sons; and Ăb́ sa-lŏm went away from, his father's court to that of his grandfather, his mother's father, the king of Ḡḗ shŭr. There Ăb́ sa-lŏm stayed for three years; and all the time Dā́ vid longed to see him, for he felt that he had now lost both sons, Ăb́ sa-lŏm as well as Ăḿ nŏn. And after three years Dā́ vid allowed Ăb́ sa-lŏm to come back to Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm; but for a time would not meet him, because he had caused his brother's death. At last Dā́ vid's love was so strong that he could no longer refuse to see his son. He sent for Ăb́ sa-lŏm, and kissed him, and took him back to his old place among the king's sons in the palace.
But Ăb́ sa-lŏm's heart was wicked, and ungrateful, and cruel. He formed a plan to take the throne and the kingdom away from his father, Dā́ vid, and to make himself king in Dā́ vid's place. He began by living in great state, as if he were already a king, with a royal chariot, and horses, and fifty men to run before him. Then too, he would rise early in the morning, and stand at the gate of the king's palace, and meet those who came to the king for any cause. He would speak to each man and find what was the purpose of his coming; and he would say:
"Your cause is good and right, but the king will not hear you; and he will not allow any other man to hear you in his place. O that I were made a judge! then I would see that right was done, and that every man received his due!" And when any man bowed down before Ăb́ sa-lŏm as the king's son, he would reach out his hand, and lift him up, and kiss him as his friend. Thus Ăb́ sa-lŏm won the hearts of all whom he met, from every part of the land, until very many wished that he was king instead of Dā́ vid, his father. For Dā́ vid no longer led the army in war, nor did he sit as judge, nor did he go among the people; but lived apart in his palace, scarcely knowing what was being done in the land.
After four years Ăb́ sa-lŏm thought that he was strong enough to seize the kingdom. He said to Dā́ vid, "Let me go to the city of Hḗ bron, and there worship the Lord, and keep a promise which I made to the Lord while I was in the land of Ḡḗ shŭr.”
Dā́ vid was pleased with this, for he thought that Ăb́ sa-lŏm really meant to serve the Lord. So Ăb́ sa-lŏm went to Hḗ bron, and with him went a great company of his friends. A few of these knew of Ăb́ sa-lŏm's plans, but most of them knew nothing. At Hḗ bron Ăb́ sa-lŏm was joined by a very wise man, named Ā̇-hĭth́ o˗phel, who was one of Dā́ vid's chief advisers, and one in whom Dā́ vid trusted fully.
Suddenly the word was sent through all the land by swift runners, "Ăb́ sa-lŏm has been made king at Hḗ bron!" Those who were in the secret helped to lead others, and soon it seemed as though all the people were on Ăb́ sa-lŏm's side and ready to receive him as king in place of Dā́ vid.
The news came to Dā́ vid in the palace, that Ăb́ sa˗lŏm had made himself king, that many of the rulers were with him, and that the people in their hearts really desired Ăb́ sa-lŏm. Dā́ vid did not know whom he could trust, and he prepared to escape before it would be too late. He took with him a few of his servants who chose to remain by his side, and his wives, and especially his wife Băth́=shĕ-bȧ, and her son, the little Sŏĺ o-mon.
As they were going out of the gates they were joined by Ĭt́ ta-ī, who was the commander of his guard, and who had with him six hundred trained men of war. Ĭt́ ta˗ī was not an Ĭś̝ ra˗el˗īte, but was a stranger in the land, and Dā́ vid was surprised that he should offer to go with him. He said to Ĭt́ ta-ī, "Why do you, a stranger, go with us? I know not to what places we may go or what trouble we may meet. It would be better for you and your men to go back to your own land; and may mercy and truth go with you!”
And Ĭt́ ta˗ī answered the king, "As the Lord God lives, and as my lord the king lives, surely in what place the king shall be, whether in death or in life, there will we, his servants, be with him.”
So Ĭt́ ta-ī and his brave six hundred soldiers went with Dā́ vid out of the city, over the brook Kĭd́ ron, toward the wilderness. And soon after came Zā́ dŏk and Ā̇bī́ a-thär, the priests, and the Lḗ vītes, carrying the holy ark of the Lord. And Dá̄ vid said, "Take back the ark of God into the city. If I shall find favor in the sight of the Lord, he will bring me again to see it; but if the Lord says, 'I have no pleasure in Dā́ vid,' then let the Lord do with me as seems good to him.”
And Dā́ vid thought also that the priests might help him more in the city than if they should go away with him. He said to Zā́ dŏk, "Do you go back to the city and watch; and send word to me by your son, Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz, and Jŏń a-than, the son of Ă-bī́ a-thär. I will wait at the crossing place of the river Jôŕ dan for news from you.”
So Zā́ dŏk and Ā̇-bī́ a-thär, the priests, carried the Holy Ark back to its Tabernacle on Mount Zī́ ŏn, and watched closely, that they might send Dā́ vid word of anything that would help his cause.
Dā́ vid walked up the steep side of the Mount Ŏĺ ĭ-vĕt, on the east of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, with his head covered and his feet bare, as one in mourning, weeping as he walked. And all the people who were with him, and those who saw him, were weeping in their sorrow over Dā́ vid's fall from his high place.
On the top of the hill David found another man waiting to see him. It was Hū́ shāi, who was one of Dā́ vid's best friends. He stood there in sorrow, with his garments torn and earth upon his 'head, ready to go into the wilderness with Dā́ vid. But Dā́ vid said to Hū́ shāi, "If you go with us you cannot help me in any way; but if you stay in the city, and pretend to be Ăb́ sa-lŏm's friend, then perhaps you can watch against the advice that the wise man, Ā̇-hĭth́ o-phĕl, gives to Ăb́ sa-lŏm, and prevent Ăb́ sa-lŏm from following it. Zā́ dŏk and Ā̇-bī́ a-thär, the priests, will help you, and through their sons, Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz and Jŏń a-than, you can send word to me of all that you hear.”
A little past the top of the hill another man was waiting for Dā́ vid. It was Zī́ bȧ, the servant of Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth. You remember how kindly Dā́ vid had treated Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, because he was the son of Dā́ vid's dear friend, Jŏń a-than. Zī́ bȧ had by his side a couple of asses saddled, and on them two hundred loaves of bread, and a hundred clusters of raisins, and a quantity of fruit, and a goat-skin full of wine. Dā́ vid said to Zī́ bȧ, "For what purpose are all these things here?”
And Zī́ bȧ said, "The asses are for the king; and here is food for the journey, and wine for those who may grow faint and may need it in the wilderness.”
And Dā́ vid asked Zī́ bȧ, "Where is Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, your master?”
"He is in Jē̇˗rú sā̇-lĕm," said Zī́ bȧ; "for he says that the kingdom may be given back to him, as he is the heir of Sa̤ul's house.”
Dā́ vid felt very sad as he heard that Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth had forsaken him, and he said to Zī́ bȧ, "Whatever has belonged to Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth shall be yours from this time.”
But Dā́ vid did not know that all Zī́ bȧ's words were false, and that Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth had not forsaken him. This he learned afterward, as we shall see.
Soon after this another man came out to meet Dā́ vid, but in a very different spirit from Ĭt́ ta-ī, Hū́ shāi, and Zī́ bȧ. This man was Shĭḿ e-ī, and he belonged to the family of King Sa̤ul. As Dā́ vid and his party walked along the crest of the hill, Shĭḿ e-ī walked over the hill on the other side of a narrow valley, and as he walked he threw stones at Dá̄ vid, and cursed him, shouting, "Get out, get out, you man of blood, you wicked man! Now the Lord is bringing upon you all the wrong that you did to Sa̤ul, when he was your king. You robbed Saul of his kingdom, and now your own son is robbing you. You are suffering just as you deserve, for you are a bloody man!”
Then Ā̇-bĭsh-a-ī, the son of Zĕr-u-ī́ ah, who was one of Dā́ vid's men and Dā́ vid's own nephew, said, "Why should this dog be allowed to bark against my lord the king? Let me go across the valley, and I will strike off his head at one blow!”
But Dā́ vid said, "If it is the Lord's will that this man should curse Dā́ vid, then let him curse on. My own son is seeking to take away my life, and is it strange that this man of another tribe should hate me? It may be that the Lord will look upon the wrong done to me, and will do good to me.”
So Dā́ vid and his wives, and his servants, and the soldiers who were faithful to him, went on toward the wilderness and the valley of the Jôŕ dan. Soon after Dā́ vid had escaped from the city, Āb́ sa-lŏm came into it with his friends and a host of his followers. As Ăb́ sa-lŏm drew near, Hú̄ shāi, Dā́ vid's friend, stood by the road, crying, "Long live the king! Long live the king!”
And Ăb́ sa-lŏm said to Hū́ shāi, "Is this the way you treat your friend? Why have you not stayed beside your friend Dā́ vid?”
Hū́ shāi said to Ăb́ sa-lŏm, "Whom the Lord and his people have chosen, him will I follow, and with him I will stay. As I have served the father, so will I serve the son.”
Then Hū́shāi went into the palace among the followers of Ăb́ sa-lŏm. And Ā̇b́ sa-lŏm said to Ā̇-hĭth́ o-phĕl, "Tell me what to do next?”
Now Ā̇-hĭth́ o-phĕl was a very wise man. He knew what was best for Ăb́ sa-lŏm's success, and he said, "Let me choose out twelve thousand men, and I will pursue Dā́ vid this very night. We will come upon Dā́ vid when he is tired, while only a few people are with him, and before he has time to form any plans or to gather an army, I will kill Dā́ vid, and will harm no one else; and then you can reign as king in peace, and all the people will submit to you when they know that Dā́ vid is no longer living.”
Ăb́ sa-lŏm thought that this was wise advice; but he sent for Hū́ shāi. He told him what Ā̇-hĭth́ o-phĕl had said, and asked for his advice also. And Hū́ shāi said, "The advice that Ā̇-hĭth́ o-phĕl gives is not good for the present time. You know that Dā́ vid and his men are very brave, and just now they are as savage as a bear robbed of her cubs. Dā́ vid is with his men in some safe place, hidden in a cave or among the mountains, and they will watch against those who come out to seek for them, and will rush upon them suddenly from their hiding-place. Then, as soon as the news goes through the land that Ab́ sa-lŏm's men have been beaten, everybody will, turn away from Ăb́ sa-lŏm to Dā́ vid. The better plan would be to wait until you can gather all the men of war in Ĭś̝ ra-el, from Dăn in the north to Bḗ eŕ=shḗ bȧ in the south. And then, if Dā́ vid is in a city, there will be men enough to pull the city in pieces, or if he is in the field we will surround him on every side." And Ăb́ sa-lŏm and the rulers who were with him said to each other, "The advice of Hū́ shāi is better than the advice of Ā̇-hĭth́ o-phĕl. Let us do as Hū́ shāi tells us to do.”
So Ăb́ sa-lŏm sat down in his father's palace and began to enjoy himself while they were gathering his army. This was just what Hū́ shāi wished, for it would give Dā́ vid time to gather his army also, and he knew that the hearts of the people would soon turn from Ăb́ sa-lŏm back to Dā́ vid.
Hū́ shāi told Zā́ dŏk and Ā̇-bī́ a-thär, the priests, of Ăb́ sa-lŏm's plans; and they sent word by a young woman to their sons, Ā̇-hĭḿ ā ăz and Jŏń a-than, who were watching outside the city, and these young men hastened to tell Dá̄ vid, who was waiting beside the river Jôŕ dan. Then Dā́ vid and his men found a safe refuge in Mā-hā̇nā́ im, in the tribe of Gad, across Jôŕ dan; and there his friends from all the land began to come to him.
When Ā̇-hĭth́ o-phĕl saw that his advice had not been taken, and that Hū́ shāi was preferred in his place, he knew at once that Ăb́ sa-lŏm could not hold the kingdom, and that Ăb́ sa-lŏm’s cause was already as good as lost. He went to his home, put all his house and his affairs in order, and hanged himself; for he thought that it was better to die by his own hand than to be put to death as a traitor by King Dā́ vid.
Ăb́ sa-lŏm for a little time had his wish. He sat on the throne, and wore the crown, and lived in the palace at Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm as the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el.

Story Fifteen

ABSALOM IN THE WOOD: DAVID ON THE THRONE
2 Sam. 17:24, to 20:26
THE land on the east of Jôŕ dan, where Dā́ vid found a refuge, was called Ḡĭĺ e-ăd, a word which means "high," because it is higher than the land opposite on the west of Jordan. There, in the city of Mā˗hā̇˗nā́ im, the rulers and the people were friendly to Dā́ vid. They brought food of all kinds and drink for Dā́ vid and those who were with him; for they said, "The people are hungry, and thirsty, and very tired, from their long journey through the wilderness.”
And at this place Dā́ vid's friends gathered from all the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el, until around him was an army. It was not so large as the army of Ăb̝́ sa-lŏm, but in it were more of the brave old warriors who had fought under Dā́ vid in other years. Dā́ vid divided his army into three parts, and placed over the three parts Jṓ ăb, his brother Ă-bĭsh́ a-ī, and Ĭt́ ta˗ī who had followed him so faithfully.
Dā́ vid said to the chiefs of his army and to his men, "I will go out with you into the battle.”
But the men said to Dā́ vid, "No, you must not go with us; for if half of us should lose our lives, no one will care; but you are worth ten thousand of us, and your life is too precious. You must stay here in the city, and be ready to help us if we need help.”
So the king stood by the gate of Mā-hā̇-nā́ im while his men marched out by hundreds and by thousands. And as they went past the king the men heard him say to the three chiefs, Jṓ ăb, and Ā̇-bĭsh́ a-ī, and Ĭt́ ta-ī, "For my sake, deal gently with the young man, Ăb́ sa-lŏm.”
Even to the last Dā́ vid loved the son who had done to him such great wrong, and Dā́ vid would have them spare his life.
A great battle was fought on that day at a place called "The Wood of Ḗ phră-Am," though it was not in the tribe of Ḗ phră˗ĭm, but of Găd, on the east of the Jôŕ dan. Ăb́ sa-lŏm's army was under the command of a man named Ăḿ a-sȧ, who was a cousin of Jṓ ăb; for his mother, Ăb́ ĭ-gail, and Jṓ ăb's mother, Zĕr-u-ī́ ah, were both sisters of Dā́ vid. So both the armies were led by nephews of King Dā́ vid.
Ăb́ sa-lŏm himself went into the battle, riding upon a mule, as was the custom of kings.
Dā́ vid's soldiers won a great victory, and killed thousands of Ắb́ sa-lŏm's men. The armies were scattered in the woods, and many men were lost, so that it was said that the woods swallowed up more men than the sword. When Ăb́ sa-lŏm saw that his cause was hopeless he rode away, hoping to escape. But as he was riding under the branches of an oak-tree, his head, with its great mass of long hair, was caught in the boughs of the tree. He struggled to free himself, but could not. His mule ran away, and Ăb́ sa-lŏm was left hanging in the air by his head.
One of Dā́ vid's soldiers saw him, and said to Jṓ ăb, "I saw Ăb́ sa-lŏm hanging in an oak.”
"Why did you not kill him?" asked Jṓ ăb. "If you had killed him I would have given you ten pieces of silver and a girdle.”
"If you should offer me a thousand pieces of silver," answered the soldier, "I would not touch the king's son; for I heard the king charge all the generals and the men, 'Let no one harm the young man Ăb́ sa-lŏm.' And if I had slain him, you yourself would not have saved my life from the king's anger.”
"I cannot stay to talk with you," said Jṓ ăb; and with three darts in his hand he hastened to the place where Ăb́ sa-lŏm was hanging. He thrust Ăb́ sa-lŏm's heart through with the darts, and after that his followers, finding that Ăb́ sa-lŏm was still living, pierced his body until they were sure that he was dead. Then they took down his body, and threw it into a deep hole in the forest, and heaped a great pile of stones upon it.
During his life Ăb́ sa-lŏm had built for himself a monument in the valley of Kĭd́ ron, on the east of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm. There he had expected to be buried; but though the monument stood long afterward, and was called "Ăb́ sa-lŏm's pillar," yet Ăb́ sa-lŏm's body lay not there, but under a heap of stones in the wood of Ḗ phră-ĭm.
After the battle Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz, the son of the priest Zā-dŏk, came to Jṓ ăb. Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz was one of the two young men who brought news from Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm to Dā́ vid at the river Jôŕ dan, as we read in the last Story. He said to Jṓ ăb, "Let me run to the king, and take to him the news of the battle.”
But Jṓ ăb knew that the message of Ab́ sa-lŏm's death would not be pleasing to King Dā́ vid, and he said, "Some other time you shall bear news, but not today, because the king's son is dead.”
And Jṓ ăb called a negro who was standing near, and said to him, "Go, and tell the king what you have seen.”
The negro bowed to Jṓ ăb, and ran. But after a time Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz the son of Zā́ dŏk, again said to Jṓ ăb, "Let me also run after the negro, and take news.”
"Why do you wish to go, my son?" said Jṓ ăb; "the news will not bring you any reward.”
"Anyhow, let me go," said the young man; and Jṓ ăb gave him leave. Then Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz ran with all his might, and by a better road over the plain, though less direct than the road which the negro had taken over the mountains. Ā̇-hĭḿ-ăz outran the negro, and came first in sight to the watchman who was standing on the wall, while King Dā́ vid was waiting below in the little room between the outer and inner gates, anxious for news of the battle, but more anxious for his son, Ăb́ sa-lŏm.
The watchman on the wall called down to the king, and said, "I see a man running alone.”
And the king said, "If he is alone, he is bringing a message." He knew that if men were running away after a defeat in battle there would be a crowd together. Then the watchman called again, "I see another man running alone.”
And the king said, "He also is bringing some news.”
The watchman spoke again, "The first runner is coming near, and he runs like Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz, the son of Zā́ dŏk.
And Dā́ vid said, "He is a good man, and he comes with good news." Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz came near, and cried out as he ran, "All is well!”
The first words which the king spoke were, "Is it well with the young man Ăb́ sa-lŏm?”
Ā̇-hĭḿ a-ăz was too wise to bring to the king the word of Ăb́ sa-lŏm's death. He left that to the other messenger, and said, "When Jṓ ăb sent me, there was a great noise over something that had taken place, but I did not stop to learn what it was.”
A little later came the negro, crying, "News for my lord the king! This day the Lord has given you victory over your enemies!”
And Dā́ vid said again, "Is it well with the young man Ăb́ sa˗lŏm?”
Then the negro, who knew nothing of Dā́ vid's feeling, answered, "May all the enemies of my lord the king, and all that try to do him harm, be as that young man is!”
Then the king was deeply moved. His sorrow over Ăb́ sa-lŏm made him forget the victory that had been won. Slowly he walked up the steps to the room in the tower over the gate, and as he walked he said, "O my son Ăb́ sa-lŏm! my son, my son Ăb́ sa-lŏm! I wish before God that I had died for you, O Ăb́ sa-lŏm, my son, my son!”
The word soon went forth that the king, instead' of rejoicing over the victory, was weeping over his son. The soldiers came stealing back to the city, not as conquerors, but as if they had been defeated. Everyone felt sorry for the king, who sat in the room over the gate, with his face covered, and crying out, "O Ăb́ sa-lŏm, my son! my son, my son Ăb́ sa-lŏm!”
But Jṓ ăb saw that such great sorrow as the king showed was not good for his cause. He came to Dá vid, and said to him, "You have put to shame this day all those who have fought for you and saved your life. You have shown that you love those who hate you, and that you hate those who love you. You have said by your actions that your princes and your servants, who have been true to you, are nothing to you; and that if Ab́ sa-lŏm had lived and we had all died, you would have been better pleased. Now rise up, and act like a man, and show regard for those who have fought for you. I swear to you in the name of the Lord, that unless you do this, not a man will stay on your side, and that will be worse for you than all the harm that has ever come upon you in all your life before this day!”
Then Dá vid rose up, and washed away his tears, and put on his robes, and took his seat in the gate as a king. After this he came from Mā-hā̇-nā́ im to the river Jôŕ dan, and there all the people met him, to bring him back to his throne in Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm.
Among the first to come was Shĭḿ e-ī, the man who had cursed Dá vid and thrown stones at him as he was flying from Ăb́ sa-lŏm. He fell on his face, and confessed his crime, and begged for mercy. Ā̇-bĭsh́ a-ī brother, said, "Shall not Shĭḿ e-ī be put to death, because he cursed the king, the Lord's anointed?”
But Dá vid said, "Not a man shall be put to death this day in Ĭś̝ ra-el, for to-day I am king once more over Ĭś̝ ra-el. You shall not be slain, Shĭḿ e-ī; I pledge you the word of a king.”
And Zī́ bȧ, the servant of Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, was there with his sons and his followers; and Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth was there also to meet the king. And Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth had not dressed his lame feet, nor trimmed his beard, nor washed his clothes, from the day when Dá vid had left Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm until the day when he returned in peace. And Dá vid said to him, "Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, why did you not offer to go with me?”
"My lord, O king," said Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth, "my servant deceived me. He said, 'You are lame, and cannot go; but I will go in your name with the king, and will help him.' And he has done me wrong with the king; but what matters it all, now that the king has come again?”
Dá vid said, "You and Zī́ bȧ may divide the land and the property.”
And Mē̇-phĭb́ o-shĕth said, "Let him have it all, now that the king has come in peace to his own house!”
The army of Ăb́ sa-lŏm had melted away, and was scattered throughout all Ĭś̝ ra-el. Dá vid was still displeased with Jṓ ăb, the chief of his army, because he had slain Ăb́ sa-lŏm, contrary to Dá vid's orders. He sent a message to Ăḿ a-sȧ, who had been the commander of Ăb́ sa-lŏm’s army, and who was, like Jṓ ăb and Dá vid's own nephew. He said to Ăḿ a-sȧ, "You are if my own family, of my bone and my flesh, and you shall be the general in place of Jṓ ăb.”
Jṓ ăb and his brother were strong men, not willing to submit to Dá vid's rule; and Dá vid thought that he would be safer on his throne if they did not hold so much power. Also, Dá vid thought that to make Ăḿ a-sȧ general would please not only those who had been friends to Ab́ sa-lŏm, but many more of the people, for many feared and hated Jṓ ăb.
At the river Jôŕ dan almost the whole tribe of Jū́ dah were gathered to bring the king back to Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm. But this did not please the men of the other tribes. They said to the men of Judah, "You act as though you were the only friends of the king in all the land! We, too, have some right to Dá vid.”
The men of Jū́ dah said, "The king is of our own tribe, and is one of us. We come to meet him because we love him."
But the people of the other tribes were still offended, and many of them went to their homes in anger. The tribe of Ḗ phră-ĭm, in the middle of the land, was very jealous of the tribe of Jū́ dah, and unwilling to come again under Dá vid's rule. One man in Ḗ phră-ĭm, Shḗ bȧ, the son of Bĭch́ rī, began a new rebellion against Dá vid, which for a time threatened again to overthrow Dā́ vid's power.
Ăḿ a-sȧ, the new commander of the army, called out his men to put down Shḗ bȧ's rebellion. But he was slow in gathering his army, and Jṓ ăb, the old general, went forth with a band of his own followers. Jṓ ăb met Ăḿ a-sȧ, pretending to be his friend, and killed him, and then took the command. He shut up Shḗ bȧ in a city far in the north, and finally caused him to be slain. So at last every enemy was put down; and Dā́ vid sat again in peace upon his throne. But Jṓ ab, whom Dā́ vid feared and hated because of many evil deeds that he had done, was, as before, the commander of the army and in great power. Jṓ ăb was faithful to Dā́ vid, and was a strong helper to Dā́ vid's throne. Without Jṓ ăb's courage and skill in Dā́ vid's cause Dā́ vid might have failed in some of his wars, and especially in the war against. Ăb́ sa-lŏm's followers. But Jṓ ăb was cruel and wicked; and he was so strong that Dā́ vid could not control him. Dā́ vid felt that he was not fully the king while Jṓ ăb lived.
But few people knew how Dā́ vid felt toward Jṓ ăb; and in appearance the throne of Dā́ vid was now as strong as it had ever been; and Dá̄ vid's last years were years of peace and of power.
Lesson 28. David and Absalom.
(Tell Stories 13, 14 and 15 in Part Third.)
1. What wicked thing did King David do? He caused one of his brave soldiers to be killed.
2. For what purpose was this done? So that David might marry the soldier's wife.
3. Who came to David and told him that he had done wickedly? The prophet Nathan.
4. In what story did Nathan show the king how wickedly he had acted? In the story of a little lamb.
5. What did David say when Nathan spoke to him? "I have sinned against the Lord.”
6. What did Nathan say should come to David because of his sin? He should be made to suffer.
7. What son of David tried to take his kingdom from him? Absalom.
8. How far did Absalom succeed? He drove David away from Jerusalem.
9. Where was the battle fought between the men of Absalom and the men of David? In the, wood of Ephraim.
10. What happened to Absalom in the battle? He was killed.
11. What came to David? He reigned again as king.

Story Sixteen

THE ANGEL WITH THE DRAWN SWORD ON MOUNT MORIAH
2 Sam. 24:1 to 25; 1 Chronicles 21: 1 to 27
AFTER the death of Ăb́ sa-lŏm, Dā́ vid ruled in peace over Ĭś̝ er-el for many years. His kingdom stretched from the river Ēū-phrā́ tēs̝ to the border of Ḗ ġy̆pt and from the Great Sea on the west to the great desert on the east. But again David did that which was very displeasing to God. He gave orders to Jṓ ăb, who was the commander of his army, to send officers throughout all the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and to count all the men who could go forth to battle.
It may be that Dā́ vid's purpose was to gather a great army for some new war. Even Jṓ ăb, the general, knew that it was not right to do this; and he said to Dā́ vid, "May the Lord God make his people an hundred times as great as they are; but are they not all the servants of my lord the king? Why does the king command this to be done? Surely it will bring sin upon the king and upon the people.”
But. Dā́ vid was firm in his purpose, and Jó̄ ăb obeyed him, but not willingly. He sent men through all the twelve tribes to take the number of those in every city and town who were fit for war. They went throughout the land, until they had written down the number of eight hundred thousand men in ten of the tribes, and of nearly five hundred thousand men in the tribe of Jū́ dah, who could be called out for war. The tribe of Lḗ vī was not counted, because all its members were priests and Lḗ vītes in the service of the Tabernacle; and Bĕń ja-mĭn, on the border of which stood the city of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, was not counted, because the numbering was never finished.
It was left unfinished because God was angry with Dā́ vid and with the people on account of this sin. Dā́ vid saw that he had done wickedly, in ordering the count of the people. He prayed to the Lord, and said, "O Lord, I have sinned greatly in doing this. Now, O Lord, forgive this sin, for I have done very foolishly.”
Then the Lord sent to Dā́ vid, a prophet, a man who heard God's voice and spoke as God's messenger. His name was Găd. Găd came to Dā́ vid, and said to him, "Thus saith the Lord, You have sinned in this thing, and now you and your land must suffer for your sin. I will give you the choice of three troubles to come upon the land. Shall I send seven years of famine, in which there shall be no harvest? Or shall your enemies overcome you, and win victories over you for three months? Or shall there be three days when pestilence shall fall upon the land, and the people shall die every-where?”
And Dā́vid said to the prophet Gad, "This is a hard choice of evils to come upon the land; but let me fall into the hand of the Lord, and not into the hands of men; for God's mercies are great and many. If we must suffer, let the three days of pestilence come upon the land.”
Then the Lord's angel of death passed through the land, and in three days seventy thousand men died. And when the angel of the Lord stretched out his hand over the city of Jē̇-rṳ sā̇-lĕm, the Lord had pity upon the people, and the Lord said to him, "It is enough; now hold back your hand, and cause no more of the people to die.”
Then the Lord opened Dā́ vid's eyes, and he saw the angel standing on Mount Mō̇-rī́ ah, with a drawn sword in his hand, held out toward the city. Then Dā́ vid prayed to the Lord, and he said:
"O Lord, I alone have sinned, and have done this wickedness before thee. These people are like sheep; they have done nothing. Lord, let thy hand fall on me, and not on these poor people.”
Then the Lord sent the prophet Găd to Dā́ vid, and Gad said to him, "Go, and build an altar to the Lord upon the place where the angel was standing.”
Then Dā́ vid and the men of his court went out from Mount Zī́ ŏn, where the city was standing, and walked up the side of Mount Mō̇-rī́ ah. They found the man who owned the rock on the top of the mountain threshing wheat upon it, with his sons; for the smooth rock was used as a threshing-floor, upon which oxen walked over the heads of grain, beating out the kernels with their feet. This man was not an Ĭś̝ ra-el-īte, but a foreigner, of the race that had lived on those mountains before the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes came. His name was Ā̇-ra̤ú nah.
When Ā̇-ra̤ú nah saw Dá vid and his nobles coming toward him, he bowed down with his face toward the ground, and said, "For what purpose does my lord the king come to his servant?”
"I have come," said Dá vid, "to buy your threshing-floor, and to build upon it an altar to the Lord, that I may pray to God to stop the plague which is destroying the people.”
And Ā̇-ra̤ú nah said to Dá vid, "Let my lord the king take it freely as a gift, and with it these oxen for a burnt-offering, and the threshing-tools and the yokes of the oxen for the wood on the altar. All this, O king, Ā̇-ra̤ú nah gives to the king.”
"No," said King Dā́ vid, "I cannot take it as a gift; but I will pay you the price for it. For I will not make an offering to the Lord my God of that which costs me nothing.”
So Dā́ vid gave Ā̇-ra̤ú nah the full price for the land, and for the oxen, and for the wood. And there, on the rock, he built an altar to the Lord God, and on it he offered burnt-offerings and peace offerings. The Lord heard Dá̄ vid's prayer and took away the plague from the land.
And on that rock afterward stood the altar of the temple of the Lord on Mount Mō̇-rī́ ah. The rock is standing even to this day; and over it a building called "The Dome of the Rock." Those who visit the place can look upon the very spot where Dā́ vid built his altar and called upon the Lord.

Story Seventeen

SOLOMON ON DAVID'S THRONE
1 Kings 1:1 to 53
DURING the later years of Dá vid's reign he laid up great treasure of gold, and silver, and brass, and iron, for the building of a house to the Lord on Mount Mȯ-rī́ ah. This house was to be called "The Temple," and it was to be made very beautiful, the most beautiful building, and the richest, in all the land. Dā́ vid had greatly desired to build this house while he was the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el, but God said to him:
"You have been a man of war, and have fought many battles, and shed much blood. My house shall be built by a man of peace. When you die, your son Sŏĺ o-mon shall reign, and he shall have peace, and shall build my house.”
So Dā́ vid made ready great store of precious things for the Temple, also stone, and cedar to be used in the building. And Dā́ vid said to Sŏĺ o-mon, his son:
"God has promised that there shall be rest and peace to the land while you are king; and the Lord will be with you, and you shall build a house, where God shall live among his people,”
But Dā́ vid had other sons who were older than Sŏĺ o-mon; and one of these sons, whose name was Ăd-o-nī́ jah, formed a plan to make himself king. Dā́ vid was now very old, and he was no longer able to go out of his palace and to be seen among the people.
Ad-o-nī́ jah gathered his friends; and among them were Jṓ ăb, the general of the army, and Ā̇-bī́a-thär, one of the two high-priests. They met at a place outside the wall, and had a great feast, and were about to crown Ăd-o-nī́ jah as king, when word came to Dā́ vid in the palace. Dā́ vid, though old and feeble, was still wise. He said, "Let us make Sŏĺ o-mon king at once, and thus put an end to the plan of these men.”
So, at Dá vid's command, they brought out the mule on which no one but the king was allowed to ride, and they placed Sŏĺ o-mon upon it, and with the king's guards, and the nobles, and the great men, they brought the young Sŏĺ o-mon down to the valley of Ḡī́ hon, south of the city.
And Zā́ dŏk the priest took from the Tabernacle the horn filled with holy oil that was used for anointing or pouring oil on the head of the priests when they were set apart for their work. He poured oil from this horn on the head of Sŏĺ o-mon, and then the priests blew the trumpets, and all the people cried aloud, "God save King Sŏĺ o-mon.”
All this time Ăd-o-nī́ jah, and Jṓ ăb, and their friends were not far away, almost in the same valley, feasting and making merry, intending to make Ăd-o-nī́ jah king. They heard the sound of trumpets and the shouting of the people. Jṓ ăb said, "What is the cause of all this noise and uproar?”
A moment later Jŏń a-than, the son of Ā̇-bīa-thär, came running in. We read of him as one of the two young men who brought news from Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm to Dā́ vid at the river Jordan. Jŏń a-than said to the men who were feasting:
"Our lord, King Dā́ vid, has made Sŏĺ o-mon king, and he has just been anointed in anon; and all the princes and the heads of the army are with him, and the people are shouting, 'God save King Sŏĺ o-mon!' And Dá vid has sent from his bed a message to Sŏĺ o-mon, saying, `May the Lord make your name greater than my name has been! Blessed be the Lord, who has given me a son to sit this day on my throne!'”
When Ăd-o-nī́ jah and his friends heard this they were filled with fear. Every man went at once to his house, except Ăd-o-nī́ jah. He hastened to the altar of the Lord, and knelt before it, and took hold of the horns that were on its corners in front. This was a holy place and he hoped that there Sŏĺ o-mon might then have mercy on him. And Sŏĺ o-mon said, "If Ăd-o-nī́ jah will do right and be true to me as the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el, no harm shall come to him; but if he does wrong he shall die." Then Ăd-o-nī́ jah came and bowed down before King Sŏĺ o-mon, and promised to obey him, and Sŏĺ o-mon said, "Go to your own house.”
Not long after this Dā́ vid sent for Sŏĺ o-mon; and from his bed he gave his last advice to Sŏĺ o-mon. And soon after that Dā́ vid died, an old man, having reigned in all forty years, seven years over the tribe. of Jū́ dah at Hḗ bron, and thirty-three years over all Ĭś̝ ra-el in Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm. He was buried in great honor on Mount Zī́ ŏn, and his tomb remained standing for many years.

Story Eighteen

THE WISE YOUNG KING
I Kings 3:1, to 4:34; 2 Chron. 1:1 to 13.
SŎĹ O-MON was a very young man, not more than twenty years old, when he became king and bore the heavy care of a great land. For his kingdom was larger than the twelve tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el, from Dăn to Bḗ er=shḗ ba. On the north he ruled over all from Mount Hēŕ mon as far as the great river Eū-phrā́ tes̝. On the east, Ăḿ mŏn and Mṓ ab were under his power, and in the south all the land of Ē̄ dom, far down into the desert where the Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes had wandered long before. He had no wars, as Dā́ vid had before him, but at home and abroad his great realm was at peace as long as Sŏĺ o-mon reigned.
Soon after Sŏĺ o-mon became king he went to Ḡĭb́ e-on, a few miles north of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, where the altar of the Lord stood until the Temple was built. At Ḡĭb́ e-on Sŏĺ o-mon made offerings and worshipped the Lord God of Ĭś̝ ra-el.
And that night the Lord God came to Sŏĺ o-mon, and spoke to him. The Lord said, "Ask of me whatever you choose, and I will give it to you.”
And Sŏĺ o-mon said to the Lord, "O Lord, thou didst show great kindness to my father, David; and now thou hast made me king in my father's place. I am only a child, O Lord. I know not how to rule this great people, which is like the dust of the earth in number. Give me, O Lord, I pray thee, wisdom and knowledge, that I may judge this people, and may know how to rule them aright.”
The Lord was pleased with Sŏĺ o-mon's choice, and the Lord said to Sŏĺ o-mon, "Since you have not asked of me long life, nor great riches for yourself, nor victory over your enemies, nor great power, but have asked wisdom and knowledge to judge this people, I have given you wisdom greater than that of any king before you, and greater than that of any king that shall come after you. And because you have asked this, I will give you not only wisdom, but also honor and riches. And if you will obey my words, as your father Dā́ vid obeyed, you shall have long life, and shall rule for many years.”
Then Sŏĺ o-mon awoke and found that it was a dream. But it was a dream that came true, for God gave to Sŏĺ o-mon all that he had promised, wisdom, and riches, and honor, and power, and long life. Soon after this Sŏĺ o-mon showed his wisdom. Two women came before him with two little babies, one dead and the other living. Each of the two women claimed the living child as her own, and said that the dead child belonged to the other woman. One of the women said, "O my lord, we two women were sleeping with our children in one bed. And this woman in her sleep lay upon her child, and it died. Then she placed her dead child beside me while I was asleep, and took my child. In the morning I saw that it was not my child; but she says it is mine, and the living child is hers. Now, O king, command this woman to give me my own child." Then the other woman said, "That is not true. The dead baby is her own, and the living one is mine, which she is trying to take from me.”
Then Sŏĺ o-mon said, "Give the living child to the woman who would not have it slain, for she is its mother.”
And all the people wondered at the wisdom of one so young; and they saw that God had given him understanding.
Sŏĺ o-mon chose some of the great men who had helped his father Dā́ vid, to stand beside his throne and do his will. Among those was a man named Bē̇-nā́ iah, the son of Jē̇-hoí a-dȧ. He was one of those who had come to Dā́ vid while he was hiding from Sa̤ul, as we read in Story Seven of this Part. At that time Bē̇-nā́ iah, while still a young man, did a very bold deed. He found a lion in a deep pit, leaped into the pit, and killed the lion. For this act, Bē̇-nā́ iah became famous, for few people would dare to venture so near to a lion, with the weapons in use at that time. This brave man was old in Sŏĺ o-mon's day, but he was still strong, and Solomon gave him a high place, at the head of his guards.
Lesson 29. Solomon.
(Omit Story 16. Tell Stories 17 and 18 in Part Third.)
1. What did David wish to do while he was king? To build a temple to the Lord.
2. Why would not God allow David to build the temple? Because he had been a man of war.
3. What did pod promise to David? That his son should build the temple.
4. How long did David reign? Forty years, seven over Judah and thirty-three over Israel.
5. What does the Bible say of David as king? He was the greatest and best of all the kings of Israel.
6. Whom did David make king before he died? His son Solomon.
7. What did Solomon have through all his reign? Peace in all the land.
8. What did the Lord say to Solomon at night? "Ask what I shall give you.”
9. For what did Solomon ask the Lord? For wisdom to rule the people.
10. What did God promise to give to Solomon besides wisdom? Riches, and honor, and long life.

Story Nineteen

THE HOUSE OF GOD ON MOUNT MORIAH
1 Kings 5:1, to 9:9; 2 Chronicles 3: 1, to 7:22
The young king listened to both women. Then he said, "Bring me a sword.”
They brought a sword, and then Sŏĺ o-mon said, "Take this sword, and cut the living child in two, and give half of it to each one.”
Then one of the women cried out, and said, "O my lord, do not kill my child! Let the other woman have it, but let the child live!”
But the other woman said, "No, cut the child in two, and divide it between us!”
HE great work of Sŏĺ o-mon's reign was the building of the house of God, which was called "The Temple.” This stood on Mount Mō̇-rī́ ah, on the east of Mount Zī́ ŏn, and it covered the whole mountain. King Dā́ vid had prepared for it by gathering great stores of gold, and silver, and stone, and cedar-wood. The walls were made of stone, and the roof of cedar.
For the building the cedar was bought from Mount Lĕb́ a-non, where there were many large cedar- trees. The trees were cut down and carried to Tyre on the seacoast. There they were made into rafts in the Great Sea, and were floated down to Jŏṕ pȧ. At Jŏṕ pȧ they were taken ashore and were carried up to Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm. All this work was done by the men of Tyre, at the command of their king, Hiram, who was a friend of Sŏĺ o-mon, as he had been a friend of King Dā́ vid.
All the stones for the building of the Temple were hewn into shape and fitted together before they were brought to Mount Mō̇-rī́ ah. And all the beams for the roof and the pillars of cedar were carved and made to join each other; so that as the walls arose no sound of hammer or chisel was heard; the great building rose up quietly. You remember the form of the Tabernacle which was built before Mount Sī́nāi, in the wilderness, with its court, its Holy Place, and its Holy of Holies. The Temple was copied after the Tabernacle, except that it was much larger, and was a house of stone and cedar, instead of a tent.
The Tabernacle had one court around it, where the priests only could enter; but the Temple had two courts, both open to the sky, with walls of stone around them, and on the walls double rows of cedar pillars, and a roof above the pillars, so that people could, walk around the court upon the walls protected from the sun. The court in front was for the people, for all the men of Ĭś̝ ra-el could enter it, but no people of foreign race. This was called the "Forecourt." Beyond the Fore-court was the Court of the Priests, where only the priests were allowed to walk. At the east gate of this court stood the great altar of burnt-offerings, built of rough, unhewn stones, for no cut stones could be used in the altar. This altar stood on the rock which had been the threshing-floor of Ā̇-ra̤ú nah, where Dā́ vid saw the angel of the Lord standing.
Near the altar, in the Court of the Priests, stood a great tank for water, so large that it was called "a sea." It was made of brass, and stood on the backs of twelve oxen, also made of brass. From this the water was taken for washing the offerings.
Within the Court of the Priests stood the Holy House, or the Temple building, made of marble and of cedar. Its front was a high tower, called the Porch. In this were rooms for the high-priest and his sons.
Back of the Porch was the Holy Place. This was a long room in which stood the table for the twelve loaves of the bread, and golden altar of incense. In the Holy Place of the Tabernacle stood the golden lamp stand. We are not sure whether it was in the Temple; for either in place of the lamp stand, or perhaps in addition to it, Sŏĺ o-mon placed ten lamps of gold in the Holy Place.
Between the Holy Place and the Holy of Holies was a great veil, as in the Tabernacle. And in the Holy of Holies the priests placed the Ark of the Covenant. This, you remember, was a box or chest of gold, in which were kept the two stone tablets of the Ten Commandments. This Ark of the Covenant was all that stood in the Holy of Holies; and into this room only the high-priest came, and he only on one day in the year, the great Day of Atonement, when the scapegoat was sent away.
Outside of the Temple building were rooms for the priests. They were built on the outer wall of the house, on the rear and the two sides, but not in front, three stories high; and were entered from the outside only. In these rooms the priests lived while they were staying at the Temple to lead in the worship.
Seven years were spent in building the Temple, but at last it was finished; and a great service was held when the house was set apart to the worship of the Lord. Many offerings were burned upon the great altar, the ark was brought from Mount Zī́ on and placed in the Holy of Holies, and King Sŏĺ o-mon knelt upon a platform in front of the altar and offered a prayer to the Lord before all the people, who filled the courts of the Temple.
One night, after the Temple was finished, the Lord appeared to Sŏĺ o-mon in a dream for the second time. And the Lord said to Sŏĺ o-mon, "I have heard the prayer which you have offered to me, and I have made this house holy. It shall be my house, and I will dwell there. And if you will walk before me as Dā́ vid, your father, walked, doing my will, then your throne shall stand forever. But if you turn aside from following the Lord, then I will leave this house, and will turn from it, and will let the enemies of Ĭś̝ ra-el come and destroy this house that was built for me.”

Story Twenty

THE LAST DAYS OF SOLOMON'S REIGN
1 Kings 10:1, to 11:43.
King Sŏĺo-mon the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el arose to greatness as never before and never afterward. All the countries around Ĭś̝ ra-el, and some that were far away, sent their princes to visit Sŏĺ o-mon. And every one who saw him wondered at his wisdom and his skill to answer hard questions. It was said that King Sŏĺ o-mon was the wisest man in all the world. He wrote many of the wise sayings in the Book of Proverbs, and many more that have been lost. He wrote more than a thousand songs. He spoke of trees, and of animals, and of birds, and of fishes. From many lands people came to see Sŏĺ o-mon's splendor in living and to listen to his wise words.
In a land more than a thousand miles from Jē̇-rú sā̇-lem, on the south of Ā̇́ rā́ bĭ-ȧ, in the land of Shḗ bȧ, the queen heard of Sŏĺ o-mon's wisdom. She left her home, with a great company of her nobles, riding on camels and bearing rich gifts; and she came to visit King Sŏĺ o-mon. The queen of Shḗ ba brought to Sŏĺ o-mon many hard questions, and she told him all that was in her heart. Sŏĺ o-mon answered all her questions, and showed her all the glory of his palace, and his throne, and his servants, and the richness of his table, and the steps by which he went up from his palace to the house of the Lord. And when she had heard and seen all, she said:
"All that I have heard in my own land of your wisdom and your greatness was true. But I did not believe it until I came and saw your kingdom. And not half was told me; for your wisdom and your splendor are far beyond what I had heard. Happy are those who are always before you to hear your wisdom! Blessed be the Lord thy God, who has set thee on the throne of Ĭś̝ ra-el!”
And the queen of Shḗ bȧ gave to Sŏĺ o-mon great treasures of gold, and sweet-smelling spices, and perfumes; and Sŏĺ o-mon also made to her rich presents. Then she went back to her own land.
Sŏĺ o-mon's great palace, where he lived in state, stood on the southern slope of Mount Mō̇-rī́ ah, a little lower than the Temple. Its pillars of cedar were very many, so that they stood like a forest; and on that account it was called "The House of the Forest of Lĕb́ a-non." From this palace a wide staircase of stone led up to the Temple, and Sŏĺ o-mon and his princes walked up these stairs when they went to worship.
But there was a dark side as well as a bright side to the reign of Sŏĺ o-mon. His palaces, and the walled cities that he built to protect his kingdom on all sides, and the splendor of his court, cost much money. To pay for these he laid heavy taxes upon his people, and from all the tribes he compelled many of the men to work on buildings, to become soldiers in his army, to labor in his fields, and to serve in his household. Before the close of Sŏĺ o-mon's reign the cry of the people rose up against Sŏĺ o-mon and his rule, on account of the heavy burdens that he had laid upon the land.
Sŏĺ o-mon was very wise in affairs of the world, but he had no feeling for the poor of the land, nor did he love God with all his heart. He chose for his queen a daughter of Phā́ raōh, the king of Ḗ ġy̆pt, and he built for her a splendid palace. And he married many other women who were the daughters of kings. These women had worshipped idols in their own homes, and to please them, Sŏĺ o-mon built on the Mount of (Wives a temple of idols, in full view of the Temple of the Lord. So images of Bā́ al, and the Ăsh́ ḗ rah, and of Chḗ mŏsh, the idol of the Mṓ ab-ītes, and of Mṓ lech, the idol of the Ăm mon-ītes, stood on the hill in front of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm; and to these images King Sŏĺ o-mon himself offered sacrifices. How great was the shame of the good men in Ĭś̝ ra-el when they saw their king surrounded by idol-priests, and bowing down upon his face before images of stone!
The Lord was very angry with Sŏĺ o-mon for all this, and the Lord said to Sŏĺo-mon, "Since you have done these wicked things, and have not kept your promise to serve me, and because you have turned aside from my commands, I will surely take away the kingdom of ‘Ĭś̝ ra-el from your son, and will give it to one of your servants. But for the sake of your father, Dā́ vid, who loved me And obeyed my commands, I will not take away from your son all the kingdom, but I will leave to him, and to his children after him, one tribe.”
The servant of King Sŏĺ o-mon, of whom the Lord spoke, was a young man of the tribe of Ḗ phră-ĭm, named Jĕr-o-bṓ am. He was a very able man, and in the building of one of Sŏĺ o-mon's castles he had charge over all the work done by the men of his tribe. One day a prophet of the Lord, named Ā̇-hí jah, met the young Jĕr-o-bṓ am as he was going out of Je-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm. A-hī́ jah took off his own mantle, which was a new one, and tore it into twelve pieces. Ten of these pieces he gave to Jĕr-o-bó am, saying to him:
"Take these ten pieces, for thus saith the Lord, the God of Ĭś̝ ra-el, I will tear the kingdom out of the hand of Sŏĺ o-mon's son, and will give ten tribes to you. But Sŏĺ o-mon's son shall have one tribe for my servant Dā́ vid's sake, and for the sake of Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm. You shall reign over ten of the tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and shall have all that you desire. And if you will do my will, saith the Lord, then I will be with you, and will give to your children and children's children to rule long over this land.”
When King Sŏĺ on-mon’s heard what the prophet Ā̇-hī́ jah had said and done, he tried to kill Jĕr-o-bṓ am. But Jĕr-o-bṓ am fled into Ḗ ġy̆pt, and stayed there until the end of Sŏĺ o-mon's reign.
Sŏĺ o-mon reigned in all forty years, as Dā́ vid had reigned before him. He died, and was buried on Mount Zī́ ŏn, and Rē-ho-bṓ am, his son, became king in his place.
Sometimes the reign of Sŏĺ o-mon has been called "the Golden Age of Ĭś̝ ra-el," because it was a time of peace, and of wide rule, and of great riches. But it would be better to call it "the Gilded Age," because under all the show and glitter of Sŏĺ o-mon's reign there were many evil things, a king allowing and helping the worship of idols, a court filled with idle and useless nobles, and the poor of the land heavily burdened with taxes and labor. The empire of Sŏĺ o-mon was ready to fall in pieces, and the fall soon came.
Lesson 30. The Temple.
(Tell Stories 19 and 20, in Part Third.)
1. What was the greatest work in the reign of Solomon? The building of the temple.
2. For what purpose was the temple built? For the house of God.
3. Where was the temple built? On Mount Moriah.
4. Of what older building was it a copy in its plan? The Tabernacle.
5. What stood in front of the temple? An open court.
6. What were the two rooms of the building? The holy place, and the holy of holies.
7. What was kept in the holy of holies? The Ark of the Covenant.
8. What was in the Ark of the Covenant? The Ten Commandments.
9. For what was Solomon known throughout the world? For his wisdom.
10. What queen came from a far country to see Solomon? The Queen of Sheba.
Lesson 31. Review of Part Third.
(Tell enough of the stories to help the pupils in answering the questions.)
1. Who was the first king of Israel? Saul.
2. Where did Saul live as king? At Gibeah.
3. What was the name of Saul's brave son? Jonathan.
4. Who spoke to Saul the word of the Lord? Samuel.
5. Why was the kingdom taken from Saul? Because he disobeyed God.
6. Whom did God choose for king in place of Saul? David.
7. Where did David live as a boy? At Bethlehem.
8. What was the name of the giant whom David killed? Goliath.
9. Where did David hide from Saul? In the wilderness.
10. What people were at war with Saul and the Israelites? The Philistines
11. Where was Saul killed? On Mount Gilboa
12. Who became king after Saul? David.
13. What city did David take from enemies and make his home? Jerusalem.
14. Who tried to make himself king in place of David? Absalom
15. Who was king after David? Solomon.
16. What did Solomon build? The temple.
PART FOURTH.-THE KINGDOM OF ISRAEL.

Part Fourth

STORIES OF THE KINGDOM OF ISRAEL

Story One

THE BREAKING UP OF A GREAT KINGDOM
1 Kings 12:1 to 24; 2 Chron. 10:1 to 19
WHEN the strong rule of King Sŏĺ o-mon was ended by his death, and his weak son, Rē-ho-bṓ am, followed him as king, all the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el rose as one man against the heavy burdens which Sŏĺ o-mon had laid upon the land. They would not allow Rē-ho-bṓ am to be crowned king in Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, but made him come to Shḗ chem, in the tribe-land of Ḗ phră-ĭm, and in the center of the country. The people sent for Jĕr-o-bṓ am, who was in Ḗ ġy̆pt, and he became their leader. They said to Rē-ho-bṓ am, "Your father, Sŏĺ o-mon, laid upon us heavy burdens of taxes and of work. If you will promise to take away our load, and make the taxes and the work lighter, then we will receive you as king, and will serve you.”
"Give me three days," said Rē-ho-bṓ am, "and then I will tell you what I will do.”
So Jĕr-o-bṓ am and the people waited for three days, while Rē-ho-bṓ am talked with the rulers and with his friends. Rē-ho-bṓ am first called together the old men who had stood before the throne of Sŏĺ o-mon and had helped him in his rule. He said to these men, "What answer shall I give to this people, who ask to have their burdens made light?”
And these old men said to King Rē-ho-bṓ am, ".If you will be wise to-day, and yield to the people, and speak good words to them, then they will submit to you, and will serve you always. Tell them that you will take off the heavy burdens, and that you will rule the land in kindness.”
But Rē-ho-bó am would not heed the advice of these wise old men. He talked with the young princes who had grown up with him in the palace, and who cared nothing for the people or their troubles and he said to these young men, "The people are asking to have their heavy burdens taken away. What shall I say to them?”
And the young nobles said to Rē-ho-bṓ am, "Say to the people this, `My father made your burdens heavy, but I will make them heavier still. My father beat you with whips, but I will sting you with scorpions. My little finger shall be thicker than my father's waist.'”
On the third day Jĕr-o-bō am and all the people came to Rē-ho-bṓ am for his answer. And the foolish young king did not follow the good advice of the old men who knew the people and their needs. He did as the haughty young princes told him to do, and spoke harshly to the people, and said, "My father made your yoke heavy, but I will add to it, and make it heavier. You will find my little finger thicker than my father's waist. My father struck you with whips, but I will sting you with scorpions." Then the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el were very angry against the king. They said, "Why should we submit any longer to the house of Dā́ vid? Let us leave the family of Dā́ vid, and choose a king of our own. To your tents, O Ĭś̝ ra-el! Now, Rē-ho-bṓ am, son of Dā́ vid, care for your own house!”
Thus in one day ten of the twelve tribes of Ĭś̝ ra-el broke away forever from the rule of King Rē-ho-bṓ am and the house of Dā́ vid. They made Jĕr-o-bṓ am, of the tribe of Ḗ phră-ĭm, their king. In his kingdom was all the land northward from Bĕth́=el to Dăn, and also all the tribes on the east of the river Jordan. His kingdom being the larger, was called Ĭś̝ ra-el; but it was also called "the kingdom of the Ten Tribes," and because Ḗ phră,-ĭm Was its leading tribe, it was often spoken of as "the land of Ḗphră-ĭm.”
When Rē-ho-bṓ am saw that he had lost his kingdom, he made haste to save his life by fleeing away from Shḗ chem. He rode in his chariot quickly to Jē̇-rṳ-sā̇́ lĕm, where the people were his friends; and there he ruled as king, but only over the tribe of Jū́ dah and as much of Bĕń ja-mĭn as was south of Bĕth́=el. The tribe of Sĭḿ e-on had once lived on the south of Jū́ dah, but some of its people were lost among the people of Jū́ dah, and others among the Arabs of the desert, so that it was no longer a separate tribe.
Rē-ho-bṓ am ruled over the mountain country on the west of the Dead Sea, but he had no control over the Phĭ-lĭś tĭne cities on the plain beside the Great Sea. So the kingdom of Jū́ dah, as it was called, was less than one-third the size of the kingdom of Ĭś̝ ra-el, or the Ten Tribes.
Dā́ vid had conquered, and Sŏĺ o-mon had ruled, not only the land of Ĭś̝ ra-el, but sy̆ŕ ĭ-ȧ on the north of Ĭś̝ ra-el, reaching up to the great river Eū-phrā́ tēs̝, and Ammon by the desert on the east, and Mṓ ab on the east of the Dead Sea, and Ḗ dom on the south. When the kingdom was divided, all the empire of Sŏĺ o-mon was broken up. The Sy̆ŕ ĭ-ans̝ formed a kingdom of their own, having Dā̇-măś cus as its chief city. The Ăḿ mon-ītes, the Mṓ ab-ītes, and the Ḗ dom-ītes, all had their own kings, though the king of Mṓ ab was for a time partly under the king of Ĭś̝ ra-el, and the king of Ḗ dom partly under the king of Jū́ dah. So the great and strong empire founded by Dā́ vid, and held by Sŏĺ o-mon, fell apart, and became six small, struggling states.
Yet all this was by the will of the Lord, who did not wish Ĭś̝ ra-el to become a great nation, but a good people. The Ĭś̝ ra-el-ītes were growing rich, and were living for the world, while God desired them to be his people, and to worship him only. So, when Rē-he-bṓ am undertook to gather an army to fight the Ten Tribes, and to bring them under his rule, God sent a prophet to Rē-he-bṓ am, who said to him, "Thus saith the Lord, Ye shall not go up and fight against your brothers, the children of Ĭś̝ ra-el. Return every man to his house; for it is God's will that there should be two kingdoms.”
And the men of Jū́ dah obeyed the word of the Lord, and left the Ten Tribes to have their own kingdom and their own king.

Story Two

THE KING WHO LED ISRAEL TO SIN, AND THE PROPHET WHO WAS SLAIN BY A LION
1 Kings 12:25, to 14:20; 15:25 to 32
THE Lord had told Jĕr-o-bṓ am that he should become O king over the Ten Tribes; and the Lord had promised Jĕr-o-bṓ am that if he would serve the Lord, promised and do his will, then his kingdom would become great, and his descendants, those who should come after him, should sit long on the throne. But Jĕr-o-bṓ am, though wise in worldly matters, was not faithful to the Lord God of Ĭś̝ rā-el.
He saw that his people, though separated from the rule of King Rē-ho-bṓ am, still went up to Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lem to worship in the Temple, because there was the only altar in all the land, Jĕr-o-bṓ am said to himself:
"If my people go up to worship at Jē̇-rṳ́ sa-lĕm, then after a time they will become the friends of Rē-ho-bó am and his people; and then they will leave me, or perhaps kill me, and let Rē-hó bō-am rule again over all the land. I will build places for worship and altars in my own kingdom; and then my people will not need to go abroad to worship.”
Jĕr-o-bṓ am forgot that the Lord, who had given him the kingdom, could care for him and keep him, if he should be faithful to the Lord. But because he would not trust the Lord, he did that which was very evil. He chose two places, Bĕth́=el in the south, on the road to Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm, and Dan far in the north; and made these places of worship for his people. And for each place he made a calf of gold, and set it up; and he said to the people of Ĭś̝ ra-el: "It is too far for you to go up to Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm to worship. Here are gods for you, at Bĕth́=el and at Dăn. These are the gods which brought you up out of the land of Ḗ ġy̆pt. Come and worship these gods.”
And as the priests of the tribe of Lḗ vī would not serve in Jĕr-o-bṓ am's idol-temples, he took men out of all the tribes, some of them common and low men, and made them his priests. And all through the land, upon hills and high places, Jĕr-o-bṓ am caused images to be set up, to lead the people in worshipping idols.
In the fall of the year there was held a feast to the Lord in Je-rṳ́ sa-lĕm, to which the people went from all the land. Jĕr-o-bṓ am made a great feast at Bĕth́=el, a few weeks later than the feast at Je-rṳ́ sa-lĕm, in order to draw people to his idol-temple at Bĕth́=el, and to keep them away from the Temple of the Lord at Jē̇-rṳ́ sā̇-lĕm. At this feast King Jĕr-o-bṓ am went up to the idol-altar at Bĕth́=el, and burned incense, which was a sweet-smelling smoke, made by burning certain gums. Thus Jĕr-o-bṓ am led his people away from the Lord to idols; and ever after this, when his name is mentioned in the Bible, he is spoken of as "Jĕr-o-bṓ am, who made Ĭś̝ ra-el to sin.”